Week 5 WorksheetDirections: For this assignment complete the
work sheet below. Please type out your answers on a separate
Word document and then upload it . Don’t forget to number
your answers so they can be matched up to the correct question.
1. People were asked how many miles they lived from work.
The responses were
22, 20, 1, 25, 35, 23, 18, 5, 22, 22, 15, 7, 14, 21, 5, 9 and 13.
The national average distance from work is 20 miles. Find the
following:
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) Standard deviation
e) Z-Score
f) Range
d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central
tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed
distribution? Why or Why not?
2. At a pet store, a survey was taken asking how many pets each
person had. The results were: 2, 5, 3, 1, 0, 4, 2, 7, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2,
6, 2, 10, 7, 3. The population average is 2. Find the following:
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) Standard deviation
e) Z-Score
f) Range
d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central
tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed
distribution? Why or Why not?
3. A sample of eight students were randomly selected and asked,
"How many times did you check your email yesterday?" The
numbers were: 3, 0, 8, 7, 10, 2, 6, 12, 45, 82, 1, 23, 11, 4, 55, 0.
The average number of email checks in the population is 16.
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) Standard deviation
e) Z-Score
f) Range
d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central
tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed
distribution? Why or Why not?
Running Head: ORGANZIATIONAL CULTURE AND
PRODUCTION 1
ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE AND PRODUCTION 2
Organizational Culture and production
Name
Institutional Affiliation
Maamari, B., & Saheb, A. (2018). How organizational culture
and leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders.
International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 630–651.
Organization Culture and Production
Summary
The topic of the source is how organizational culture and
leadership affect employees’ performance of gender. The
authors sought to research on how the leaders’ choice and
corporate culture influence employees. The study aimed to
investigate if there is statistical evidence of the significant
effects of organizational culture on the performance of the
various genders and whether the leadership style in such an
organization has an impact on the relationships. The study used
observational method to conduct quantitative research and
observation to identify organizational behavior and regularities.
The study uses past literature on organizational culture,
leadership, and performance in validating and carrying out the
research (Maamari & Saheb, 2018). The authors concluded that
the leadership style chosen by the organization and the
organization culture has an effect on employee performance and
gender implication.
Analysis
The authors have clearly outlined the research question, which
was to identify the effects of leadership style and organization
culture on employee’s performance. They have followed this
strictly throughout the study by first covering on previous
studies that have cover areas such as leadership style,
organizational culture and performance thus their research adds
value to the previous research which did not cover on gender.
The theoretical framework of the study was not clearly captured
as the authors have briefly discussed it, and a reader cannot
identify it or understand it. The research methodology chosen
by the authors was appropriate for the study as they have
carried out an in-depth observation on organization set up. The
authors issued questionnaires to the respondents, which is an
effective method of obtaining information to the anonymous
nature of the results. The sample size was also efficient for the
study. In addition to the research questions, a survey was also
conducted in the course of the research, thus supplying extra
information to the researcher as well as validating information
obtained from the research group (Maamari & Saheb, 2018).
The authors have outlined the limitations of the study so clearly
so that future research on the same area can be carried out
efficiently.
Application
The research has provided reach knowledge in the field of
organization management as it has clearly shown how
leadership style and organization culture influences
performance. It has gone a notch higher in also explaining
the effects of leadership and culture on gender performance.
This information is very important in the business world today
as the issue of gender and performance has not been clearly
covered by previous researchers. It thus feels the gap in the
field of organizational performance as it offers new information
which has not been previously covered. The study is very
relevant to me as I can rely upon it when carrying out a project
related to organizational culture, leadership, or gender-related
performance (Maamari & Saheb, 2018). The article has a
universal application as in every organization, there is a chosen
leadership style an organization culture which influences
performance and gender hence, it can be applied in any
organization set up.
Running Head: INQURY-BASED STRESS REDUCTION 1
INQUIRY-BASED STRESS REDUCTION 3
Inquiry- Based Stress Reduction
Name
Institutional Affiliation
Lia, S., Inbal, M., Keren, Z., Zehavit, G., & Shahar, L. ( 2017).
Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction Meditation Technique for
Teacher Burnout: A Qualitative Study. Mind, Brain, and
Education , 75-82.
Inquiry- Based Stress Reduction
Summary
The source covers on the stress reduction on teachers using an
inquiry-based technique. The authors of the article realized that
there was a problem encountered by teachers as they carried out
their day to day duties which caused them to have burnouts as
well as affecting their mental wellness. They conducted
research on teachers to identify how effective Enquiry-based
stress reduction technique was on reducing these cases of
burnout and emotional, mental load. The authors identified a
gap in research where other researcher had carried out research
on teachers but the idea to investigate the effects on
mindfulness-stress based intervention. This created a gap in
research which necessitated the need for the research. The
participants of the study were teachers of a high school in
Israel, and the chosen research design was the
phenomenological analysis method (Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit,
& Shahar, 2017). From the research, the authors concluded that
that Inquiry based stress reduction technique had an effect of
reducing burnout in teachers.
Analysis
Teachers sought to answer the question of whether an Inquiry-
based stress mediation technique can have a positive effect on
burnout. They used teachers as their research respondent.
Throughout the research study, the author stuck by the
questions as they tried to answer this research question, which
was clearly formulated. They contributed significantly to the
body of knowledge as previous researches have only studied
burnout in teacher using different techniques other than the
Inquiry-based technique. The authors chose a phenomenological
analysis method, which was appropriate for the research study.
They chose a sample size of 27 teachers from a high school in
Israel, which was appropriate for the study as it was manageable
(Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit, & Shahar, 2017). The conclusions
made from the research study were justified by the chosen
results obtained from the study.
Application
The research study is very rich in knowledge as it has widely
covered the topic of stress and burnout among teacher. Previous
researches conducted in the area of stress were too shallow
hence, the study has filled the knowledge gap that was existing
in this important area. The article is very useful for my future
research in issues to do with stress and burnout as the literature
review applied in the study are rich in knowledge. The results
obtained from the study are also very relevant for any future
study in this area. The phenomenological analysis method
chosen for the study is also an efficient method for conducting
research, especially when dealing with individual experience
hence, it gave the best results for the study. I could use the
same method when conducting research relating to individual
experiences (Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit, & Shahar, 2017). The
article is also universal since cases of burnouts are universal
among different professionals, not just in teachers. Therefore,
the techniques can also be applied in various professional
fields.
How organizational culture and
leadership style affect employees’
performance of genders
Bassem E. Maamari
Department of Management Studies, Lebanese American
University,
Beirut, Lebanon, and
Adel Saheb
Adnan Kassar School of Business, Lebanese American
University,
Beirut, Lebanon
Abstract
Purpose – This paper aims to highlight the importance of
organizational culture on the leader’s style and
the effect of the chosen leadership style on the team’s
performance. It surveys a strata of leaders from the
Middle East in the current turbulent environment.
Design/methodology/approach – A research paper based on a
quantitative data collection in the
service sector from a large number of stratified sampled firms
and respondents.
Findings – The cross-sectional data from 40 service companies
reveal some interesting results highlighting
the interrelationships between these three variables. The
findings suggest that managers need to build on this
concept finding in providing further training and development
of employees’ skills in addition to an
organizational culture of acceptance, adaptation and diversity.
Research limitations/implications – Electing to use a specific
set of criteria in sampling might have
resulted in eliminating a meaningful different direction in the
results. Moreover, the size of the survey tool
limited the number of variables to test with the study.
Practical implications – A number of implications are worthy of
mention. First, devising reward
programmes that are fairly attractive to both genders
independently of each other should be a managerial
priority, along with the creation and development of strong
organizational cultures.
Social implications – Finally, a coupled performance and
organizational culture of efficiency at the
workplace, if not paralleled with a proper leadership style that
fosters positive results, will only result in
partial improvements in the big organizational picture, resulting
in the persistence of the old prejudice and
discrimination along the gender and age lines.
Originality/value – The study examines a suggested model in a
new environment that is known to be
deeply rooted in old-fashioned paternalistic managerial
behaviour, and where change, if occurring, is
extremely slow to introduce.
Keywords Performance, Leadership style, Organizational
culture, Gender
Paper type Research paper
1. Introduction
The contemporary integration of female workers into the
Lebanese workplace has pulled the
attention of the organizations towards the need of amendment to
embrace this evolution.
Due to the importance of employees’ fit to their commitment
towards the organization
(Behery and Paton, 2008), organizational culture is established
from the inception phase in
the life of any organization. It develops over time to reach a
level of pervasiveness and
deployment, making it one of the most challenging factors to
change at a later point. With
IJOA
26,4
630
Received 10April 2017
Revised 11 September 2017
20 October 2017
Accepted 22 October 2017
International Journal of
Organizational Analysis
Vol. 26 No. 4, 2018
pp. 630-651
© EmeraldPublishingLimited
1934-8835
DOI 10.1108/IJOA-04-2017-1151
The current issue and full text archive of this journal is
available on Emerald Insight at:
www.emeraldinsight.com/1934-8835.htm
http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/IJOA-04-2017-1151
the advent multi-fold increased influx of women in the
twentieth century to the workforce
(Igbaria and Baroudi, 1995), the importance of the culture lies
in its setting the framework
for a number of variables in the organization, including
performance standards, attitudes
(efficiency and/or effectiveness) and norms of behaviour. These
in turn limit the contribution
of the lower level leaders and managers that attempt to apply
randomly different styles of
leadership, whether transactional or transformational, to this
setting where the norms are
already pre-set. Therefore, this study is seeking to investigate
the existence of statistically
significant effect of organizational culture on performance of
both genders and whether
leadership style can or doesmediate this relationship.
The organizational culture presents by itself as both an
organizational strength as well
as a barrier to development. Its effect may vary between
improving efficiency and
performance and hindering the workflow processes. Whereas
leadership sets the rules of the
game of how employees relate to each other and to managers, its
outcomes provide value to
the firm in terms of commitment, loyalty and dedication of the
team members towards their
colleagues, respective teams and their leaders. In this
organizational setting, in a context
where research concerning consequence and significance of the
organizational culture and
leadership style on performance is extremely limited in
Lebanon, testing the proposed model
earns a higher interest in themanagerial circles.
This manuscript is organized into four sections, namely, a
review of the available
scholarly literature, followed by the methods used in the study,
then the results and their
analysis to draw somemanagerial implications and conclusions.
2. Literature review
Dwelling into the managerial world, and seeing the importance
that operational teams
dedicate to performance and the ensuing outcomes, clears the
picture for researchers. The
compression of operating costs in a globalized business
environment where the firm seeks to
satisfy an ever-changing demand within a highly competitive
market, forces the today’s
organizations to overlook certain factors. Among these are the
effects of organizational
culture and leadership style on performance. The following
presents a glance at the
scholarly literature on the topics at hand, beginning by
organizational culture, followed by
leadership style then performance and the relationship between
these factors.
2.1 Organizational culture
Organizational culture or corporate culture is the set of values,
beliefs and way of doing
things in an organization. It defines the ambiance in which an
employee is working and how
he/she should behave to achieve his/her duties (Mgbere, 2009),
and his/her awareness of
what is occurring in the organizational environment (Hofstede,
2011). It has also an impact
on decision-making, level of authority and agency theory in
organizations (Childe et al.,
2016). Therefore, this aspect of the organization has become
widely important and
interesting to measure its abilities to innovate and adapt to the
change of the cultures and
how it affects its performance (Mgbere, 2009). The national and
societal culture of the
country affects organizational culture (Hofstede, 2011).
According to Hofstede’s and
Trompeneaars’ Model, there are measurable dimensions for the
society’s culture that can
influence and shape individuals’ values and norms who are the
founders, employees and
customers of the organizations. Values represent the corner
stone and the supreme part of
organizational culture (Hogan and Coote, 2014). But at the
gender level, this performance is
reported to vary largely, despite the many attempts to provide
for equal opportunity. The
explanation could be referred to the discriminatory prevailing
attitude at the human capital
level (Glass and Cook, 2016; Sidani, 2016; Salloum et al., 2016;
Tlaiss and Kauser, 2011;
Employees’
performance of
genders
631
Gneezy et al., 2003). As a result, women still “face a ‘glass
ceiling’ that prevents them from
reaching top level management” (Salloum et al., 2016; Igbaria
and Baroudi, 1995, p. 109).
Women constitute a resource, which is not efficiently used in
organizations, and it is time to
decide how best to organize this human resource. As the
corporate culture constitutes a
boundary for both the employee and the manager that control
and limit their behaviours, the
performance of the employee or the manager is affected by the
extent to which they are
integrated, and to extent to which they fit within that
organization’s culture (Lysons, 2000).
The employees’ success within corporations is measured by
their capability to adjust their
behaviour to fit in the corporate culture and is becoming an
important determinant of the
employee’s satisfaction and productivity (Davis and Landa,
2000). Mgbere (2009) reports
that the relationship between the corporate culture and the
performance is positive. For one,
the performance of a company is highly related to the
company’s culture if it has a strong
culture that is well integrated and based on strong beliefs and
values (Deal and Kennedy,
1983; Denison, 1990; Kotter and Heskett, 1992), and for two,
employees’ job satisfaction is
related to their perception of the own fit with the organizational
culture (Behery and Paton,
2008). But when it comes to study the effect of corporate
culture on economic performance,
Mgbere (2009) cited Siehl and Martin (1990) who report a
modest positive relationship
between these two factors. Moreover, Behery and Paton (2008)
report a positive relation
between the organizational culture and the job satisfaction,
resulting in boosted employee
performance. Furthermore, their study took place in Dubai (non-
Westernized country) to
prove that this Westernized hypothesis is also valid in a non-
Westernized environment, thus
concluding that organizational culture affects organizational
and individual performance.
In addition, Bakar et al. (2008) concluded that there are four
types of corporate cultures.
They are competitive culture, entrepreneurial culture,
bureaucratic culture and consensual
culture. They argued that both the entrepreneurial culture and
the consensual culture
achieve the highest correlations between the other cultures.
However, only entrepreneurial
cultures show a statistical significance on the overall job
performance. Thus, an
organization that strives to improve its employee’s job
performance should inculcate
innovative culture that creates an exciting and dynamic
environment in which
entrepreneurial and ambitious people thrive in this environment.
Furthermore, Yiing and Bin Ahmad (2009) cited in their article
that the organizational
culture plays an important role in generating commitment and
enhancing performance
(Dubey et al., 2017; Lok and Crawford, 2001; Deal and
Kennedy, 1983; Peters et al., 1982), and
he posed some studies that show a strong positive relationship
between the supportive and
innovative cultures and the job satisfaction and commitment,
while the bureaucratic culture
had a negative relationship with the job satisfaction and
commitment (Silverthorne, 2004;
Abdul Rashid et al., 2003; Brewer and Clippard, 2002; Lok and
Crawford, 2001; London et al.,
1999; Krausz et al., 1995; Brewer and Weber, 1994; Brewer,
1993; Trice and Beyer, 1993;
Kratina, 1990; Wallach, 1983).
Pool (2000) argued how some work environments cause stress
for its employees.
Executives may form high levels of stress in carrying out
requirements. This is why they
must be considerate when distributing work assignments within
the prevalent organizational
culture. In addition, accelerating changes must fit the
organization’s culture to reach
successful business goals strategically. This, keeping in mind
that organizational culture is
affected by gender predisposition (Madsen et al., 2005; Goulet
and Singh, 2002; Kirchmeyer,
1995) and incompatible values or interests of individuals leads
to organizational conflict
ending up with the accommodation of the weakest party. Joiner
(2001) also discussed job-
related stress in her article. It is defined as an interactive
imbalance between the individual
and the individual’s work environment (French et al., 1974).
From this, we conclude the
IJOA
26,4
632
necessity of a top-down organizational evolutionary change
starting with a new
organizational culture that commits all members equally to its
body resulting in a win–win
strategy.
2.2 Leadership style
Leading is the art of communicating a clear vision and
empowering employees towards
organizational goals. Mgbere (2009) defines leadership as the
ability to work with a group
of people (employees) to achieve a goal (Northouse, 2015; Fry,
2003; Robbins and Coulter,
2001; Lussier, 1990). He also points to the fact that the
leadership style affects
performance (Sauer, 2011; Fry, 2003; Bycio et al., 1995; Bass
and Avolio, 1990). Although
“no gender differences in leadership style are found” (Engen et
al., 2001, p. 581), in today’s
environment where cultures are changing rapidly due to
globalization, leaders play a
definitive role in helping the corporate entity to adapt to this
new changing culture
(Fiedler, 1996; Hennessey, 1998). Culture is expressed either
implicitly through
communicating information or explicitly through rules and
regulations (Hofstede, 2011).
While there are reports that males score high on individualism
and masculinity, whereas
females score high on power distance and long-term orientation
(Alanezi and Alansari,
2016), evidence from Europe shows that women’s delineation
and critical thinking boosts
creativity and widens the panorama of decision-making
(Christiansen et al., 2016),
leaving a strong impact on female directors’ performance in
China (Liu et al., 2014).
According to Chen (2004), recent organizational crises have
emphasized the need for
leadership and personal commitment, which has become more
critical for organizational
success (Selznick, 2011), irrespective of gender stereotyping
(Engen et al., 2001), while the
leaders’ valuation is in itself highly gender stereotyped (Eagly
et al., 1992). In addition,
women are still underrepresented and less likely to be promoted
for top leadership positions
(Glass and Cook, 2016; Salloum et al., 2016).
Many models of leadership are incorporated in leadership
theories and even if males in
the MENA region have monopolized these models, a further
look among other developed
societies might anticipate in resizing the number of female
leaders in the Arab countries
(Sidani et al., 2015). Sidani (2016) sees that the change can
occur gradually whenever cultural
and institutional factors welcome this fair participation and
unprejudiced opportunities for
working women.
The study of leadership has been developed over the past 100
years (Bass, 2000). The
impact of leadership style on corporate culture and its
challenges to adapt to any new
culture highlights the importance of having a more dynamic
understanding for the role of
organizational leaders and culture in ensuring the organization’s
present and future success
(Ehrhart et al., 2013; Mgbere, 2009).
Furthermore, Cuong and Swierczek (2008) report that leadership
competencies consist of
eight skills, namely, peer, leadership, conflict resolution,
information processing,
unstructured decision-making, resource allocation,
entrepreneurial and introspection.
From the motivation-based leadership theories emerged
transformational leadership
(Liden et al., 2014; Yukl, 1997), transactional leadership
(Piccolo et al., 2012; Bass and Avolio,
1994), path-goal leadership (Fry, 2003; House, 1996; House and
Mitchell, 1974) and
charismatic leadership (Fry, 2003; Conger and Kanungo, 1998;
Shamir et al., 1993; House and
Howell, 1992; House, 1977). Transformational leadership on
one hand is defined in terms of
the leader’s effect on followers, where employees feel trust,
admiration, loyalty and respect
towards the leader (Liden et al., 2014; Yukl, 1997).
Transactional leadership, on the other
hand, emphasizes on the exchange or transaction that takes
place between colleagues and
leaders, and leaders and followers (Bass and Avolio, 1994;
Piccolo et al., 2012). Path goal
Employees’
performance of
genders
633
leadership motivates employees by selecting the appropriate
behaviour for each situation
(supportive, participative or achievement-oriented) and
providing all the employees needs
along their path towards the goal (Fry, 2003; House, 1996;
House andMitchell, 1974). Finally,
charismatic leadership requires certain talents such as the
ability to influence and inspire
others towards ideological goals and moral values where
followers are willing to mitigate
with these values and to go beyond their duties (Fry, 2003;
Conger and Kanungo, 1998;
Shamir et al., 1993; House and Howell, 1992; House, 1977).
Mgbere (2009) notes the complexity of the research on the
relationship between the
corporate culture, leadership style and corporate performance
due to the multiplicity of
cultures to which the organization’s members belong, and this
situation makes the role of
the leader harder and more difficult to define and to relate it
directly to the corporate
performance (Brown et al., 2013). Davis and Landa (2000-2001)
support the existence of a
relationship between the leadership style and performance, and
they refer in their article to
Duxbury and Higgins (1991) research that shows the impact of a
supervisor who follows the
controlling style which results in undermining the employees’
effectiveness, as opposed to
the impact of a supervisor who follows the supportive style and
which results in developing
more effective employees. To positively use the leader’s
position and its impact on
employees’ performance, the leader in the first place should fit
into the organization’s
culture, and his leading style should be adequate to the
circumstances of the organization as
well as to its culture. This combination will empower the
positive relationship between the
leadership style and the performance (Fullan, 2011; Lee, 2008;
Yiing and Bin Ahmad, 2009).
The gender inequality in the number of female upper-level
manager is thus attributed to
“gender connotations” (Cooper Jackson, 2001) and to the lack
of appropriate style of
leadership at the female leaders (Engen et al., 2001). Thereby,
“the more instrumental, task
oriented, autocratic styles are therefore often referred to as
masculine leadership styles and
the interpersonal-oriented, charismatic, and democratic styles as
feminine leadership styles”
(Engen et al., 2001, p. 582). But whether these affect
performance remains to investigate.
2.3 Performance
Employee performance can be defined as the activities that are
formally recognized as part
of the job and that contribute to the organization’s goals
(Borman and Motowidlo, 1997).
There are two dimensions of performance: an action dimension
known as the behavioural
aspect and an outcome dimension known as the performance
aspect (Roe, 1999; Campbell
et al., 1993; Campbell et al., 1990). In this paper, the
behavioural aspect of performance is
considered to be consistent with the work situation and job
specifications, which then turns
into the means of achieving organizational goals and objectives,
that is, the outcome
dimension or the performance aspect.
Employee performance is the building block of an organization,
as the progress of an
organization is a collective effort of all its members (Isaac
Mwita, 2000). The main purpose of
any organization is to maximize productivity, decrease
employee turnover and increase
employee retention (Mowday et al., 2013). Therefore, to reach
organization’s goals, managers
need to focus on factors that affect the performance of
employees at the workplace and hence
increase the productivity (McColl-Kennedy and Anderson,
2002). At the beginning of their
career, males and females show no remarkable disparity in the
level of their performance;
however, with time, gender differences become visible (Van
Den Besselaar and Sanström, 2016;
Tlaiss and Kauser, 2011) when uncontrolled situations such us
discrimination (Mills, 2017),
constricted collaboration, motherhood and cramped conditions
emerge (Larivière et al., 2011).
Yet, gender diversity increases the financial performance of
organizations (Christiansen et al.,
2016). Consequently, the factors that lay the foundation for high
performance must be analysed
IJOA
26,4
634
and addressed meticulously by the organizations to ensure
organizational success, including
bothmain factors; organizational culture and leadership style.
2.4 Effect of organizational culture on performance
Early researchers believed that there is a relationship between
organizational culture and
organizational performance. Magee (2002) argues that as
organizational culture is inherently
connected to organizational practices (Rofcanin et al., 2017;
Zain et al., 2009), it is manifested
by the collaborative circumstances between the different units
of the organization (Hofstede,
2011). Therefore, organizational performance relies greatly on
organizational culture. The
fact that attitudes are part of the organizational culture and part
of the employees’
performance will straighten out the relation between
organizational culture and
performance. The relation between belief, participation and
performance is associated by the
organizational culture (Debusscher et al., 2017; Dubey et al.,
2017). According to Tseng
(2010), an adhocracy culture has a greater effect than clan and
hierarchy culture on
corporate performance because it creates a comfortable
environment for creativity and
innovation.
According to Slocum and Hellriegel (2009), organizational
culture can boost performance
on a large scale, and the culture of an organization allows the
employees to be acquainted
with both the firm’s history and current methods of operation
(Awadh and Alyahya, 2013;
Zain et al., 2009). Moreover, Kozlowski and Klein (2000) report
that an organization is a
consciously coordinated system where characteristics of
individuals, groups and
organizations interact with each other, and where the effective
interaction among them
highly depends on organizational culture that shapes the
individual performance leading in
most of cases, that high performers are more appreciated and
promoted than low performers
(Cross et al., 2000). Furthermore, the mutual benefit
relationship between an organization
and its employees supports this idea, where we find that all
organizations are thriving to
recruit high performing individuals to meet the organizational
objectives and achieve
competitive advantages. Gender variance in performance result
either from gender quality
differences or gender bias (Van Den Besselaar and Sanström,
2016). Because most of higher
positions and those related to authority and power are still more
dedicated to men (Van Den
Besselaar and Sanström, 2016), rigorous comparison of gender
performance is not always
viable (Abramo et al., 2013). Therefore, employees need
supportive organizational cultures
to promote both genders with similar opportunities (Van Den
Brink et al., 2006) to help them
reach individual and cumulative departmental objectives.
Many researchers consider individual factors (i.e. ability and
effort) to be of great
importance to highlight the link between organizational culture
and employee
performance (Gardner and Schermerhorn, 2004; Schermerhorn
and Nyaw, 1990).
According to Furnham and Gunter (1993), organizational
culture is the internal
integration and coordination between a firm’s operations and its
employees. Internal
integration can be described as the societal interaction of new
members with the existing
ones, creating the boundaries of the organizational feelings of
identity among staff and
commitment to the organization. The shared system, which
forms the basis of
communication and mutual understanding in the organization, is
created and supported
by the culture, and if the organizational culture fails to fulfil
these functions at a
satisfactory level, the culture may have a significant negative
influence on the efficiency
of the employees (Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Furnham and
Gunter, 1993).
A strong organizational culture supports adaptation and
develops the organization’s
employee performance by motivating employees towards a
shared goal and objective,
although some scholars report a neutral effect (Behery and
Paton, 2008). Nevertheless,
Employees’
performance of
genders
635
coaching, equal opportunities, status, expectations (Kalhoff et
al., 2011) and pay policy based
on employee characteristics and performance, (Austen et al.,
2013) enhance employee
behaviour over the long run (Kalhoff et al., 2011). Finally,
shaping and channelling
employees’ behaviour to that specific direction should be at the
top of both operational and
functional strategies (Daft, 2010). Although organizational
culture has no direct impact on
the financial performance (Yesil and Kaya, 2013), but recently
evaluating the intangible
assets such as employees, systems and culture became part of
the balanced scorecard of
companies that seeks competitive advantage in a dynamic
environment (Awadh and
Alyahya, 2013; Kaplan and Norton, 1996). Starbucks coffee
company, with more than 2,500
worldwide stores, relates its success to employees’ performance
and believes that employees
work best with customers when they are better treated
(Flamholtz and Randle, 1998). A
firm’s mission reflects its ultimate long-term objective, which
is accomplished by conducting
integrated operational and behavioural activities. A firm’s
performance improves if it has a
clear sense of purpose and commitment towards its mission. A
successful and a well-
performing organization defines its organizational goals as the
report card of its
forthcoming (long-term) future (Hamel and Prahalad, 1994;
Mintzberg, 1987; Ohmae, 1982).
Chatman et al. (1998) postulate that organizational culture has a
considerable effect on work
processes and outcomes. Moreover, organizational culture
shapes the way employees
operate and interact with each other in an organization, and
affects their self-perceptions,
post-task assessment and performance (Beyer, 1990). The
cultural model comprises various
norms, beliefs, values, rituals and symbols that govern the
operating style of the people
within a company. The corporate culture holds the workforce
together and provides a
direction for the company. The world is changing, and culture
has to adjust accordingly
(Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Hofstede, 2011). In times of
change, the biggest challenge for
any organization may be to change its culture, as the employees
are already accustomed to a
certain way of doing their routines (Chatman et al., 1998), and
this brings us to the
irreplaceable role of leadership along with the rehabilitation of
organizational culture
(Awadh and Alyahya, 2013). Thus, the need to study where the
relationship stands and
whether it is gender differentiated.
2.5 The effect of leadership on performance
Leadership is a process based on social influence in which the
leader strives for the
voluntary participation of subordinates to achieve
organizational goals. A leader is a
person who motivates others to act, so as to carry out specified
objectives. According to
Maslow’s theory, motivation depends on the hierarchy of needs
of individuals regardless
of their gender. Organizations need effective leaders, leaders
who understand the
convolutions of the rapidly changing global environment (Kim
and Yoon, 2015;
Finkelstein and Hambrick, 1996). A structured task and a leader
with a good relationship
with the employees are the perfect combination to generate high
effectiveness on the part
of the employees (Boehm et al., 2015).
Leadership styles could be divided into four main types:
autocratic, democratic, laissez-
faire and human relations. An autocratic leader (dictator) is a
leader who has the notion of
controlling all decisions, often outlining the means of how to
achieve targets. Such a leader
uses fear and control to lead employees. Democratic leaders on
the other hand would involve
group members in decision-making activities. The laissez-faire
approach encourages
independence of followers and rarely contributes to the
processes that generate output.
Finally, a human relations leader emphasizes on people more
than he emphasizes on
performance (Skakon et al., 2010; Misumi and Peterson, 1985;
Gastil, 1994).
IJOA
26,4
636
Several studies examined the effect of the different leadership
styles on employee
performance. (Chen, 2004; Fry, (2003). Motivation enhances
performance (Fry, (2003).
Therefore, leader’s gender plays a significant role in fluctuating
performance, as their
capability of interaction and motivation differs (AlAnezi and
Alansari, 2016; Rice et al.,
1979). Moreover, Kaur (1993) reports that most Indian
managers prefer the autocratic
style, and that employees in the observed organizations are
highly committed to their
organizations and are highly satisfied with their jobs, and their
performance is high
(Kaur, 1993). A number of studies carried out in the Arab world
suggest that leadership
in the Arab cultures fosters consultative and participative
tendencies (Alnuaimi, 2013).
According to this study, the influence of Islamic and tribal
values and beliefs on
leadership cannot be denied, as both Islamic and tribal laws
underpin consultation in
all aspects of life (Boussif, 2010). Based on gender’s
performance in working and
conflicts conditions, leadership competencies such as relational
and interpersonal skills
are more likely related to the quality of female leaders, whereas
strategic planning and
decision-making are mainly male’s leadership skills (Almaki et
al., 2016). However, the
various positions held by outstanding female leaders (Irene
Rosenfeld, Indra K. Nooyi,
Drew Gilpin Faust, etc.) can change the equation and consider
culture the key reason
holding back women from leadership positions. Moreover,
scholars highlight the
relationship between leadership and employee job performance
within an organization.
While management by fear can create tensions that might
produce the desired result in
the short term, it is unlikely that success will be sustained,
whereas leaders who create
a trusting open environment where information is shared create
an organization that
can rise to any challenge (Jing and Avery, 2008).
A particular style of leadership may not always motivate good
performance. Varying the
leadership styles according to the different situations is
recommended, and each leader must
be able to know when to exhibit a particular approach and with
whom. No one-leadership
style is ideal for every situation; a leader may have knowledge
and skills to act effectively in
one situation but may not emerge as effective in another
(Goleman et al., 2013). Employees
consider transformational leadership style part of an innovative
culture that provides the
suitable climate for creativity (Kim and Yoon, 2015) and boosts
performance (Boehm et al.,
2015). From the employees’ perspective, what they see leader’s
behaviour builds their
perception of the person-leader, and on this perception, they
build their own feedback,
cooperation level and adjustment to the work environment and
its demands. The essence is
not whether one specific leadership style is better to be applied
than the others, but rather to
test whether the way the leader deals with the employees (style)
reflects in their performance
of their work tasks, taking into account the individual
preferences of leadership styles.
As a result of the above discussion of the reviewed literature, a
gap is identified in the
body of knowledge, where the relationship between
organizational culture and employees’
performance could be both direct and indirect (as mediated by
leadership style). Where most
of the reported studies report one relationship only between
organizational culture and
employees’ performance, or on between leadership style and
performance, this paper
investigates both relationship simultaneously, as both direct,
and as mediated by leadership
style. To address this gap, the researchers are suggesting the
following hypotheses to test
(Figure 1):
H1. Organizational culture positively affects employees’
performance.
H2. Leadership style mediates the relationship between
organizational culture and
employees’ performance.
Employees’
performance of
genders
637
3. Methodology
This study’s philosophy follows the positivist theory which
underlines observational
information and investigational work to identify noticeable
regularities. It follows the
deductive approach to research aiming at postulating hypotheses
and testing them for the
purpose of amending or modifying available theories. Moreover,
the study uses a survey as
a tool popular among business researchers and respondents as
well, to collect data about the
respondents a leadership style, and relies on data from the
operational records of the
companies surveyed in assessing employees’ performance. This
strategy allows for a faster
and cheaper data collection process than other strategies, while
permitting the selection of
the sample (random or other) to measure for a set number of
variables while controlling for
others. The researchers opted for the use of the survey
technique, choosing a quantitative
approach for their cross-sectional study. The collected data is
then analysed for the purpose
of identifying results, or trends in the observed sample
(Saunders et al., 2009).
For the purpose of this study, a questionnaire is prepared in four
sections. The first
comprises of four demographic questions aimed at capturing the
respondents’ gender, age,
education and tenure, where all the targeted sample is of
employees in the service sector. To
avoid the issue of predictive validity, the researchers used
scales that are already tested and
validated. The second part is composed of 12 measure items that
focus on organizational
culture, and borrowed from a commonly used survey and
adapted for the purpose of this
study (http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/
orgcultquest.html). The third part of
the questionnaire is made up of six questions on performance
and used to compare results
with actual operational data, and the last part is composed of
ten questions taken from the
Humming Network’s questionnaire for performance assessment
(http://humming.net.au/
questionnaire.pdf). Moreover, and as the purpose of the study is
to assess the impact of
organizational culture (if any) on both leadership style and
performance, as well as the effect
of leadership style on performance, the leadership style
questionnaire targeted the
population of employees in the service sector, as applied in the
field of Lebanon using a
questionnaire developed by Palgrave
(www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.
pdf) and published by Northouse (2015).
The survey tool was piloted using a small hard copy of the
questionnaire on a group of 37
employees working in two different service firms to assert easy
of understanding, language
simplicity and clarity of job at hand. For the sampling process,
the researchers analysed the
population at hand. The total population is estimated to be
110,000 employees. The
researchers visited 72 firms in total and distributed a total of
550 questionnaires through
email lists received from a network of 40 medium-sized service
companies whose top
management accepted to participate in the study. Then the
researchers visited these firms
again, met with the Human Resources (HR) managers to put in
place the data collection
Figure 1.
Suggested model
IJOA
26,4
638
http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/
http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf
http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf
http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf
http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf
process, allowing for confidentiality and anonymity of the data
collected, whereby the
respondents received an email directly from the researchers and
responded on-line. In
selecting the sample, the researchers put a number of criteria.
First, the respondent needed
to have a personal email at work. Second, the respondent should
have an adequate mastery
of the English language to be able to fill the questionnaire.
Finally, for privacy and adequacy
of data collection, the respondents needed to have access to the
internet from their own
private workstation. The respondents received an email directly
from the researchers and
responded anonymously online or through printing their
responses and depositing them in
unmarked envelops in the HR fromwhere the researchers
collected them in person.
The received 407 responses from the 40 firms in different
geographic locations span a
wide coverage of the country (3.7%, of total population). Out of
the received responses, a few
proved to bemissing data; thus, the final number of usable
responses was 400.
The researchers entered the data to SPSS 22 to facilitate data
entry and data cleaning.
Then, a number of statistical tests were run on the data. The
first test was the CFA test run
on the data of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of the questionnaire. The results
show that the questionnaire
is valid as is. Moreover, the KMO results were 0.911, 0.828 and
0.676, respectively, with
Sig = 0.000 for all. Finally, the scale reliability is analysed
through the Cronbach’s alpha test
whose results are 0.842 for OC, 0.546 for leadership style and
0.843 for performance. Second,
analysing the data, the researchers found that age group
distribution of the respondents
who voluntarily contributed to the study is mainly young. In
fact, the first age group (aged
18-25) represents 51.0 per cent of the total sample, whereas
32.0 per cent are 26 to 35 years
old, and 8.5 per cent from the group are 36 to 45 years old, 6.8
per cent are 46 to 55 years and
only 1.8 per cent are older. This is in line with the population
demographics in a country
where the demographic distribution pyramid is wide-based.
Second, the gender of the
respondents is 207 males (51.7 per cent) and 193 females (48.3
per cent), which is close to the
national gender distribution of 46.5 per cent males and 53.5 per
cent females. Third, as for
the educational level of the respondents, the sample is
composed of a majorly educated
group where 61.0 per cent hold a bachelor’s degree (BA/BS);
21.5 per cent hold a masters’
degree and 4.8 per cent hold higher level degrees, leaving only
5.3 per cent with high school
education or less and 7.5 per cent of sophomore, baccalaureate
or technical/vocational
degrees. Finally, the tenure of the respondents as highlighted by
the results received shows
that the majority have less than five years of work experience
with the current organization
(59.0 per cent), 13.8 per cent have 6 to 10 years, 10.8 have 11
to 15 years, 8.3 per cent each
have 16 to 20 and 21 years or more.
4. Results
For analysing the respondents’ replies, the data are used to run
a correlation analysis using
SPSS 22. The results reveal a number of interesting
relationships. First, gender is positively
weakly correlated with tenure, organizational culture and
performance. This means that for
females: tenure is longer (r = 0.258; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01);
organizational culture is more
important (r = 0.103; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.05); and performance
of females is higher (r = 0.258;
Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.05). Second, age is negatively weakly
correlated with gender (r =�0.145;
Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01) meaning that there are more young
female employees in these firms
than there are males. Moreover, age is positively but weakly
correlated with both
performance (r = 0.138; Sig. = 0.006; p < 0.01) and leadership
style (r = 0.119; Sig. = 0.017;
p< 0.05), which shows that the older employees are more
sensitive to the style of leadership
applied in the organization, and respond with increased
performance on the job. Third,
tenure is positively weakly correlated with organizational
culture (r = 0.133; Sig. = 0.008;
p < 0.01), performance (r = 0.176; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01) and
leadership style (r = 0.154;
Employees’
performance of
genders
639
Sig = 0.002; p < 0.01). Fourth, organizational culture is strongly
positively correlated to
performance (r = 0.736; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01) but very weakly
to leadership style (r = 0.086;
Sig. = 0.087; p < 0.05). Finally, performance is weakly
positively correlated to leadership
style (r= 0.206; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01).
Furthermore, a regression analysis was run to identify the
explanatory power of the
different variables of the suggested model. Using SPSS 22, the
postulated relationships are
tested independently (Figure 2), then using the “Enter”
function, the model was tested. The
results show that organizational culture does affect employees’
performance (R2 = 0.540;
Sig. = 0.000), allowing us to accept the H1. When leadership
style is “Entered” into the
regression, adjusted R2 increases slightly (2 per cent) (from R2
= 0.540 to 0.560, with Sig. =
0.000). This allows us to accept ourH2 in general. The formula
for the straight line equation
is as follows:
F Performanceð Þ ¼ 0:445ð ÞOrganizational Culture þ 0:157ð
ÞLeadership Style � 3:853
Regression analysis is also used, using the Process Macros
technique and Hayes, to
investigate the hypothesis that leadership style mediates the
effect of organizational culture
on employees’ performance (Appendix). Results indicate that
organizational culture is not a
significant predictor leadership style, b = 0.0483; SE = 0.0282;
p = 0.0871, and that
leadership style is a significant predictor of employees’
performance, b = 0.1571***; SE =
0.0364. These results do not fully support the mediation
hypothesis, as organizational
culture is still a significant predictor of employees’
performance after controlling for the
mediator leadership style, b = 0.4455***; SE = 0.0205.
Approximately, 2 per cent of
the variation in the dependent variable (employees’
performance) is accounted for by the
predictor (R2 = 0.0218). The indirect effect is tested using a
bootstrap estimation approach
with 400 samples. These results indicate the indirect coefficient
is not significant, b = 0.0759;
SE = 0.0058, 95 per cent CI = �0.0013 0.0219. Employees’
performance is associated with
approximately 0.168 points higher employees performance
scores as mediated by
Leadership Style.
Moreover, to analyse for gender-related variance in
performance, the researchers ran two
tests. First, a hierarchical multiple regression and, second, a
correlations and linear
regression analysis after performing a data split. First, the
hierarchical multiple regression
is used with the predictor independent variable (organizational
culture) as reported by
Behery and Paton (2008), Lok and Crawford (2001), Deal and
Kennedy (1983) and Peters
et al. (1982). Leadership is entered as a “Next” variable and
performance as a dependent.
Moreover, the demographic variable “Gender” is also entered as
a “Net” variable to test what
Madsen et al. (2005), Goulet and Singh (2002) and Kirchmeyer
(1995) report to be a
predisposition effect. The results of the show that gender’s
effect on the variability of the
Figure 2.
Regression analysis
results
R = 0.736
R2 = 0.541
R = 0.086
R2 = 0.007
Sig. = 0.087
Leadership style
Organiza�onal
culture R = 0.206
R2 = 0.400
Performance
Sig. = 0.000
Sig. = 0.000
IJOA
26,4
640
results is insignificant (R2 = 0.000; Sig. = 0.816); whereas
organizational culture explains
54.2 per cent (R2 = 0.542; Sig. = 0.000) and leadership style
improved variability of the
independent variable by 2 to 56.2 per cent (R2 = 0.562; Sig. =
0.000). Second, the results of the
correlations’ test clearly show the existence of gendered
variances in perceptions and
employees’ beliefs (Tables I and II). In addition to the
demographic variables’ correlation
relationships with the different factors under consideration, OC
is highly correlated to
performance for both genders at slightly different levels
(R2Male = 0.774; Sig. = 0.000; p <
0.01; R2Female = 0.700; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01), the same
applies to the correlation between OC
and leadership style (R2Male = 0.039; Sig. = 0.576; R
2
Female = 0.132; Sig. = 0.06); and
performance and leadership style (R2Male = 0.151; Sig. =
0.029; p < 0.01; R
2
Female = 0.257;
Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01).
Moreover, the regression results of the testing of the model with
data split by gender
resulted in slight variations in the statistical outcome (Figures 3
and 4) and the following
two different formulas of the straight line.
Table I.
Correlation results by
gender
Correlation of variables
Male Female
R2 Significance R2 Significance
Age and tenure 0.646** 0.000 0.441** 0.000
Age and organizational citizenship 0.015 0.836 0.208** 0.004
Age and performance 0.040 0.572 0.287** 0.000
Age and leadership style 0.130 0.061 0.106 0.141
Education and tenure 0.177* 0.011 0.038 0.604
Education and performance �0.0 08 0.911 0.212** 0.003
Tenure and organizational citizenship 0.006 0.936 0.309**
0.000
Tenure and performance 0.055 0.435 0.335** 0.000
Tenure and leadership style 0.072 0.305 0.258** 0.000
Tenure and democratic leadership 0.058 0.407 0.152** 0.035
Tenure and autocratic leadership 0.049 0.480 0.252** 0.000
Organizational citizenship and performance 0.774** 0.000
0.700** 0.000
Organizational citizenship and leadership style 0.039 0.576
0.132 0.068
Performance and leadership style 0.151* 0.029 0.257** 0.000
Notes: *p< 0.05; **p< 0.01
Table II.
Regression results by
gender
Regression R R2 Significance SE F
Male
A OC and Perf 0.774 0.599 0.000 3.129 306.264
B OC and LS 0.039 0.002 0.576 4.523 0.314
C LS and Perf 0.151 0.023 0.029 4.884 4.814
C’ Mediation 0.783 0.614 0.000 3.078 162.078
Female
A OC and Perf 0.700 0.490 0.000 3.806 183.516
B OC and LS 0.132 0.017 0.068 4.837 3.379
C LS and Perf 0.257 0.066 0.000 5.151 13.462
C’ Mediation 0.719 0.517 0.000 3.712 101.883
Employees’
performance of
genders
641
FMale Performanceð Þ ¼ 0:466ð ÞOrganizational Culture
þ 0:133ð ÞLeadership Style � 3:774
FFemale Performanceð Þ ¼ 0:425ð ÞOrganizational Culture
þ 0:183ð ÞLeadership Style � 3:936
The results show that male respondents emphasize more on OC,
while their female
counterparts stress more on leadership style, which allows us to
accept H2, that the
relationship is gender affect.
5. Analysis
The results of the data analysis reveal some important factors
that should be further
highlighted. First, analysing the results for gender, the
relationship between gender and
tenure shows that the female employees have a higher tendency
to remain tenured on the
job. Adding the result that the respondents’ age is negatively
correlated with gender, i.e.
there are more men older in age than women on the job, while
also having more young
women than men. This shows that the job market is accepting
higher level of women in
entry level jobs, whereas the majority of those tenured are men.
Moreover, the relationship
of gender with organizational culture clearly shows that the
female employees embrace
organizational culture to a higher extent and also perform better
than their male
counterparts. The reasons behind this female adaptation to the
organizational culture might
be socially implied, in a majorly paternalistic society, the
manager is a male figure who
plays or fits in the role/figure, enjoying a team of subordinating
employees.
Second, the relationship between age and performance is
positively correlated. As a rule
of thumb, older employees should know the job better due to
their learning curve and work
Figure 4.
Regression analysis
results – female
respondents
R = 0.700
R2 = 0.490
Sig. = 0.000
Sig. = 0.068
Leadership style
Organiza�onal
culture R = 0.257
R2 = 0.066
Sig. = 0.000
Performance
R = 0.132
R2 = 0.017
Figure 3.
Regression analysis
results –male
respondents
R = 0.151
R2 = 0.023
Sig. = 0.029R = 0.774
R2 = 0.599
Sig. = 0.000
R = 0.039
R2 = 0.002
Sig. = 0.576
Leadership style
Organiza�onal
culture
Performance
IJOA
26,4
642
experience, and this is also confirmed by this field exercise.
However, what is an unexpected
result is that older employees are exerting behaviours affected
by the leadership style,
whereas with expectations of maturity and wisdom, one would
expect otherwise. Thus,
senior employees are showing more resistance rather than
adaptability to the leadership
style used their respective leaders. This pushes the researchers
to believe that managers
need to build on this conceptual finding in providing further
training and development of
employees’ skills in addition to an organizational culture of
acceptance, adaptation and
diversity. This unexpected result that older employees are more
affected by their superior’s
leadership style than younger ones raises a question concerning
work experience, social
intelligence andwork environment dynamics that need further
investigation.
Third, the relationship between tenure and organizational
culture traditionally follows
the logic of longer in the company, better adapted to its culture
and better serving as
ambassador for its dissemination. Moreover, the positive
correlation of tenure and
performance at work is no news in the academic field. However,
relating tenure to leadership
style is arguable as managerial practices are rarely cited as a
main or primary reason for
tenure. Despite this, it is to the advantage of the leader to work
with a more coherent and
motivated team, as compared to a group of people who
happened to be there. Managers
should take into consideration this fact when introducing new
leadership and provide the in-
coming leader with a glimpse of historic information on the
team for better readiness and
adaptability on the leader’s side too.
Fourth, a stronger organizational culture of efficiency and
accomplishments, where
management seeks to find reasons to reward pre-approved
standards, or behaviour leads to
better compliance and adaptation to the peer stream of thought
and behaviour. This allows
new-coming staff to blend in faster and giving management the
advantage of a homogeneous
workforce or team that allows for higher work outputs.
Moreover, the leadership style that
encourages a culture of efficiency and accomplishment finds
himself leading a more efficient
team that has a certain zeal towards challenging jobs, and that
naturally ends up providing a
higher performance level.
Fifth, a strong organizational culture typified by a specific
leadership style will affect the
performance of the many who do not champion this same style.
The results of such beliefs
may generate either a less motivated work behaviour with less
performance and zeal or with
employees reaching a plateau at which development and
performance are out of the frame.
Finally, analysing for the gendered effect, the results vary
slightly among the genders in
different dimensions. The differences are attributed to general
gender issues and
behavioural conducts. The introduction of the leadership style
for both males and females
increases fit of the model explaining the effect of OC on
performance by approximately 9
per cent for men and 5 per cent for women.
6. Implications, limitations and conclusions
This study is the result of a thorough scientific process and its
results span across both
academic and practical worlds. Therefore, in the following, we
present a number of
managerial implications, study limitations and suggestions for
future research.
Building on the field study results reported here-above, a
number of implications are
worthy of mention. First, managers should devise coaching and
reward programmes that
are fairly attractive to both genders independently of each other.
These programmes should
take into consideration the gender and age factors to entice
andmotivate younger employees
to perform better. Today’s young members of the work-teams
are better networked, more
informed and ambitious, probably have their different
respective agendas and goals, that
thereby need to be aligned with those of the organization using
tools that are more
Employees’
performance of
genders
643
interactive, flexible and customized. Second, the human
resources function in an
organization, along with its upper management levels, should
put forth plans to strengthen
their organizational culture’s desirable norms, values and
beliefs, using different art-facts,
stories, rituals, routines, events, meetings, newsletter, web sites
or other means, while also
aligning the organizational culture with the company’s vision,
mission, values and long-
term strategic goals. To do so, plans must be carefully
developed and unfolded, using
different targeted diffusion media and support programmes that
can attain the specific
gender/age groups of employees and potential hires. The result
of a pervasive positive
culture is reported in the literature to improve performance and
tenure, and thus warrants
the efforts and costs of such a plan to disseminate the culture to
a higher pervasiveness
level. Third, creating a strong culture in the organization
through unified norms, values and
beliefs, improves both employees’ efficiency and effectiveness,
communication and mutual
understanding. Moreover, it helps mainstream those members of
the team who are either
accidental or from different cultural backgrounds, into a
workable middle-point at which
work-flow and processes improve. This step inherently means
on the other side of the coin,
that the organization may shed or that some employees may
elect to withdraw, creating an
excessive resource leakage beyond the normal attrition rate, and
that the human resources
department should take into account in their recruitment plans
and activities. Fourth,
initiating, building and enhancing a strong culture within an
organizational setting creates a
sense of belonging, a feeling of similarity and unity among
employees, in addition to the core
belief of organizational ownership. This ownership feeling by
itself generates a performance
efficiency as employees begin to associate themselves with their
organization, and their
well-being and future career plans with those of the
organization’s development and well-
being. Therefore, compensation plans with profit sharing or
similar tools may prove to be
efficient. Fifth, a strong organizational culture would also mean
a certain agreed-upon
leadership style, that is probably cascaded down through the
managerial ranks but also a
style that everybody is used to adapt-to and adopt. In the long
run, this will inhibit change,
diversity and independent thinking, thereby generating
managers who only think inside the
box. Sixth, a coupled performance and organizational culture of
efficiency at the workplace,
if not paralleled with a proper leadership style that fosters
positive results, will only result in
partial improvements in the big picture (not exceeding 20.6 per
cent as the study results
show). Therefore, the leader selection process should look into
different techniques and
multi-layers of assessment, including more modern tools, such
as psychometric tests, 360
degrees evaluation, in addition to better leadership preparation
stages in training and
skilling, in personality and role adaptability, decision-making
processes and tools, as well as
efficient communication techniques, all of which may help
facilitate the process and
determine effective roles of genders in the organization.
Seventh, the study’s implications on the academic environment
and body of knowledge
relate to the change in the environment. In fact, and as
witnessed in the literature, leadership
style has been looked at for the past few decades as a major
contributor in affecting
employees’ performance. However, revisiting the leadership
style with a new model and a
sampled new generation of dot.coms and stay-connected
employees, the results of this study
clearly show that this impact is out-grown by another trend that
we suggest to name “The
system trend”, among the new generation of white-collar
employees. Thus, further research is
suggested to investigate what factors do truly matter for this
generation of young adults,
leading to policy changes that are definitely warranted in light
of the above results. The effect
of this system acceptance on the performance of employees
takes us back to the discussion of
open and closed organizational systems and whether one is
better than the other.
IJOA
26,4
644
The study has a number of limitations. First, the sampling
process and sample selection
(convenience) took more effort from the researchers to avoid
falling into sampling bias. The
researchers surveyed employees of companies to which they
have access or contact with a
top manager authority figure or a managing partner, and as
many refused to collaborate or
take part in the study, this increased the cost in both time and
money. Second, electing to use
a specific set of criteria in sampling might have resulted in
eliminating a meaningful different
direction in the results, but it helped preserve the generalization
of the results. Third, the
study only covers the service sectors, which raises questions on
replicability of the study in
other sectors and generalizability of results. Finally, the number
of measure items in the
questionnaire was large; therefore, the researchers’ initial plan
to also assess the personality
trait of respective the respondent’s leader was not done. The
reason for not extending the
personality trait section is the researchers’ fear that respondents
might misunderstand the
survey as being initiated by uppermanagement to assess lower
level managers.
This study opened the door for future research on the
relationship between the ever
present debate on employees’ performance and leadership style,
adding a third dimension,
i.e. organizational culture, at a time when organizational culture
is becoming more unified as
a result of both globalization and standardization, and the
constant strive of organization to
improve efficiency and conflict resolution through managing
teams’ emotional intelligence.
The effect of social media, comments, sharing and venting,
along with a broad unified
education world-wide, is another stream of anticipated future
brick to add in the academic
literature, especially with a growing trend among the new
generation (the Dot Com
generation) of white-collar employees who have a different
perspective to life.
References
Abdul Rashid, Z., Sambasivan, M. and Johari, J. (2003), “The
influence of corporate culture and
organisational commitment on performance”, Journal of
Management Development, Vol. 22
No. 8, pp. 708-728.
Abramo, G., Cicero, T. and D’Angelo, C.A. (2013), “Individual
research performance: a proposal for
comparing apples to oranges”, Journal of Informetrics, Vol. 7
No. 2, pp. 528-539.
AlAnezi, A. and Alansari, B. (2016), “Gender differences in
Hofstede’s cultural dimensions among a
Kuwaiti sample”, European Psychiatry, Vol. 33, pp. S503-S504.
Almaki, S.H., Silong, A.D., Idris, K. and Wahat, W.A. (2016),
“Effective leadership practices of Muslim
women academic leaders”,The Social Sciences, Vol. 11 No. 9,
pp. 2217-2229.
Alnuaimi, S.S. (2013), “Effective leadership in implementing
change in Arab culture: the case of the Abu
Dhabi police”, PhD Dissertation, Manchester Metropolitan
University, May, available at: http://
hdl.handle.net/2173/324755
Austen, S., Jefferson, T. and Preston, A. (2013), “Contrasting
economic analyses of equal renumeration:
the social and community services (SACS) case”, Journal of
Industrial Relations, Vol. 55 No. 1,
pp. 60-79.
Awadh, A.M. and Alyahya, M.S. (2013), “Impact of
organizational culture on employee performance”,
International Review ofManagement and Business Research,
Vol. 2 No. 1, p. 168.
Bakar, R.A., Salleh, A.L. and Ling, L.C. (2008), “How we do
things around here’: implications of
corporate culture on job performance”,The Business Review,
Vol. 9 No. 2, pp. 339-344.
Bass, B.M. (2000), “The future of leadership in learning
organizations”, Journal of Leadership Studies,
Vol. 7 No. 3, pp. 18-41.
Bass, B.M. and Avolio, B.J. (1990), “The implication of
transactional and transformational leadership
for individual, teams, and organizational development”,
Research in Organizational Behavior,
Vol. 4, pp. 231-272.
Employees’
performance of
genders
645
http://hdl.handle.net/2173/324755
http://hdl.handle.net/2173/324755
Bass, B.M. and Avolio, B.J. (1994), Improving Organizational
Effectiveness through Transformational
Leadership, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA.
Behery, M.H. and Paton, R.A. (2008), “Performance appraisal-
cultural Fit and organizational outcomes
within the UAE”, Education, Business and Society:
Contemporary Middle Eastern Issues, Vol. 1
No. 1, pp. 166-176.
Beyer, S. (1990), “Gender differences in the accuracy of self-
evaluations of performance”, Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 59 No. 5, pp. 960-970.
Boehm, S.A., Dwertmann, D.J., Bruch, H. and Shamir, B.
(2015), “The missing link? Investigating
organizational identity strength and transformational leadership
climate as mechanisms that
connect CEO charisma with firm performance”, The Leadership
Quarterly, Vol. 26 No. 2,
pp. 156-171.
Borman, W.C. and Motowidlo, S.J. (1997), “Task performance
and contextual performance: the meaning
for personnel selection research”,Human Performance, Vol. 10
No. 2, pp. 99-109.
Boussif, D. (2010), “Decision-making styles of Arab executives:
insights from Tunisia”,
Communications of the IBIMA, Vol. 2010, pp. 1-10.
Brewer, M.B. (1993), “Social identity, distinctiveness, and in-
group homogeneity”, Social Cognition,
Vol. 11 No. 1, pp. 150-164.
Brewer, E.W. and Clippard, L.F. (2002), “Burnout and job
satisfaction among student support services
personnel”, Human Resource Development Quarterly, Vol. 13
No. 2, pp. 169-186, doi: 10.1002/
hrdq.1022.
Brewer, M.B. and Weber, J.G. (1994), “Self-evaluation effects
of interpersonal versus intergroup social
comparison”, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
Vol. 66 No. 2, pp. 268-275.
Brown, H.E., Pearson, N., Braithwaite, R.E., Brown, W.J. and
Biddle, S.J. (2013), “Physical activity
interventions and depression in children and adolescents”,
Sports Medicine (Auckland, N.Z.),
Vol. 43 No. 3, pp. 195-206.
Bycio, P., Hackett, R.D. andAllen, J.S. (1995), “Further
assessments of Bass’s (1985) conceptualization of
transactional and transformational leadership”, Journal of
Applied Psychology, Vol. 80 No. 4,
pp. 468-478, available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-
9010.80.4.468
Campbell, J.P., McCloy, R.A., Oppler, S.H. and Sager, C.E.
(1993), “A theory of performance”, in Schmitt,
N. and Borman,W.C. (Eds ),Employee Selection, Jossey-Bass,
New York.
Campbell, J.P., McHenry, J.J. and Wise, L.L. (1990), “Modeling
job performance in a population of jobs”,
Personnel Psychology, Vol. 43 No. 2, pp. 313-575.
Chatman, J.A., Polzer, J.T., Barsade, S.G. and Neale, M.A.
(1998), “Being different yet feeling similar: the
influence of demographic composition and organizational
culture on work processes and
outcomes”,Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 43 No. 4, pp.
749-780.
Chen, L.Y. (2004), “Examining the effect of organization
culture and leadership behaviors on
organizational commitment, job satisfaction, and job
performance at small and Middle-sized
firms of Taiwan”, Journal of American Academy of Business,
Vol. 5 Nos 1/2, pp. 432-438.
Christiansen, L., Lin, H., Pereira, J., Topalova, P.B. and Turk,
R. (2016), “Gender diversity in senior
positions and firm performance: evidence from Europe”, IMF
Working Papers, Vol. 16 No. 50,
available at: SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2759759
Cooper Jackson, J. (2001), “Women middle managers’
perception of the glass ceiling”, Women in
Management Review, Vol. 16 No. 1, pp. 30-41.
Cross, S.E., Bacon, P.L. and Morris, M.L. (2000), “The
relational-interdependent self-construal and
relationships”, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
Vol. 78 No. 4, pp. 791-808.
Cuong, D.M. and Swierczek, F.W. (2008), “Corporate culture,
leadership competencies, job satisfaction,
job commitment, and job performance: a comparison of
companies in Vietnam and Thailand”,
Journal of American Academy of Business, Vol. 13 No. l, pp.
159-165.
IJOA
26,4
646
http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1022
http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1022
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.80.4.468
https://ssrn.com/abstract=2759759
Daft, R.L. (2010),Organizational Theory and Design,
SouthWestern Cengage Learning, Boston.
Davis, T. and Landa, M.J. (2000), “Changing dynamics: how
workforce culture can boost corporate
performance”, CMAManagement, Vol. 74 No. 10, pp. 26-29.
Deal, T.E. and Kennedy, A.A. (1983), “Culture: a new look
through old lenses”, Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, Vol. 19 No. 4, pp. 498-505.
Debusscher, J., Hofmans, J. and DeFruyt, F. (2017), “The
multiple face(t)s of state
conscientiousness: predicting task performance and
organizational citizenship behavior”,
Journal of Research in Personality, Vol. 69, pp. 78-85, available
at: doi.org/10.1016/j.
jrp.2016.06.009
Denison, D.R. (1990), Corporate Culture and Organizational
Effectiveness, JohnWiley & Sons, Oxford.
Dubey, R., Gunasekaran, A., Helo, P., Papadopoulos, T.,
Childe, S.J. and Sahay, B.S. (2017), “Explaining
the impact of reconfigurable manufacturing systems on
environmental performance: the role of
top management and organizational culture”, Journal of Cleaner
Production, Vol. 141,
doi: 10.1016/jclepro.2016.09.035.
Duxbury, L.E. and Higgins, C.A. (1991), “Gender differences in
work-family conflict”, Journal of Applied
Psychology, Vol. 76 No. 1, pp. 60-74.
Eagly, A.H., Makhijani, M.G. and Klonsky, B.G. (1992),
“Gender and the evaluation of leaders: a Meta-
analysis”, Psychological Bulletin, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 3-22.
Ehrhart, M.G., Schneider, B. and Macey, W.H. (2013),
Organizational Climate and Culture: An
Introduction to Theory, Research, and Practice, Routledge,
London.
Engen, M.L., Leeden, R. and Willemsen, T.M. (2001), “Gender,
context and leadership styles: a field
study”, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology,
Vol. 74 No. 5, pp. 581-598.
Fiedler, F.E. (1996), “Research on leadership selection and
training: one view of the future”,
Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 41 No. 2, pp. 241-250.
Finkelstein, S. and Hambrick, D.C. (1996), Strategic
Leadership: Top Executives and Their Effects on
Organizations, West Publishing Company, Eagan.
Flamholtz, E.G. and Randle, Y. (1998), Changing the Game:
Organizational Transformations of the
First, Second, and Third Kinds, Oxford University Press,
Oxford.
French, J.R., Rodgers, W. and Cobb, S. (1974), “Adjustment as
person-environment fit”, Coping and
Adaptation, Basic Books, New York, pp. 316-333.
Fry, L.W. (2003), “Toward a theory of spiritual leadership”,
The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 14 No. 6,
pp. 693-727.
Fullan, M. (2011), The Six Secrets of Change: What the Best
Leaders Do to Help Their Organizations
Survive and Thrive, JohnWiley & Sons, San Francisco.
Furnham, A. and Gunter, B. (1993), Corporate Assessment:
Auditing & Company Personality,
Routledge, London.
Gardner, W.L. and Schermerhorn, J.R. Jr (2004), “unleashing
individual potential: Performance gains
through positive organizational behavior and authentic
leadership”, Organizational Dynamics,
Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 270-281.
Gastil, J. (1994), “A Meta-analytic review of the productivity
and satisfaction of democratic and
autocratic leadership”, Small Group Research, Vol. 25 No. 3,
pp. 384-410.
Glass, C. and Cook, A. (2016), “Leading at the top:
Understanding women’s challenges above the glass
ceiling”,The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 27 No. 1, pp. 51-63.
Gneezy, U., Niederle, M. and Rustichini, A. (2003),
“Performance in competitive environments: gender
differences”,The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 118 No.
3, pp. 1049-1074.
Goleman, D., Boyatzis, R. and McKee, A. (2013), Primal
Leadership: Unleashing the Power of Emotional
Intelligence, Harvard Business Press, Boston.
Employees’
performance of
genders
647
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2016.06.009
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2016.06.009
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/jclepro.2016.09.035
Goulet, L.R. and Singh, P. (2002), “Career commitment: a
reexamination and an extension”, Journal of
Vocational Behavior, Vol. 61 No. 1, pp. 73-91.
Hamel, G. and Prahalad, C.K. (1994),Competing for the Future,
Harvard Business School Press, Boston,MA.
Hennessey, J.T. Jr (1998), “Reinventing government: does
leadership make the difference?”, Public
Administration Review, Vol. 58 No. 6, pp. 522-532.
Hofstede, G. (2011), “Dimensionalising cultures: the Hofstede
model in context”, Online Readings in
Psychology and Culture, Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 1-26.
Hogan, S.J. and Coote, L.V. (2014), “Organizational culture,
innovation, and performance: a test of
schein’s model”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 67 No. 8,
pp. 1609-1621.
Isaac Mwita, J. (2000), “Performance management model: a
systems-based approach to public service
quality”, International Journal of Public SectorManagement,
Vol. 13 No. 1, pp. 19-37.
Igbaria, M. and Baroudi, J.J. (1995), “The impact of job
performance evaluations on career advancement
prospects: an examination of gender differences in the IS
workplace”, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 19
No. 1, pp. 107-123.
Jing, F.F. and Avery, G.C. (2008), “Missing links in
understanding the relationship between leadership
and organizational performance”, International Business &
Economics Research Journal (IBER)),
Vol. 7 No. 5, pp. 67-78.
Joiner, T.A. (2001), “The influence of national culture and
organizational culture alignment on job stress
and performance: evidence from Greece”, Journal of Managerial
Psychology, Vol. 16 No. 3,
pp. 229-242, doi: 10.1108/02683940110385776.
Kalhoff, W., Younts, C.W. and Troyar, L. (2011), “Do others’
views of us transfer to new groups and
tasks? An expectation states approach”, Social Psychology
Quarterly, Vol. 74 No. 3, pp. 267-290.
Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996), Using the Balanced
Scorecard as a Strategic Management System,
Harvard Business School Press, Brighton.
Kaur, R. (1993), “Managerial styles in the public sector”, Indian
Journal of Industrial Relations, Vol. 28
No. 4, pp. 363-368.
Kim, S. and Yoon, G. (2015), “An innovation-driven culture in
local government: do senior manager’s
transformational leadership and the climate for creativity
matter?”, Public Personnel
Management, Vol. 44 No. 2, pp. 147-168.
Kirchmeyer, C. (1995), “Managing the work-nonwork boundary:
an assessment of organizational
responses”,Human Relations, Vol. 48 No. 5, pp. 515-536.
Kotter, J.P. and Heskett, J.L. (1992), Corporate Culture and
Performance, The Free Press, New York.
Kozlowski, S.W.J. and Klein, K.J. (2000), “Amultilevel
approach to theory and research in organizations:
Contextual, temporal, and emergent processes”, in Klein, K.J. &
Kozlowski, S.W.J. (Eds),
Multilevel Theory, Research and Methods in Organizations:
Foundations, Extensions, and New
Directions, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA, pp. 3-90.
Kratina, S.H. (1990), “Organizational culture and head nurse
leadership: the relationship to nurses’ job
satisfaction and turnover in hospital settings”, Doctoral
dissertation, Georgia State University-
College of Education, Georgia.
Krausz, M., Brandwein, T. and Fox, S. (1995), “Work attitudes
and emotional responses of permanent,
voluntary, and involuntary temporary-help employees: an
exploratory study”, Applied
Psychology, Vol. 44 No. 3, pp. 217-232.
Larivière, V., Vignola-Gagné, E., Villeneuve, C., Gelinas, P.
and Gingras, Y. (2011), “Sex differences in
research funding, productivity and impact: an analysis of
Quebec university professors”,
Scientometrics, Vol. 87 No. 3, pp. 483-498.
Lee, H.Y. (2008), “The association between organizational
culture and leadership behaviour and
organizational commitment, job satisfaction and employee
performance-a Malaysian perspective”
Doctoral dissertation, University ofMalaya, Kuala Lumpur.
IJOA
26,4
648
http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/02683940110385776
Liden, R.C., Wayne, S.J., Liao, C. and Meuser, J.D. (2014),
“Servant leadership and serving culture:
influence on individual and unit performance”, Academy of
Management Journal, Vol. 57 No. 5,
pp. 1434-1452.
Liu, Y., Wei, Z. and Xie, F. (2014), “Dowomen directors
improve firm performance in China?”, Journal of
Corporate Finance, Vol. 28, pp. 169-184.
Lok, P. and Crawford, J. (2001), “Antecedents of organizational
commitment and the mediating role of
job satisfaction”, Journal of Managerial Psychology, Vol. 16
No. 8, pp. 594-613.
London, M., Larsen, H.H. and Thisted, L.N. (1999),
“Relationships between feedback and self-
development”,Group&OrganizationManagement, Vol. 24 No. 1,
pp. 5-27.
Lussier, R.N. (1990), Human Relations in Organizations: A
Skill-Building Approach, Irwin Professional
Publishing, Burr Ridge.
Lysons, K. (2000), “Concerning corporate culture”, The British
Journal of Administrative Management,
No. 34, pp. 1-4.
McColl-Kennedy, J.R. and Anderson, R.D. (2002), “Impact of
leadership style and emotions on
subordinate performance”,The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 13
No. 5, pp. 545-559.
Madsen, S.R., Miller, D. and John, C.R. (2005), “Readiness for
organizational change: do organizational
commitment and social relationships in the workplace make a
difference?”, Human Resource
Development Quarterly, Vol. 16 No. 2, pp. 213-233.
Magee, K.C. (2002), “The impact of organizational culture on
the implementation of performance
management”, Doctoral dissertation, Available from
Dissertations and Theses database (UMI
No. 3047909).
Mgbere, O. (2009), “Exploring the relationship between
organizational culture, leadership styles and
corporate performance: an overview”, Journal of Strategic
Management Education, Vol. 5 Nos 3/4,
pp. 187-201.
Mills, A.J. (2017), “Studying the gendering of organizational
culture over time: concerns,
issues, and strategies”, in Mills, A.J. (Ed.), Insights and
Research on the Study of Gender
and Intersectionality in International Airline Cultures, Emerald
Pubishing, Bingley,
pp. 71-91.
Mintzberg, H. (1987), Crafting Strategy, Harvard Business
School Press, Boston, MA, pp. 66-75.
Misumi, J. and Peterson, M.F. (1985), “The performance-
maintenance (PM) theory of leadership:
review of a Japanese research program”, Administrative Science
Quarterly, Vol. 30 No. 2,
pp. 198-223.
Mowday, R.T., Porter, L.W. and Steers, R.M. (2013), Employee
– Organization Linkages: The Psychology
of Commitment, Absenteeism, and Turnover, Academic Press,
New York.
Northouse, P.G. (2015), Leadership: Theory and Practice, Sage
Publications, Los Angeles.
Ohmae, K. (1982), The Mind of the Strategist: The Art of
Japanese Business, McGraw-Hill Professional,
Boston.
Peters, T.J., Waterman, R.H. and Jones, I. (1982), In Search of
Excellence: Lessons from America’s Best-
Run Companies, Harper Business, NewYork.
Piccolo, R.F., Bono, J.E., Heinitz, K., Rowold, J., Duehr, E. and
Judge, T.A. (2012), “The relative impact of
complementary leader behaviors: which matter most?”, The
Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 23 No. 3,
pp. 567-581.
Pool, S.W. (2000), “Organizational culture and its relationship
between job tension in measuring
outcomes among business executives”, Journal of Management
Development, Vol. 19 No. 1,
pp. 32-49, doi: 10.1108/02621710010308144.
Rice, R.W., Richer, L.S. and Vitters, A.G. (1979), The Impact
of Male and Female Leaders on the Group
Performance, Morale, and Perceptions of West Point Cadets,
State Univ of New York At Buffalo,
New York.
Employees’
performance of
genders
649
http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/02621710010308144
Roe, R.A. (1999), “Work performance: a multiple regulation
perspective”, Vol. 14, pp. 231-336.
International Review of Industrial and Organizational
Psychology, (January),
Rofcanin, Y., Las Heras, M. and Bakker, A.B. (2017), “Family
supportive supervisor behaviors and
organizational culture: effects on work engagement and
performance”, Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, Vol. 22 No. 2, pp. 207-217, available at:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000036
Salloum, C., Azzi, G., Mercier-Suissa, C. and Khalil, S. (2016),
“The rise of women and their impact on
firms’ performance”, International Journal of Entrepreneurship
and Small Business, Vol. 27
Nos 2/3, pp. 213-246.
Sauer, S.J. (2011), “Taking the reins: the effects of new leader
status and leadership style on team
performance”,The Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 96 No.
3, pp. 574-587.
Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research
Methods in Business, 5th ed., Pearson
Education Limited, Edinburgh Gate.
Schermerhorn, J.R. and Nyaw, M.K. (1990), “Managerial
leadership in Chinese industrial enterprises”,
International Studies of Management & Organization, Vol. 20
Nos 1/2, pp. 9-21.
Sidani, Y.M. (2016), “Working women in Arab countries: a case
for cautious optimism”, Handbook on
Well-Being ofWorkingWomen, Springer, New York, pp. 689-
701.
Siehl, C. and Martin, J. (1990), “Organizational culture: a key
to financial performance?”, in Schneider, B.
(Ed.),Organizational Climate and Culture, Jossey-Bass, San
Francisco, p. 241-281.
Skakon, J., Nielsen, K., Borg, V. and Guzman, J. (2010), “Are
leaders’ well-being, behaviours and style
associated with the affective well-being of their employees? A
systematic review of three
decades of research”,Work & Stress, Vol. 24 No. 2, pp. 107-
139.
Selznick, P. (2011), Leadership in Administration: A
Sociological Interpretation, Quid Pro Books, New
Orleans, Louisiana.
Silverthorne, C. (2004), “The impact of organizational culture
and person-organization fit on
organizational commitment and job satisfaction in Taiwan”,
Leadership & Organization
Development Journal, Vol. 25 No. 7, pp. 592-599.
Slocum, J.W. and Hellriegel, D. (2009), Principles of
Organizational Behavior, South-Western Cengage
Learning, Mason, OH.
Tlaiss, H. and Kauser, S. (2011), “The impact of gender, family,
and work on the career advancement of
Lebanese women managers”, Gender in Management: An
International Journal, Vol. 26 No. 1,
pp. 8-36.
Trice, H.M. and Beyer, J.M. (1993),The Cultures ofWork
Organizations, Prentice-Hall, New York.
Tseng, S.M. (2010), “The correlation between organizational
culture and knowledge conversion on
corporate performance”, Journal of KnowledgeManagement,
Vol. 14 No. 2, pp. 269-284.
Van Den Besselaar, P. and Sanström, U. (2016), “Gender
differences in research performance and its
impact on careers: a longitudinal case study”, Scientometrics,
Vol. 106 No. 1, pp. 143-162,
available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-1775-3
Van den Brink, M., Brouns, M. and Waslander, S. (2006), “Does
excellence have a gender? A national
research study on recruitment and selection procedures for
professorial appointments in the
nether- lands”, Employee Relations, Vol. 28 No. 6, pp. 523-539.
Wallach, E.J. (1983), “Individuals and organizations: the
cultural match”, Training & Development
Journal, Vol. 37 No. 2, pp. 28-36.
Yesil, S. and Kaya, A. (2013), “The effect of organizational
culture on firm financial performance: evidence
from a developing country”, Procedia-Social and Behavioral
Sciences, Vol. 81, pp. 428-437.
Yiing, L.H. and Bin Ahmad, K.Z. (2009), “The moderating
effects of organizational culture on the
relationships between leadership behaviour and organizational
commitment and between
organizational commitment and job satisfaction and
performance”, Leadership & Organization
Development Journal, Vol. 30 No. 1, pp. 53-86, doi:
10.1108/01437730910927106.
IJOA
26,4
650
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000036
https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-1775-3
http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/01437730910927106
Yukl, G. (1997), “Effective leadership behavior: a new
taxonomy and model” Eastern Academy of
Management International Conference,Dublin, (June),
Zain, Z.M., Ishak, R. and Ghani, E.K. (2009), “The influence of
corporate culture on organisational
commitment: a study on a Malaysian listed company”, European
Journal of Economics, Finance
and Administrative Sciences, Vol. 17 No. 17, pp. 16-26.
Websites
http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/orgcultquest.html
(accessed 25 April 2015).
http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf (accessed 25 April
2015).
www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf
(accessed 25 April 2015).
Further reading
Alvesson, M. (2012),Understanding Organizational Culture,
Sage, New York.
Bigliardi, B., Ivo Dormio, A., Galati, F. and Schiuma, G.
(2012), “The impact of organizational culture on
the job satisfaction of knowledge workers”,Vine, Vol. 42 No. 1,
pp. 36-51.
Cummings, T. and Worley, C. (2014), Organization
Development and Change, Cengage Learning,
Melbourne.
Fullan, M. (2014), Leading in A Culture of Change Personal
Action Guide and Workbook, John Wiley &
Sons, San Francisco.
Klein, K.J. and Kozlowski, S.W. (2000), Multilevel Theory,
Research, and Methods in Organizations:
Foundations, Extensions, and New Directions, Jossey-Bass, San
Francisco.
Rauch, A., Wiklund, J., Lumpkin, G.T. and Frese, M. (2009),
“Entrepreneurial orientation and business
performance: an assessment of past research and suggestions for
the future”, Entrepreneurship
Theory and Practice, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 761-787.
Robbins, S. and Coulter, M. (2015),Management, 14th ed.,
Pearson Higher Education, Boston.
Robbins, S., Judge, T.A., Millett, B. and Boyle, M. (2013),
Organisational Behaviour, Pearson Higher
Education AU, New Jersey.
Ruiz, C.E., Wang, J. and Hamlin, R.G. (2013), “What makes
managers effective in Mexico?”, Leadership
& Organization Development Journal, Vol. 34 No. 2, pp. 130-
146.
Trompenaars, A. (1993), “The seven cultures of capitalism”,
Value Systems of Creating Wealth in the
United States, Japan, Germany, France, Britain, Sweden, and
the Netherlands, Currency
Doubleday, New York.
Corresponding author
Bassem E. Maamari can be contacted at: [email protected]
For instructions on how to order reprints of this article, please
visit our website:
www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com/licensing/reprints.htm
Or contact us for further details: [email protected]
Employees’
performance of
genders
651
http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/orgcultquest.html
http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf
http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf
mailto:[email protected]
Reproduced with permission of copyright owner. Further
reproduction prohibited without permission.
How organizational culture and leadership style affect
employees’ performance of genders1. Introduction2. Literature
review2.1 Organizational culture2.2 Leadership style2.3
Performance2.4 Effect of organizational culture on
performance2.5 The effect of leadership on performance3.
Methodology4. Results5. Analysis6. Implications, limitations
and conclusionsReferences
M I N D , B R A I N , A N D E D U C A T I O N
Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction
Meditation Technique for
Teacher Burnout:
A Qualitative Study
Lia Schnaider-Levi1, Inbal Mitnik1, Keren Zafrani2, Zehavit
Goldman3, and Shahar Lev-Ari1,4
ABSTRACT— An inquiry-based intervention has been
found to have a positive effect on burnout and mental
well-being parameters among teachers. The aim of the
current study was to qualitatively evaluate the effect of the
inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) meditation technique
on the participants. Semi-structured interviews were con-
ducted before and after the IBSR intervention and were
analyzed using the interpretative phenomenological analy-
sis method. Before the intervention, the teachers described
emotional overload caused by two main reasons: (1) multi-
ple stressful interactions with students, parents, colleagues,
and the educational system, and (2) the ideological load
of their profession—trying to fulfill high expectations of
performance and the manifesting educational values. Fol-
lowing the intervention, the teachers described a sense of
centeredness and a greater ability to accept reality. They
reported improvements in setting boundaries, thought
flexibility, and self-awareness. These improvements assisted
them in coping with the complex and dynamic nature of
their profession. These positive effects suggest that IBSR is
an effective technique in reducing teachers’ burnout and
promoting mental well-being.
1Department of Health Promotion, School of Public Health,
Sackler
Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University
2Begin High School
3Blich High School
4Center of Complementary and Integrative Medicine, Tel Aviv
Medical
Center
Address correspondence to Shahar Lev-Ari, Department of
Health
Promotion, School of Public Health, Sackler Faculty of
Medicine, Tel
Aviv University, Tel Aviv 6997801, Israel; e-mail:
[email protected]
Burnout is defined as a response to a chronic emotional
strain due to dealing extensively with other human beings,
particularly when having to deal with recurring problems as
well as reduced coping resources (Maslach, 2003; Maslach,
Jackson, & Leiter, 1996). Its components are emotional
exhaustion, defined as a lack of mental resources due to an
emotional overload; depersonalization, defined as an alien-
ated and negative attitude toward the surroundings; and
decreased personal accomplishment, defined as reduced abil-
ity to accomplish desirable results due to lack of external or
internal resources (Awa, Plaumann, & Walter, 2010; Emery &
Vandenberg, 2010; Friedman, 1993; Maslach, 2003; Maslach
et al., 1996). Burnout has been researched intensively in the
field of education, and various studies have described its
prevalence among teachers (Brackenreed, 2011; De Heus &
Diekstra, 1999; Friedman, 2000; Honkonen et al., 2006; Luk,
Chan, Cheong, & Ko, 2009; Schaufeli & Buunk, 2002), as well
as its significant personal and social implications, such as low
level of performance, reduced commitment to teaching, high
turnover (Friedman, 1993; Gold & Roth, 1993; Melamed,
Shirom, Toker, Berliner, & Shapira, 2006; Sorek, Tal, & Paz,
2004), and physical morbidity (Ahola, Väänänen, Koskinen,
Kouvonen, & Shirom, 2010; Bauer et al., 2006; Honkonen
et al., 2006; Melamed et al., 2006; Shirom, Toker, Melamed,
Berliner, & Shapira, 2013).
Teachers need to maintain high levels of mental
well-being in order to fit social expectations, professional
expectations, and their own expectations (Awa et al., 2010;
Pillay, Goddard, & Wilss, 2005). The optimal state of mental
health, which is best described as “mental well-being,”
related to health, optimism, contentment, hope, and hap-
piness, is when an individual fulfills his/her capabilities
and functions well under standard pressures of life so that
he/she can be productive and effective and can contribute to
society (Seligman & Csikszentmihalyi, 2000; World Health
Volume 11—Number 2 © 2017 The Authors Journal
Compilation © 2017 International 75
Mind, Brain, and Education Society and Wiley Periodicals Inc.
IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers
Organization, 2004). Promoting psychological well-being
focuses on the individual’s positive and optimal functioning
(Bolier et al., 2013; Keyes, 2007). Theorists have defined
the nature of positive psychological functioning in a variety
of ways; however, there is consensus around six common
factors that need to be addressed in order to avoid mental
weariness, frustration, anxiety, nervousness, depression,
emotional exhaustion, and psychosomatic problems (Keyes,
2007; Ryff, 1989, 1995; Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee &
Wallace, 2009; World Health Organization, 2004). These
are self-acceptance, positive and reciprocal relationships
with others, autonomy in thought and action (the ability to
resist social pressure and to regulate behavior and thoughts
according to personal standards), environmental mastery
and competence (the ability to manage complex external
surroundings, to choose or create contexts suitable to per-
sonal needs and values), purpose in life, and personal growth
and development.
The umbrella term of well-being promotion includes sev-
eral types of intervention, including approaches such as the
psycho-behavioral methods used in the corporate business
world (e.g., cognitive behavioral therapy, coaching), posi-
tive psychology intervention (PPI) methods (e.g., practical
gratitude, art therapy, music therapy), and mindfulness tech-
niques (e.g., meditation, breathing practice; NCCAM, 2010;
Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee & Wallace, 2009).
Mindfulness-based interventions are designed to enhance
the mind’s capacity to be aware of the present moment and
to accept one’s current experiences without judgment or
elaboration (Bishop et al., 2004; Kabat-Zinn, 1994). With-
out compelling the suppression or alteration of emotions,
mindfulness enhancement enables the individual to have
greater control of thoughts and emotions while dismiss-
ing old habits and automatic reactions (Chambers, Gullone,
& Allen, 2009). Research has demonstrated that different
forms of meditation can enhance well-being across diverse
populations within (and beyond) the education sector. For
example, student educators were taught simple meditation
using sound as a focusing tool, and practiced it for 45 min
per session, four times. Questionnaires filled by the par-
ticipants who practiced this meditation have shown a sig-
nificant reduction in their stress symptoms in the posttest
measurements when compared to the control group in the
domains of emotional, gastronomic distress, and behavioral
manifestations (Elder, Nidich, Moriarty, & Nidich, 2014;
Emery & Vandenberg, 2010; Kemeny et al., 2012; Ospina
et al., 2008; Winzelberg & Luskin, 1999). Practicing tran-
scendental meditation was reportedly effective on psycho-
logical measures, such as stress and exhaustion, among spe-
cial education teachers in the United States (Elder et al.,
2014). Mindfulness practice of one and a half hours once a
week during 10 weeks among teachers in Spain significantly
enhanced well-being measures and the effective functioning
of teachers in stressful situations; positive effects persisted
4 months following the conclusion of the intervention pro-
gram (Franco, Manas, Cangas, Moreno, & Gallego, 2010).
The ability to acknowledge and consider the emotions of
others was shown to improve among intervention recipients
during an intensive study of U.S. teachers receiving mind-
fulness training combined with emotional adjustment. The
participants also showed a decrease in blood pressure in con-
junction with increases in mindfulness practice (Gold et al.,
2009). A study conducted in Germany involving the prac-
tice of breathing techniques showed participating teachers
demonstrated an improvement in 9 out of 11 functional and
emotional measures (Loew, Götz, Hornung, & Tritt, 2009).
An intervention involving the practice of mindfulness-based
stress reduction (MBSR) and the practice of tai chi was stud-
ied in a school in Boston after being recommended and
results showed it to be an effective technique for increasing
peace of mind and improving the quality of sleep, focus, and
well-being measures (Wall, 2005).
A direct link has been established between mindfulness-
based techniques and enhanced brain activity in the frontal
cortex areas that are responsible for focusing attention and
positive prosocial emotional states, such as empathy, com-
munication, and socialization (Davidson & McEwen, 2012;
Goleman & Gurin, 1993). Davidson and McEwen (2012)
described emotional capabilities, self-inspection, and mind-
fulness as dynamic, acquired, and adaptive processes, which
can be enhanced in the same manner as other skills in the
fields of music, mathematics, and sports. Their study showed
structural and functional changes in the brain as a result of
cognitive therapy and training certain forms of meditation.
Practicing mindfulness or meditation enables the indi-
vidual to be less reactive to negative experiences and more
focused on positive aspects as the consequence of enhancing
the activities of specific brain areas (Davidson, 1992; Lutz,
Slagter, Dunne, & Davidson, 2008).
Taken as a whole, such studies demonstrate that, across
multiple contexts and countries, well-being promotion tech-
niques based on mindfulness can be used beneficially among
teachers. However, broader and longer term research is
still needed in order to establish the effectiveness of these
techniques in burnout-related exhaustion prevention and
treatment.
Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction
Inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) is a meditation
technique developed by Byron Katie in 1986. Its aim is to
identify the thoughts that cause stress and suffering in a
systematic and comprehensive way, and to meditatively
“investigate” them by a series of questions and turnarounds.
This technique does not require any intellectual, religious,
or spiritual preparation, but rather a will to deepen and
76 Volume 11—Number 2
Lia Schnaider-Levi et al.
reach self-awareness (Katie & Mitchell, 2003). It has been
practiced by many individuals worldwide (Landau et al.,
2014; Lev-Ari, Zilcha-Mano, Rivo, & Geva, 2013). Its effec-
tiveness was demonstrated on various psychological scales
among cancer patients and cancer survivors. IBSR was
also tested in a nonclinical population and it was shown to
be effective in improving scales of depression and anxiety
(Leufke, Zilcha-Mano, Feld, & Lev-Ari, 2013). A constant
evaluation of current efforts and an examination of new
efforts are required in order to maintain and develop mental
well-being of teachers in the education system. System-
atic and individual means must be combined in order to
effectively treat exhaustion problems among teachers, with
emphasis on mental health promotion (Flook, Goldberg,
Pinger, Bonus, & Davidson, 2013). IBSR is classified as a
meditation technique based on mindfulness and is there-
fore applied as a mental well-being promotion technique.
However, to the best of our knowledge, its effectiveness
has not been tested among teachers in particular (Leufke
et al., 2013). We hypothesized that IBSR has the potential of
reducing exhaustion levels and increasing well-being levels
among teachers. This would be consistent with the benefits
seen from other types of mindfulness programs.
METHODS
Recruitment and Participants
The current study is the qualitative part of a controlled trial
designed to statistically and qualitatively assess the effects of
IBSR on burnout and well-being levels among teachers. The
study was carried out at a high school in a large city in Israel.
All the teachers on its staff were eligible to participate in the
study if they agreed to sign an informed consent form and
had no previous experience with the IBSR technique. The
study was carried out with the support of the school prin-
cipal and was approved by the Israeli Ministry of Education
(MOE).
An advertisement for recruiting teachers to participate in
the study was published on the teachers’ billboard (at school
and online). In addition, the invitation was announced dur-
ing a teachers’ meeting. Teachers who were willing to par-
ticipate met the main researcher at the school and were
informed about study objectives and procedures. The first
27 teachers to sign the consent form were included in the
12-week IBSR intervention group in order to ensure a full
group. The rest of the teachers (n = 27) were included in
the control group. To reduce dropout rates from the control
group, those who continued through until the end were told
they would receive an IBSR kit (a book and a CD) at the end
of the study. The assignment procedure was fully detailed in
the advertisement.
The intervention arm (n = 27) included two groups who
met on different days of the week. All the participants
(n = 54) completed four psychological questionnaires before
and after the intervention. Before the intervention, all partic-
ipants of one of the intervention groups (n = 11) were con-
tacted by telephone and were informed about the qualitative
part of the research. All of those teachers agreed to partici-
pate. This led to a smaller sample appropriate for the analysis
method chosen for this research (interpretive phenomeno-
logical analysis; Smith & Osborn, 2003) as a relatively small
sample size of between 6 and 12 is sufficient to arrive at
conclusions (Baker & Edwards, 2014). Two teachers did not
participate in the first interview due to a busy schedule and
one teacher joined the intervention group one day before
the beginning of the workshop, leaving insufficient time to
complete the interview. A third teacher did not complete the
second interview due to a busy schedule. The total number
of subjects who completed all components of the qualitative
study were eight.
The participants of this study, all high school teachers in
the same school, held different positions. The smaller sample
is shown in Table 1.
Intervention Method
The first stage of the IBSR technique is to systematically
identify the thoughts that cause stress and suffering, and
to record the specific thoughts about various stressful sit-
uations by using the Judge Your Neighbor worksheet (see
the appendix). The next stage is an inquiry of the stressful
thoughts by a series of questions and turnarounds. Partici-
pants choose the main thoughts they had written down on
the worksheet and investigate them by four guided ques-
tions: (1) Is it true? (2) Can I absolutely know that it is
true? (3) How do I react when I believe that thought? (4)
Who would I be without the thought? This self-investigation
enables the individuals to examine their emotional and phys-
ical responses during stressful situations. This stage is med-
itative, and the participants are guided to be in a state of
witnessing awareness, in which they observe the thoughts
that come into mind without trying to control or direct them
(Katie & Mitchell, 2003). In the turnarounds, the participants
experience a revised interpretation of reality. For example, if
the original thought was “My pupils don’t like me,” possi-
ble turnarounds can be “I don’t like my pupils” (turnaround
to the other), “I don’t like myself” (turnaround to myself ), or
“My pupils do like me” (turnaround to the opposite). The par-
ticipants are guided to find three genuine examples in which
the turnaround is as true as the original thought. By doing
so, they can understand that they do not have to automati-
cally believe the stressful thoughts, but can choose different
interpretations of reality (Katie & Mitchell, 2003).
Volume 11—Number 2 77
IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers
Table 1
Sample Group
Pseudonym Age Educational field Years of experience
Interviews completed
(Before and after the intervention)
Rosette 48 Math, special education homeroom teacher 7 Before
+ After
Hen 45 English 12 Before + After
Yehudit 56 English 15 Before + After
Tamar 40 Arabic 10 After
Yaela 42 Physics 8 Before + After
Keren 45 Literature, homeroom teacher 18 Before + After
Ricky 42 Drama 11 Before + After
Paula 38 History, homeroom teacher 13 Before + After
Shira 44 English, homeroom teacher 9 Before + After
Neriya 35 Bible teacher 6 Before
Shaked 39 Educational counselor 10 Before
The IBSR intervention lasted 12 weeks and included
weekly group meetings (3.5 hr/meeting) and weekly indi-
vidual sessions with a facilitator by telephone (1 hr/session).
All the sessions were standardized according to a train-
ing manual, and each session was assessed afterwards for
maintaining consistency during the program. The workshop
was adapted specifically to homeroom teachers. The group
forum training was designed to address teaching-related
issues, such as self-esteem as a teacher, the student–teacher
relationship, work under noise and pressure, professional
development, and others. More personal issues were
addressed in the individual sessions on the telephone with
the facilitators. Participants were included in the final
study analysis if they had been present in at least 75%
of the group meetings and completed 50% of the home
practice. All of the participants complied with these basic
terms.
Data Collection
The data were collected from semi-structured interviews
which were conducted during the 2 weeks before and after
the intervention, and each interview lasted for 1 hr. The goal
of a semi-structured interview is to create an open dialogue
between the interviewer and the interviewee, and to pro-
vide the opportunity for people to tell their story openly and
freely with minimal interference (Smith & Osborn, 2003). At
the first interview, the participants were asked the follow-
ing questions: “Can you describe your everyday experiences
at school? What is your main motivation in teaching? What
is important for you? What are your main difficulties? How
do you cope with them?” In order to estimate their expec-
tations from the workshop, they were also asked: “What
benefits do you wish to achieve from the intervention?” At
the second interview, they were asked to describe their gen-
eral impressions: “Please tell me about your experience in
the workshop.” Elaboration or clarification was requested as
needed. The interviews were conducted and recorded by one
of the researchers. The recordings were then transcribed by
an objective third party who issued the textual interviews
used in the research while ensuring that personal informa-
tion remained confidential.
Data Analysis
The interviews were analyzed using the interpretative phe-
nomenological analysis method (Smith & Osborn, 2003).
This method aims to investigate people’s experiences from
a subjective point of view, while emphasizing the way they
make sense of their personal and social world. It includes
several phases. In the first phase of this study’s analysis, two
of the researchers (the interviewer and the medical psychol-
ogist) interpreted the transcripts. Each transcript was care-
fully read several times, significant topics were marked, and
attention was focused on language and the use of key words
or metaphors. In the next phase, the main topics of each
interview were identified and conceptualized into themes, as
expressed by specific phrases that aimed to reflect the mean-
ing of the text. Analytical or theoretical connections between
the themes composed the superordinate themes.
RESULTS
The results of the analysis show the interview data provide
a rich description of teachers’ reflections about the effects
of the 12-week IBSR intervention on the individual teacher
with an emphasis on the development of subsequent abili-
ties to cope with the unique challenges of their profession.
The results are separated into three parts: (1) themes that
were revealed before the intervention; (2) themes that were
revealed after the intervention; (3) the limitation of the work-
shop, as described by some of the participants. Parts 1 and
2 consider the description of the psychological state and
78 Volume 11—Number 2
Lia Schnaider-Levi et al.
the outcome behaviors of the participants in the classroom,
in the school environment and at home, and provide some
interpretation based on other published literature.
Main Themes: Abstract
Before the intervention, the teachers described multiple
social interactions as being part of their daily routine.
Despite the positive and supportive relations with their
colleagues, they also described an emotional overload and
difficulty in dealing with the complicated reality. Moreover,
they expressed a sense of frustration due to their unful-
filled expectations and the gap between their professional
ideology and the daily reality. After practicing the IBSR,
teachers described two main experiences—a more centered
and focused self and a greater ability to accept reality. The
workshop’s structured and systematic format was suitable
in this context, and it was described by them as being highly
beneficial. Details of teachers’ responses—before, during,
and after the intervention— are presented in three separate
panels over the next few pages.
Pre-Intervention Interview Results
Analysis of the interview data collected prior to delivery
of the intervention revealed two superordinate themes,
as described in Figure 1. They represent the complex
and stressful dynamic of the profession as detailed by
the teachers. The participants’ names and data remained
confidential.
Multiple Relationships
The teachers described various interactions and dynamics as
part of their daily work routine with colleagues, pupils, and the
pupils’
parents. These relationships were described as personal and
having an emotional involvement, rather than professional.
Relations with colleagues and school management: support and
understanding.
Paula “There are a couple of teachers, who are much more than
friends. … it’s relaxing, it helps. … You are not
alone.”
Rosette “We have a great staff, supportive. … Advice from a
colleague is worth a lot … the cooperation is great.”
Yehudit “She (the principal) is very nice. … I can always tell
her how I feel.”
Yaela “The principal and the staff are great and supportive … it
feels like a family.”
Interactions with pupils and parents were usually described as
highly demanding and intensive, with considerable emotional
involvement that made it challenging to set clear boundaries.
Yehudit “Spoiled kids … unable to postpone gratification …
unable to deal with difficulties. … Sometimes
parents tell you, teach him, that is your job. … I tell them let’s
do it together, I can’t do it without you.”
Tamar “I beg them to stop disrupting the class. … it is very
difficult. … I sometimes tell them to please be quiet,
I want to speak … that is so insulting. … I teach them properly,
they are always ready for tests … but
sometimes it is very difficult to control them.”
Ricki “I constantly cope with boundaries issues … pupils text
me during weekends and holidays … it’s
difficult for me to set any boundaries. … There is a conflict
between the need to be available for them
and the need to be with my family.”
Keren “If a parent calls you in the evening, how can you not
answer him!? I cannot do that, it concerns children,
not computers and papers. I had pupils who tried to commit
suicide. Others ran away from home …
how can I ignore that!?”
Rosette “I need to work harder on setting boundaries … they are
not so clear … I need to be more assertive.”
Fig. 1. Main themes before and after the IBSR intervention.
After the intervention, the teachers detailed various tech-
nical aspects about the workshop that enable them to expe-
rience the emotional process, such as the group format
and the weekly phones calls with the facilitators. They all
emphasized the importance of the practical tools given
to them during the workshop (e.g., the “three types of
business,” the four questions). Given the teachers’ compli-
cated and chaotic experiences and their lack of emotional
resources, their need for a systematic and focused practice is
understandable:
The intervention was very systematic from the
beginning. … It is a systematic process, which repeats
itself. … I like it a lot. (Shira)
Very clear rules were set, and suddenly you realize it
works if you are consistent. (Paula)
Volume 11—Number 2 79
IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers
Expectations vs. Reality
Positive attitude toward the profession was noted by most of the
teachers. This included ideological reasons for choosing this
profession
and a positive perception regarding a teacher’s contribution and
role.
Rosette “Teaching is a way of life. It’s a great privilege. … The
pupils’ success is our success. … It’s like therapy, you touch
people’s lives.”
Hen “I wanted to pass on my knowledge. … It’s a childhood
dream. I had a geography teacher, whom I appreciated a lot, the
way she
taught, her caring and interest.”
Yehudit “Each teacher is an educator. … Not just preparing
pupils to the final exams. … You need empathy, love for
children. …
Understanding their uniqueness. … They will learn only if you
create a personal contract with them.”
Overload: Their daily routine as teachers was described as
highly demanding and stressful.
Yaela “There is a lot of stress, many things to do … How can I
function with all these tasks?!”
Keren “When you enter the class you have to be focused. …
with 40 pupils. … You have to be extra-focused and
concentrated, to
ignore your personal problems. … You always have stuff on
your mind. … You don’t rest even at home. … No rest.”
Paula “You need a lot of energy. … You work many hours and
it is natural to be burned out. … The work is very difficult. …
A
stranger won’t understand it. … All my friends have nine-to-
five desk jobs. The only noise they hear is the air conditioner …
while I haven’t eaten anything the whole day.”
Frustration: The busy schedule, full of tasks and commitments,
limited their ability to deal with the meaningful educational
issues. This
gap between their ideology and personal expectations vs. their
daily routine was experienced as a source of frustration and
exhaustion.
Hen “I have many ideas … but it is difficult to accomplish
them. … Time is so limited. … I start my day, from one lesson
to the
other. … I hardly have time to go to the bathroom. … There is
so little energy available for new ideas … you can accomplish
only 10 percent of them.”
Ricki “All the bureaucracy. … I don’t do what I am supposed to
do. … I am working so hard … I am exhausted … they expect
me to
achieve goals.”
Keren “I was very motivated … I did so many things. … (Now)
I wake up every morning and I don’t want to go to work. … I
wish the
day will be over as quickly as possible.”
Yehudit “I don’t want things to concern me … to affect me. … I
want to deal with my own business and not to get hurt … it will
make
things much easier for me.”
After the Intervention
After the workshop, two super ordinate themes emerged, which
represented a more focused and structured perspective toward
their
profession and its unique aspects, as described by the teachers
(Figure 1), accepting reality and centeredness.
Accepting reality—increased awareness:—The teachers
described an increased awareness of their reactions and
perceptions of reality.
This awareness helped them accept reality as is and avoid futile
attempts to change or confront it, thereby reducing their level of
frustration and stress. The teachers experienced a higher level
of satisfaction with themselves as well as with their
surroundings.
Yaela “The workshop helped me to stop arguing with reality. …
Today I truly understand how to love what exists and there is a
lot to
love! … The bad is always there, you just need to focus less on
it … , when I don’t argue and accept myself … it is like going
out of jail in some ways.”
Neriya “When [pupils] talk—I don’t immediately freak out. You
know what I mean? Until now every little twit drove me crazy.
But now
I say it’s okay, it’s okay for them to talk, so what if they are
talking, keep teaching.”
Shaked “The workshop helped me to focus my awareness on
various situations … not to automatically complain but to
understand
when there is a genuine pain that I need to work on so it won’t
hurt anymore … for example, when it is difficult for my
children, it hurts me physically … so I tell myself that I need to
think about the situation differently.”
Shira “It [the intervention] confirmed that I am on the right
track and that is important. … In the complexity of teaching,
you need to
adjust yourself … it confirmed that my instincts are correct.”
Hen “One thought terribly bothered me. I sat down and devoted
some time to it. I actually took the ‘Judge Your Neighbor’ sheet
and
applied The Work. Things I’m familiar with, I use the
turnarounds on. Others which I’m not, like when I’m in a
midday
overload, I tell myself to pay attention to bad feelings and take
them on an inquiry.”
Accepting reality—flexible thinking The participants described
their improved ability to interpret and perceive various
situations in a
more flexible manner, with no rigid assumptions or emotional
involvement. This was achieved mainly by the technique of the
turnaround, which enabled the participants to acknowledge the
subjectivity of their thoughts and beliefs.
Shaked “Many times during stress … we have a thought that
causes us to get stuck and it (the turnarounds) was very easy. …
Now I
turn the situation to myself or to the other, and it releases
something in your way of thinking … it is important for me that
the house will be clean, so my son does not have to do the
dishes. … It changed the way I act in my house, with my
children
and with my husband.”
80 Volume 11—Number 2
Lia Schnaider-Levi et al.
Yehudit “I understand that children are sitting in front of me in
the classroom, not adults … and so my expectations should be
different. … I don’t need to judge them according to my values;
they are in a different place than me, so I need to treat them
differently.”
Paula “Mainly doubting your thoughts, instead of blaming
someone else. Asking the questions, and the turnarounds,
creates doubts
and takes you elsewhere. Neutralizes all kinds of variables:
when you are in the middle of a storm, you are certain it is
intentional and devious, and then when you turn it around, you
realize—wait, I contribute to this situation as well!”
Centeredness: The teachers described a more focused and
centered self, which helped them to deal better with the various
relationships
and dynamics in their daily routine. This experience was
different from the former experience of splits and complexity,
which was
described by them before the intervention. During the workshop
they were trained to set emotional boundaries in various daily
interactions, in particular, the technique of “the three types of
businesses,” which was described as highly practical and
helpful.
Ricki “We checked whose ‘business’ were they, and it was clear
that they were the pupil’s. … I was frustrated that I cannot help
her,
but another teacher helped me understand that I am dealing with
her business. … I could not help her because I was too
emotionally involved … setting boundaries was what she needed
the most.”
Rosette “For me it was a problem that lasted for years … and
then things surfaced here during the workshop. Being very
clear, set
boundaries, speak assertively. I left with a large toolbox.
Sometimes I feel we are kind of slaves of our thoughts. … ”
Yehudit “It really changed the way I act in the classroom … my
pupils’ behavior affects me much less, which is a significant
benefit for
me. … I respond less to their behavior … emotionally. … Once
if there was noise, if they didn’t listen … I used to get so
upset and scream. … Now I don’t get nervous and aggressive.
… Three months ago, I was crazy, bitter, nervous. … I used to
react very intuitively … very aggressively. … Now I take my
time. … I am more relaxed and I think. … I explore it my way.”
Yaela “The thing that affected me the most was the issue of the
‘business.’ … Many times you discover you are not dealing with
your
own ‘business.’ … You deal with those of others and you
neglect your own. … This workshop can help teachers to avoid
misunderstandings with pupils … to reduce conflicts … using
the four simple questions we learned. … Investigating our
thoughts as teachers can reduce stressful situations in teaching.
… I am much more attentive, I try to understand what the
other person wants.”
Limitations of the Workshop
Although the teachers were satisfied with the intervention,
they described several limitations of the workshop. First,
most of them were skeptical about their ability to practice the
technique without regular group meetings. They expressed a
need to integrate it into their routine. Second, some teachers
were concerned about the exposure of personal issues in
front of their colleagues, with whom they have an ongoing
professional relationship.
DISCUSSION
Before the intervention, the interviews revealed a state of
emotional overload and exhaustion among the participants.
This finding was described in previous studies as a charac-
teristic of teaching and as a source of emotional stress for
teachers (Sorek et al., 2004). A study by Friedman (2000)
demonstrated that unaccomplished expectations and shat-
tered dreams have a significant role in the process of burnout
among teachers. After the intervention, the positive effects
described above can be evaluated by the theoretical frame-
work of psychological well-being (Keyes, 2007; Ryff, 1989,
1995; Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee & Wallace, 2009;
World Health Organization, 2004). This model includes
six dimensions of wellness, manifested in the results of
the study as follows. (1) Self-acceptance, demonstrated in
the current study by the teachers having reported higher
levels of self-awareness and a more peaceful inner self
after the intervention, as well as by acknowledging their
abilities as well as accepting their weaknesses. (2) positive
and reciprocal relationships with others, expressed as the
capability of empathy, affection, and intimacy. The teach-
ers described better interactions with their surroundings
after the intervention due to their enhanced ability to set
boundaries with less emotional involvement and by hav-
ing a more flexible attitude. In addition, the positive and
close relationships that were formed with the rest of the
participants helped the teachers to feel more acknowledged
and appreciated, which improved their daily interactions
at work. (3) Autonomy in thoughts and action, demon-
strated by the ability to resist social pressure and to regulate
behavior and thoughts by personal standards. The improved
ability to set boundaries and sustain centered, self-helped
teachers maintain their personal standards and values with
less pressure from external surroundings. (4) Environmental
mastery and competence, which translated into the ability
to manage complex external surroundings and to choose
or create contexts suitable to personal needs and values.
The teachers’ increased ability to set boundaries with a
more flexible position improved their ability to perform
in the classroom and handle interpersonal dynamics. (5)
Purpose in life, which replaced ideology and meaning as
significant and inherent features of their profession by
personal values and goals, and redefined them as a current
resource of meaning and fulfillment. (6) Personal growth
and development, as defined by feelings of realizing one’s
Volume 11—Number 2 81
IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers
potential and openness to new experiences. The meditative
process of the intervention focused on personal aspects
and helped the teachers to acknowledge their abilities and
inner strength, thereby initiating a process of personal
development.
Limitations of the Study
We are aware of several limitations of this study. The partici-
pants were all from a single high school in Israel. It evaluated
only the short-term effects of a short mindfulness interven-
tion. The data were collected by conducting two personal
interviews with the researcher, which may have had an addi-
tional effect on the participants’ responses. It included only
one IBSR group from the two intervention groups. How-
ever, the group was selected randomly which minimizes the
risk of bias. In addition, as described in the Results section,
the teachers themselves described several limitations of the
workshop, such as the need for regular practice as an integral
part of their work and their ambivalence about its implemen-
tation in a professional setting with colleagues.
To conclude, the current qualitative study demonstrated
the positive effects of the IBSR intervention on unique
aspects related to teaching. These results should be fur-
ther evaluated in large-scale studies with longer follow-ups
in order to widen the understanding of the technique’s
potential efficacy as a tool for improving well-being among
teachers.
Acknowledgment—We thank Esther Eshkol for editorial
assistance.
REFERENCES
Ahola, K., Väänänen, A., Koskinen, A., Kouvonen, A., &
Shirom,
A. (2010). Burnout as a predictor of all-cause mortality among
industrial employees: A 10-year prospective register-linkage
study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 69(1), 51–57.
Awa, W. L., Plaumann, M., & Walter, U. (2010). Burnout
prevention:
A review of intervention programs. Patient Education and
Counseling, 78, 184–190.
Baker, S.E., & Edwards, R. 2014. How many qualitative
interviews
is enough? (National Centre for Research Methods Review
Paper). Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/
how_many_interviews.pdf
Bauer, J., Stamm, A., Virnich, K., Wissing, K., Müller, U.,
Wirsching,
M., & Schaarschmidt, U. (2006). Correlation between burnout
syndrome and psychological and psychosomatic symptoms
among teachers. International Archives of Occupational and
Environmental Health, 79(3), 199–204.
Bishop, S. R., Lau, M., Shapiro, S., Carlson, L., Anderson, N.
D.,
Carmody, J., … Devins, G. (2004). Mindfulness: A proposed
operational definition. Clinical Psychology: Science and Prac-
tice, 11(3), 230–241.
Bolier, L., Haverman, M., Westerhof, G. J., Riper, H., Smit, F.,
&
Bohlmeijer, E. (2013). Positive psychology interventions: A
meta-analysis of randomized controlled studies. BMC Public
Health, 13(119), 1–20.
Brackenreed, D. (2011). Inclusive education: Identifying teach-
ers’ strategies for coping with perceived stressors in inclusive
classrooms. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration
and Policy, 122, 16–22.
Chambers, R., Gullone, E., & Allen, N. B. (2009). Mindful
emotion
regulation: An integrative review. Clinical Psychology Review,
29, 560–572.
Davidson, R. J. (1992). Anterior cerebral asymmetry and the
nature
of emotion. Brain and Cognition, 20(1), 125–151.
Davidson, R. J., & McEwen, B. S. (2012). Social influences on
neu-
roplasticity: Stress and interventions to promote well-being.
Nature Neuroscience, 15, 689–694.
De Heus, P., & Diekstra, R. (1999). Do teachers burn out more
easily? A comparison of teachers with other social professions
on work stress and burnout symptoms. In R. Vandenberghe
& A. M. Huberman (Eds.), Understanding and preventing
teacher burnout: A sourcebook of international research and
practice (pp. 269–284). New York, NY: Cambridge University
Press.
Elder, C., Nidich, S., Moriarty, F., & Nidich, R. (2014). Effect
of
transcendental meditation on employee stress, depression,
and burnout: A randomized controlled study. The Permanente
Journal, 18(1), 19–23.
Emery, D. W., & Vandenberg, B. (2010). Special education
teacher
burnout and ACT. International Journal of Special Education,
25(3), 119–131.
Flook, L., Goldberg, B., Pinger, L., Bonus, K., & Davidson, R.
J.
(2013). Mindfulness for teachers: A pilot study to assess effects
on stress, burnout, and teaching efficacy. Mind, Brain, and
Education, 7, 182–195.
Franco, C., Manas, I., Cangas, A. J., Moreno, E., & Gallego, J.
(2010). Reducing teachers’ psychological distress through a
mindfulness training program. Spanish Journal of Psychology,
13, 655–666.
Friedman, I. (1993). Burnout in teachers: The concept and its
unique core meaning. Educational and Psychological Mea-
surement, 53, 1035–1044.
Friedman, I. A. (2000). Burnout in teachers: Shattered dreams
of impeccable professional performance. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 595–606.
Gold, E., Smith, A., Hopper, I., Herne, D., Tansey, G., &
Hulland,
C. (2009). Mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) for
primary school teachers. Journal of Child and Family Studies,
19, 184–189. doi:10.1007/s10826-009-9344-0
Gold, Y., & Roth, A. R. (1993). Teachers managing stress and
pre-
venting burnout: The professional health solution. New York,
NY: Psychology Press.
Goleman, D., & Gurin, J. (Eds.). (1993). What is mind/body
medicine? In D. Goleman & J. Gurin (Eds.), Mind/body
medicine: How to use your mind for better health. Yonkers,
NY: Consumer Reports Books.
Honkonen, T., Ahola, K., Pertovaara, M., Isometsä, E., Kalimo,
R.,
Nykyri, E., … Lönnqvist, J. (2006). The association between
burnout and physical illness in the general population: Results
from the Finnish Health 2000 study. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 61(1), 59–66.
Kabat-Zinn, J. (1994). Wherever you go, there you are:
Mindfulness
meditation in everyday life. New York, NY: Hyperion.
82 Volume 11—Number 2
http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/how_many_interviews.pdf
http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/how_many_interviews.pdf
Lia Schnaider-Levi et al.
Katie, B., with Mitchell, S. (2003). Loving what is: Four
questions
that can change your life. New York, NY: Three Rivers Press.
Kemeny, M. E., Foltz, C., Cavanagh, J. F., Cullen, M., Giese-
Davis,
J., Jennings, P., … Ekman, P. (2012). Contemplative/emotion
training reduces negative emotional behavior and promotes
prosocial responses. Emotion, 12, 338–350. doi:10.1037/
a0026118.
Keyes, C. L. (2007). Promoting and protecting mental health as
flourishing: A complementary strategy for improving national
mental health. American Psychologist, 62, 95–108.
Landau, C., Lev-Ari, S., Cohen-Mansfield, J., Tillinger, E.,
Geva,
R., Mitnik, I., & Friedman, E. (2014). Randomized controlled
trial of the inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) technique for
BRCA1/2 mutation carriers. Psycho-Oncology, 24, 726–731.
doi:10.1002/pon.3703
Leufke, R., Zilcha-Mano, S., Feld, A., & Lev-Ari, S. (2013).
Effects of
“The Work” meditation on psychological symptoms. Journal of
Alternative Complementary Therapy, 19, 147–152.
Lev-Ari, S., Zilcha-Mano, S., Rivo, L., & Geva, R. (2013).
Prospec-
tive pilot clinical trial of an inquiry-based stress reduction
(IBSR) program for survivors of breast cancer. European Jour-
nal of Integrative Medicine, 258, 487–494.
Loew, T., Götz, K., Hornung, R., & Tritt, K. (2009). AFA
breathing
therapy to prevent burnout for teachers. Forschende Komple-
mentärmedizin, 16(3), 174–179.
Luk, A. L., Chan, B. P. S., Cheong, S. W., & Ko, S. K. K.
(2009).
An exploration of the burnout situation on teachers in two
schools in Macau. Social Indicators Research, 95, 489–502.
doi:10.1007/s11205-009-9533-7
Lutz, A., Slagter, H. A., Dunne, J., & Davidson, R. J. (2008).
Atten-
tion regulation and monitoring in meditation. Trends in Cog-
nitive Sciences, 12(4), 163–169.
Maslach, C. (2003). Job burnout, new directions in research and
intervention. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
12(5), 189–192.
Maslach, C., Jackson, S. E., & Leiter, M. P. (1996). Maslach
burnout
inventory manual (3rd ed.). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psy-
chologists Press.
Melamed, S., Shirom, A., Toker, S., Berliner, S., & Shapira, I.
(2006).
Burnout and risk of cardiovascular disease: Evidence, possible
causal paths, and promising research directions. Psychological
Bulletin, 132, 327–353.
National Center for Alternative and Complementary Medicine
(NCCAM). (2010). NCCAM Publication No. D347. Retrieved
from http://nccam.nih.gov/health/whatiscam/
Ospina, M. B., Bond, K., Karkhaneh, M., Buscemi, N., Dryden,
D. M., Barnes, V., … Shannahoff-Khalsa, D. B. A. (2008).
Clinical trials of meditation practices in health care: Charac-
teristics and quality. Journal of Alternative and Complemen-
tary Medicine, 14, 1199–1213. doi:10.1089/acm.2008.0307.
Pillay, H., Goddard, R., & Wilss, L. (2005). Well-being,
burnout and
competence: Implications for teachers. Australian Journal of
Teacher Education, 30(2), 22–33.
Ryff, C. D. (1989). Happiness is everything, or is it?
Explorations on
the meaning of psychological well-being. Journal of Personal-
ity and Social Psychology, 57, 1069–1081.
Ryff, C. D. (1995). Psychological well-being in adult life.
Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 99–104.
Schaufeli, W. B., & Buunk, B. P. (2002). Burnout: An overview
of 25
years of research and theorizing. In M. J. J. Schabracq, A. M.
Winnubst, & C. L. Cooper (Eds.), The handbook of work and
health psychology (pp. 383–425). Chichester, England: John
Wiley.
Seligman, M. E. P., & Csiikszentmialayi, M. (2000). Positive
psychol-
ogy: An introduction. American Psychologist, 55, 5–14.
Shirom, A., Toker, S., Melamed, S., Berliner, S., & Shapira, I.
(2013).
Burnout and vigor as predictors of the incidence of hyperlipi-
demia among healthy employees. Applied Psychology: Health
and Well-Being, 5(1), 79–98.
Sin, N. L., & Lyubomirsky, S. (2009). Enhancing well-being
and alle-
viating depressive symptoms with positive psychology inter-
ventions: A practice-friendly meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 65, 467–487.
Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2003). Interpretive phenomenologi-
cal analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology (pp.
56–57). London, England: Sage.
Sorek, Z., Tal, H., & Paz, D. (2004). Overload in teachers’ work
leads
to a decrease in quality time and personal attention for pupils.
A position paper for the promotion of an education plan. The
Israeli Teachers Union in (in Hebrew).
Tylee, A., & Wallace, A. (2009). Mental health promotion. In L.
Gask, H. Lester, T. Kendrick, & R. Peveler (Eds.), Primary
care mental health (pp. 351–365). London, England: The Royal
College of Psychiatrists.
Wall, R. B. (2005). Tai chi and mindfulness-based stress
reduction in
a Boston public middle school. Journal of Pediatric Health
Care, 19(4), 230–237.
Winzelberg, A. J., & Luskin, F. M. (1999). The effect of a
meditation
training in stress levels in secondary school teachers. Stress
Medicine, 15(2), 69–77.
World Health Organization. (2004). Promoting mental health:
Concepts, emerging evidence, practice. Summary report.
Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization. Retrieved
from http://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/42940
Volume 11—Number 2 83
http://nccam.nih.gov/health/whatiscam/
http://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/42940
IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers
APPENDIX: JUDGE-YOUR-NEIGHBOR WORKSHEET*
*Permission has been obtained for use of copyrighted material.
84 Volume 11—Number 2
Copyright of Mind, Brain & Education is the property of Wiley-
Blackwell and its content
may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a
listserv without the copyright
holder's express written permission. However, users may print,
download, or email articles for
individual use.
Qualitative Articles:
Lim, J., Hepworth, J., & Bogossian, F. (2011). A qualitative
analysis of stress, uplifts and coping in the personal and
professional lives of Singaporean nurses. Journal of Advanced
Nursing, 67(5), 1022–1033. https://doi-
org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2010.05572.x
Lia, S., Inbal, M., Keren, Z., Zehavit, G., & Shahar, L. ( 2017).
Inquiry-based stress reduction meditation technique for teacher
burnout: A qualitative study. Mind, Brain, and Education , 75-
82.
(this has already been completed)
Quantitative Article:
Maamari, B. E., & Saheb, A. (2018). How organizational culture
and leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders.
International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 26(4), 630–
651. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1108/IJOA-04-
2017-1151
(Has already been completed)
Jenny, G. J., Brauchli, R., Inauen, A., Füllemann, D., Fridrich,
A., & Bauer, G. F. (2015). Process and outcome evaluation of
an organizational level stress management intervention in
Switzerland. Health Promotion International, 30(3), 573–585.
https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1093/heapro/dat091
Mixed Methods:
Rumbold, J. L., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2018). Using a
mixed method audit to inform organizational stress management
interventions in sport. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 35,
27–38. https://doi-
org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010
Antoni, C. H., Baeten, X., Perkins, S. J., Shaw, J. D., &
Vartiainen, M. (2017). Reward management: Linking employee
motivation and organizational performance. Journal of
Personnel Psychology, 16(2), 57–60. https://doi-
org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1027/1866-5888/a000187
O R I G I N A L R E S E A R C H
A qualitative analysis of stress, uplifts and coping in the
personal
and professional lives of Singaporean nurses
Joanne Lim, Julie Hepworth & Fiona Bogossian
Accepted for publication 4 December 2010
Correspondence to J. Lim:
e-mail: [email protected]
Joanne Lim BA (Psychology) MSocSci
(Health Practice)
Research Fellow
School of Nursing and Midwifery, The
University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia
Julie Hepworth BA (Hons) PhD CPsychol
(BPS)
Postgraduate Research Coordinator
School of Nursing and Midwifery, The
University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia
Fiona Bogossian BAppSci MPH PhD
Director of Research
School of Nursing and Midwifery, The
University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia
L I M J . , H E P W O R T H J . & B O G O S S I A N F . ( 2 0 1
1 )L I M J . , H E P W O R T H J . & B O G O S S I A N F . ( 2
0 1 1 ) A qualitative analysis of stress,
uplifts and coping in the personal and professional lives of
Singaporean nurses.
Journal of Advanced Nursing 67(5), 1022–1033. doi:
10.1111/j.1365-2648.2010.
05572.x
Abstract
Aim. This paper is a report of a descriptive study of nurses’
experiences of daily
stress and coping.
Background. Much of the research on stress in nursing is
quantitative and has
focused on only work stressors. Moreover, few studies have
examined the uplifting
side of living and the role it may play in moderating stress. A
theoretical framework
on stress and coping, ‘hassles’ and ‘uplifts’ was used to
examine nurses’ experiences
across their personal and professional lives from a qualitative
perspective.
Methods. A purposive sample of Singaporean hospital nurses (n
= 23) identified
using a snowball sampling technique, participated in two sets of
email interviews in
2009. The qualitative data were analysed using thematic
analysis.
Results. Three themes were identified as constituting daily
hassles: (i) time pres-
sures, (ii) nature of nursing work and (iii) multiple roles.
Uplifts were expressed in
relation to one main theme of feeling good extending across
nurses’ personal and
professional lives. Three themes were identified as ways of
coping: (i) taking time
out, (ii) seeking emotional support and (iii) belief systems.
Conclusion. The interaction between personal and professional
life plays a major
role in Singaporean nurses’ experiences of stress and coping.
However, stress may be
ameliorated through effective management and strong familial
support. Nurses and
employers are recommended to use uplifts and identify ways of
coping to minimize
attrition and contribute to the development of a healthy
workforce.
Keywords: coping, interviews, nurses, nursing, qualitative,
Singapore, stress
Introduction
Stress is widespread in the nursing profession with common
stressors such as work overload and dealing with death and
dying (Lambert et al. 2004, Sveinsdottir et al. 2006, Verhae-
ghe et al. 2008). For Singaporean nurses, major stressors are
related to work including shortage of staff, high work
demands and conflict at work (Lim et al. 2010). However,
research to date has focused on work-related stressors
without considering the contribution of family and social
stressors in everyday living. These daily experiences of
stressors are measured as ‘hassles’ within Lazarus and
1022 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
J A N JOURNAL OF ADVANCED NURSING
Folkman’s (1984, 1987) theoretical framework on stress and
coping. On the other hand, daily experiences that bring joy
and happiness are measured as ‘uplifts’ and are believed to
predict positive affect (Kanner et al. 1981). Research has also
overlooked the existence of uplifting situations that may ease
stressful experiences (Lavee & Ben-Ari 2008).
In terms of coping, Singaporean nurses frequently use
problem orientation skills, seeking social support and relax-
ation techniques (Lim et al. 2010). As Folkman and Lazarus
(1988) state, seeking social support can be both an emotion-
focused and a problem-focused strategy. This research seeks
to explore daily hassles and uplifts faced by nurses and to
understand nursing stress and coping strategies using Lazarus
and Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress
and coping.
Background
There are two main approaches to the measurement of
stress: the life events (Rahe et al. 1964, Holmes & Rahe
1967, Rahe 1978) and the daily hassles (Kanner et al. 1981,
Lazarus 1984, Lazarus & Folkman 1989). The life events
approach concentrates on traumatic events such as the
death of significant others and job loss, while the daily
hassles approach emphasizes the influence of everyday living
from daily hassles and life events. This study employed
Lazarus’s concept of daily hassles that are appraised as
salient and harmful or threatening to the endorser’s well
being (Lazarus 1984). On the other hand, daily uplifts are
experiences and conditions of daily living that have been
appraised as salient and are positive or favourable. Kanner
et al. (1981) stated that uplifts are likely to play an
important role in coping and may buffer the presumed
adverse effects of hassles.
Lazarus (1966, 1999) was a pioneer in stress and coping
research and the transactional model developed by Lazarus
and Folkman (1984) is a benchmark for the measurement of
stress and coping that is widely employed in research (see
Machleit et al. 2005, Lavee & Ben-Ari 2008). The model
integrates stress, appraisal and coping theories with a central
focus on individual responses to psychologically stressful
situations and/or environments. According to Lazarus (1984,
p. 19), stress is; ‘any situation in which internal and/or
external demands are appraised as taxing or exceeding the
adaptive or coping resources of an individual’. Coping refers
to the person’s cognitive and behavioural efforts to manage
those taxing demands of the person–environment interaction
(Folkman et al. 1986a).
Accordingly, stress in nursing would be represented in
terms of the presence of disruptive environmental factors,
such as excessive workload or demands from patients, the
appraisal of these factors as potentially threatening by the
nurse and the secondary appraisal of the nurse’s availability
of coping resources. If the demands exceed the nurse’s coping
resources, which may include personality factors and the
availability of social support, there may be negative conse-
quences.
Stress and coping instruments typically have a quantitative
focus and some have been revised in response to criticism of
their weak psychometric properties, unstable factor struc-
tures and lack of cross-validation (De Ridder 1997, Maybery
& Graham 2001, Maybery et al. 2002). Additionally, these
instruments suffer from low internal inconsistency, a lack of
test–retest reliability and inadequate research on construct
and predictive validity (Steed 1998, Hahn & Smith 1999,
Folkman & Moskowitz 2004). Therefore, a qualitative
methodological approach was considered important to
explore nurses’ experiences of stress and coping beyond
traditional stress and coping measurements. Additionally, by
drawing on Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984) theoretical
framework, it was possible to conduct a study that described
nurses’ stress together with uplifts and coping strategies
across their personal and professional lives whereby a much
fuller picture of stress could be described.
The Study
Aim/s
The aim of the study was to describe nurses’ experiences of
daily stress and coping.
Design
This research builds on a previous quantitative study (Lim
et al. forthcoming) that employed Lazarus and Folkman’s
(1989) Hassles and Uplifts Scale and Folkman and Lazarus’s
(1988) Ways of Coping Questionnaires to examine stress and
coping strategies in Queensland and Singaporean nurses.
However, the response rate for Singaporean nurses (19Æ5%)
was lower than Queensland nurses (30%; Lim et al. forth-
coming) and may be attributed to disinterest in surveys in
Asian cultures (Harzing 1997, King 2006). Consequently, a
qualitative approach was adopted to explore further the
Singaporean nurses’ experiences of daily hassles and uplifts
and their coping strategies. A postpositivist paradigm
informed the qualitative methodology because the purpose
of the research was to obtain a snapshot of the day-to-day
reality of these nurses in order to gain an understanding
of their subjective experiences (Guba & Lincoln 1994).
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1023
Therefore, the interview data were treated as examples of
participants’ everyday experiences.
Sample/participants
A purposive sample of Singaporean nurses was identified using
a snowball sampling approach (Atkinson & Flint 2001)
whereby the initial participants identify potential additional
participants through their networks who will provide ‘infor-
mation-rich’ cases. The snowball sampling approach began
with the lead author obtaining permission from two nurses in
Singapore to assist with recruitment. To encourage participa-
tion, we included the incentive of entering all participants’
email addresses into a lucky draw to win a S$100 shopping
voucher. To prevent study emails being treated as spam, the
subject field included study details. Recruitment commenced
in May 2009 and was completed by November 2009. As the
snowballing progressed, twenty-three nurses were recruited
and participated in the first interview. With the exception of
two, all the nurses participated in the second interview, and no
reason was given for non-participation. The sample size was
determined by the ‘saturation’ of interview content (Pope et al.
2000), and by this, we mean that when no new information
was being given in the interviews, the sampling ceased.
Data collection
As one of the key aims of qualitative research is to understand
phenomena from the participants’ viewpoint (Wilkinson
et al. 2004), the semi-structured interview was selected to
collect data about nurses’ experiences of stress and coping.
Data were collected in 2009 via open-ended questions sent to
participants by email; a method justified by evidence (Choi
2008) that Singaporeans prefer email communication. Email
interviews have several advantages including their time and
cost efficiency, and enable researchers to access a diverse
population (Meho 2006). Additionally, asynchronous com-
munication maintains participants’ anonymity, while they
have the freedom of self-disclosure (Opdenakker 2006). In
this study, participants were required to answer the questions
asynchronously by replying to initial prompts. The interview
schedule for the first set of interviews was informed by
previous quantitative research (Lim et al. forthcoming) that
identified nurses’ experiences of stress, and required a
qualitative approach to clarify nurses’ daily experiences of
stress and coping. The lead researcher (JL) sent follow-up
emails in order to clarify the participants’ meaning of any
specific use of language/concepts (see Table 1).
The second interview was developed using questions
formulated from the responses from the first interview in
order to explore further the stress, uplifts and coping (see
Table 2).
Each participant’s interview data were saved as an
individual word document, stored on the first author’s secure
computer and all interviews were later printed and analysed
individually as well as across the set of interviews.
Ethical considerations
A university ethics committee approved the study stating that
the project complied with the provision contained in the
National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research
and complied with the regulations governing experimentation
Table 1 Interview schedule for first interview
1a. Can you tell me about your everyday hassles?
1b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses experience ‘too
many
responsibilities’, ‘problems getting along with fellow workers’,
and ‘job dissatisfactions’, ‘troubling thoughts about the future’,
‘not getting enough sleep’ and ‘not having enough time’ as
major
hassles. Can you talk about your own experiences in these
areas?
2a. Can you tell me what makes you feel uplifted?
2b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses experience
laughing,
relating well with friends and meeting your responsibilities. Can
you talk about your own experiences in these areas?
3a. If you are stressed, what do you do to cope?
3b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses seek support from
their
friends and families. Can you talk about this in terms of your
own experience?
4. Could you please give me your approximate age (under 30;
31 or
older)?
Table 2 Interview schedule for second interview
1. Could you tell me what ‘being lucky’ means to you? Do you
think
that the hassles or uplifts you experienced are influenced by
luck?
If so, please describe an example.
2. Some people have told me that ‘no disturbances from
superiors/
relatives’ means a lot to them. Can you please describe an
example
or time when you were disturbed by relatives or superiors?
3. People have talked about having ‘too many responsibilities’
as
being stressful. Can you please describe what it means to you to
be
for example, a good worker, good mother, good wife, good
daughter and good daughter-in-law.
4. What is ‘money’ to you? Does having or not having money
have
any impact on you (good and bad ways)?
5. Do you go shopping as a means of stress relief? When you
make
the purchase, how do you feel and how long does this feeling
last
for?
6. When you are stressed with a particular issue, what do you do
to
help you manage the situation?
7. If you could change anything in the world to make it less
stressful
for you, what three things would you do?
J. Lim et al.
1024 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
on humans. The participant information sheet was emailed to
each nurse individually and included clear statements about
the voluntary nature of study participation and that they
were free to leave the study at any time, and that confiden-
tiality would be maintained. It was also made clear to
participants that study participation was not in any way
linked to their employment. Participants were also sent
written consent forms by email and they returned signed
forms to the lead researcher (JL) by email.
Data analysis
The interview transcripts were initially analysed by the lead
researcher (JL) as data were being collected whereby she
noted prominent features in each transcript. Subsequently,
individual interviews were systematically analysed using
thematic analysis based on Pope et al.’s (2000) five stages
of analysis: (1) familiarization – transcripts were read and re-
read several times in order to list key ideas and recurrent
themes, (2) Identifying a thematic framework – identify key
issues and preliminary topics and constant comparison of
data to establish analytical categories, (3) Indexing – refine
and reduce categories into broader themes, (4) Charting –
rearrange data according to the thematic framework where
they relate and (5) Mapping and interpretation – define
concepts and find associations between themes to provide
explanations for the findings.
The purpose of thematic analysis is to represent directly an
individual’s point of view through descriptions of experi-
ences, beliefs and perceptions (Luborsky 1994). By drawing
on Pope et al.’s approach, it was possible to identify key
themes and sub-themes in the first instance and refine these
after multiple readings of the transcripts and through
consultation with co-researchers.
Validity and reliability/rigour
In order to maximize the validity of the analytic interpreta-
tions, two of the researchers independently analysed the
individual interview transcripts and the identification of
themes and sub-themes across the interviews. This approach
was taken to both sets of interviews. When inconsistent
interpretations arose between the researchers, they were
referred to the third researcher for discussion until a
consensus was reached. The systematic approach to the
analysis provides additional rigour to the study. The trans-
parency of the research design and analysis contributes to the
establishment of an ‘audit trail’, which documents the steps
and decisions undertaken from the transcripts of raw data
through to the final interpretation (Wolf 2003).
Results
Sample
The purposive sample comprised of 23 Singaporean female
nurses aged between 22 and 55 years (see Table 3 for
demographic characteristics). The majority of participants
worked full-time, had been employed for a minimum of at
least 2–5 years and worked in the similar nursing setting of
restructured hospitals in Singapore, which are government
owned, privately managed and may or may not have attached
private clinics. The majority of nurses in this study were
single and did not have children.
Summary of the theoretical framework and major themes
The study findings were interpreted in relation to Lazarus and
Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress and
coping. Seven main themes about stress, uplifts and coping
were identified together with 23 subthemes (see Table 4).
Illustrative quotes are reported verbatim.
Sources of stress
Three themes were identified from the data: (i) time pressures,
(ii) nature of nursing work and (iii) multiple roles.
Theme 1: Time pressures
Nurses experienced considerable time pressures, which they
expressed in relation to five sub-themes: (1) the work
Table 3 Demographic characteristics of Singaporean nurses
(n = 23)
n %
Hospital setting
Public 3 13Æ1
Private 5 21Æ7
Restructured 15 65Æ2
Employment status
Full-time 23 100
Part-time 0 0
Years of experience
Less than 1 1 4Æ3
2–5 16 69Æ6
More than 6 6 26Æ1
Marital status
Single 12 52Æ2
Married 11 47Æ8
No. of children
0 16 69Æ6
1–2 6 26Æ1
>3 1 4Æ3
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1025
commute, (2) too many patients, (3) workflow, (4) col-
leagues’ disrupting work and (5) work/home responsibilities.
Nurses’ commute to work was perceived to be an
unpleasant but unavoidable part of everyday life as Susan
states: I hate the morning darkness, crowded buses and
among other things...I hate the hassles of having to wake up
early...[sigh]...’.For Susan, and for some of the other nurses,
this commute added a significant length of time to their
working day, which had an impact on both their personal
and professional lives.
A heavy patient load also contributed to time pressures
resulting in nurses not having enough time to carry out all the
tasks required by patients. Yasmin states: ‘Too many patients
to handle in a day and the time scheduled for each patient is
limited.’ The pressure on nurses was amplified when col-
leagues such as doctors, nurse researchers or interpreters
interrupted their patient schedule:
[a hassle is when]When work does not flow well due to the
overlook
of other departments or mistake in workflow because it’ll cause
interruption in work and cause delays. (Hebe)
Doctors coming in late for consultation which will then hold
back the
clinic session and angry patients demanding a reason for seeing
Doctors later than their appointment time. (Betty)
As well as managing a changing appointment schedule,
nurses dealt with an emotional backlash from patients.
For those nurses who had family commitments as mothers
and daughters, the significance of time pressures was height-
ened because they had to fulfil work and home responsibil-
ities and meet family expectations. Xania and Ally describe
their breadth of duties:
I have so many things to do in a day. Work is already hard and
got to
take care of family too. Going to work every morning, getting
my
children ready for school and dropping them off, getting to
work on
time, picking my children from school. (Xania)
We have so many things to do everyday, going to work,
fulfilling
work duties, rush home to fulfil home duties, cook, clean,
prepare for
the next day. Time is always not enough. (Ally)
Theme 2: Nature of nursing work
The nature of nursing work included five sub-themes (1) too
many responsibilities, (2) workload, (3) working relation-
ships, (4) lack of recognition and (5) demanding patients and
relatives.
Jessie describes multiple nursing responsibilities and how
they become burdensome:
I am facing too many responsibilities at work. I have to manage
a
pool of patients on hand, monthly and quarterly reports to
submit to
three different departments, supervise my juniors at work, and
teach
2 new staffs at work.
With the shortage of staff, nurses were also expected to fulfil
non-nursing responsibilities:
We bear too much responsibilities because not only are we
nursing
the patients, we have PR to do, service recovery etc. Plus we
have
individual assignments in the ward and I’m in charge of the
pharmaceutical section. (Julia)
The workload was very heavy due to the shortage of staff. The
staff
nurses had to be in charged of everything, from the patients’
food to
the different procedures the patients are suppose to go for that
day….
be responsible for any mistakes done by the junior nurses who
were
in the same team. (Hebe)
They also identified the importance that their work relation-
ships had for efficiency and their morale:
Table 4 Main and sub-themes for stress, uplifts and way of
coping
Main themes Sub-themes
Sources of
stress
Time Travelling to work
Too many patients
Workflow
Doctors late for appointments
Work/home responsibilities
Nature of
nursing work
Too many responsibilities
Demanding patients and relatives
Workload
Working relationships
Lack of recognition
Multiple roles Work
Personal
Sources of
uplifts
Feeling good Professionally
Appreciation of the nurse:
patients’ gratitude and
pay increments
Good, reliable
relationships at work
Patient’s health improving
Personally
Personal activities
Money
Laughing
Good social relationships
Ways of
coping
Taking time out Breaks at work
Rest and relax
Shopping
Seek emotional
support
Family – Husband
Colleagues
Belief systems Role of luck
Fatalistic thinking
Spiritual interventions
J. Lim et al.
1026 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
Getting along with workers is a big issue at my workplace.
People
just seem to be backstabbing and playing politics all the time.
(Ally)
Poor teamwork with superior. I have a unapproachable superior,
whom will look for us to help her to do her work and yet when
we
need help, she is no where to be found. And when she see that
we are
busy, she’ll ask us to do documentation audit which can be done
on
some other day when there is lesser patients. Not promoted even
though promotion long due. (Casy)
Nurses complained of a lack of recognition and advancement
at work in spite of performing well:
We had to do OT everyday and were not appreciated by our
managers. Little recognition was given to the staff. (Hebe)
Job dissatisfactions – they include no recognition from the
organi-
zation and career advancement. (Tanya)
I have been working for 2 year and not able to upgrade yet.
(Lisa)
Amid nurses’ anxieties and worries, patients and/or relatives
could be particularly demanding:
Finicky relatives make for a nurse’s nightmare especially those
wealthy relatives. Some come in large numbers and they
monitor
your every movement. They expect us to take care of the patient
as
though she is the only patient in the ward. (Jemma)
Theme 3: Multiple roles
Multiple roles were also a source of hassle across nurses’
personal and professional lives. In the extract below, Rachel
describes the multiple roles that nurses in the hospital setting
have to fulfil:
Nurses have too much patient load and extended roles to play
especially in the ward. A senior staff are required to be in
numerous
projects work, infection control officer of the area, prepares
schedule
for students, roster for staff, giving talks and seminars,
preceptoring,
acting nurse manager, ordering requisites and handling PR
[public
relations] case or students which can be very hectic. (Rachel)
Additionally, in their personal lives, nurses had to meet the
Singaporean cultural expectations of them as daughters,
parents and/or spouses. Ally illustrates how these expecta-
tions can be overbearing and stressful for women:
This is like the worst kind of stress that we are all facing now
especially for Chinese. People always see in women, wife-
material,
mother-material….. I have to be a good wife, a good daughter,
and
an extremely good daughter-in-law. I have to also excel in my
work
in order to impress my in-laws and make my parents proud. I
have
to do my best in everything, from taking care of my family and
my
in-laws, to earning good money to prove that I’m good and
smart. I
really hate it why we must impress others and put all sort of
stress
on ourselves. … we still need to take care of ourselves, be
pretty
and look good so that our husbands will not strayed. Somehow I
have to do everything perfectly …. I don’t like it that I have to
please people that I don’t like just because I have to do it. It’s
ridiculous. (Ally)
Sources of uplifts
One main theme was identified as being the source of uplifts,
‘feeling good’ across nurses’ personal and professional lives.
Theme 1: Feeling good
For these nurses, feeling good in the professional arena meant
that they experienced uplifts through being appreciated,
having reliable working relationships and patients’ health
improvements:
It can be just a ‘thank you’ from a patient that you had attended
to
which means that they appreciate your service. (Yasmin)
When receive compliments from patients and manager. When
we
hear that there will be bonus or increment, it will definitely
enlighten
our day! (Jolene)
With heavy workloads, nurses commented how important
collegial work was to resolve everyday situations and that
positive working relationships lightened nurses’ mood:
I feel great when work problems are solved and when we have
good
teamwork at the office. (Whitney)
So far I’ve been lucky in that we’ve got good team mates and
nurses
in outpatient here are supportive and fun to talk to so however
bad
days we had, we managed to get by quite happily... (Betty)
Improvements in patients’ health were a major uplift at work
as Jemma describes:
There is no better uplift than to see your patients cured (as in
successful surgery/treatment) and discharged from hospital.
This
piece of news brings a bright and broad smile on them. They
will be
so grateful for all the care and attention rendered by nurses
during
their stay. (Jemma)
In terms of feeling good personally, nurses experienced uplifts
through leisure activities, having disposable income, laughing
with their friends and social relationships that relieved stress.
Watching drama series that I like. Playing games on internet.
Cooking for my friends. Shopping. (Ally)
If I am really stressed out with my work, I will call my friends
to go
out for a drink, go clubbing, to de-stress..If time allow, will go
spa,….
Now I enrolled into yoga class and guess it also help to de-
stress and
uplift my feelings and I think it work well. (Jolene)
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1027
Money is everything to me... Of course having money have
impact on
me in goods way. For me I see money as an uplift... I can buy
what I
want which also help the economy. haha.. I can buy what I need
and
no need to keep bothering other people to lend me... (Yoko)
Another way in which nurses’ relieved stress at work was
through humour and laughing together:
Laughter helps to lift up the ever building tension at work and a
stress
reliever whether or not you manage to clear your work to meet
datelines. (Rachel)
Sharing a joke and laughing is evidence of enjoying one’s work.
Friendship is very important because nurses rely on one another
to
uplift their day and their work for obvious reasons. Stating it
clearly
and crudely, we are dealing with the sick and the terminal. So at
times sharing a light moment with fellow colleagues makes a
great
difference to the kind of job we are doing. Otherwise the day
will be
night and the night will be nightmare. (Jemma)
Nurses in this study also enjoyed spending time and relating
well with friends and family for companionship and
support:
Having good time with friends and family, like eating out, nice
food and entertainment. Just hanging out with my partner.
Relating
well with friends help me feel better in the day as there are
common grounds between us and you know that you are not
alone.
(Ally)
Ways of coping
When nurses talked about coping, their responses included
three themes: (i) taking time out, (ii) seeking emotional
support and (iii) belief systems.
Theme 1: Taking time out
Taking time out through short breaks at work, snack breaks,
rest and relaxing activities helped nurses to cope.
We have this locker that are stashed with lots of snacks and
goodies
that most of us will snack on in between cases in the OT. This
help us
to relief hunger as well as stress. (Yvette)
Out of the working environment, nurses relaxed by
listening to music, meditation and going to the spa.
Sleeping was also a common way for nurses to get away
from stress. An additional common coping strategy among
nurses was taking time out to go shopping as Ally describes
below:
Shopping and not thinking about it, just switch off and relax.
Shopping to relieve stress for me is to shop simply anything I
like. It’s
a very bad habit to use shopping to de-stress but I love
shopping. …
Somehow all your troubles are gone. But when the bills arrived,
that’s
when the pain sets in…. every time I feel stressed up, I still
revert to
shopping. (Ally)
Theme 2: Seek emotional support
For these nurses, family members, husbands and other nurses
were all sources of emotional support:
If I find I’m being too stress, I will talk things out with my
parents and
siblings when I asked them out for dinner or over my lunch
time.
Usually to ask them for their opinions or feedback cause
sometimes
when I’m too stress I can’t think so by asking them they may
give me
a better solutions to act upon or I just want their moral support.
(Rachel)
Husband plays an important role in my life..whenever I have
trouble
and problem, I will talk to him and seek for his support and
encouragement. (Jolene)
As nurses we need to shoulder pain and sadness together. I once
get
scolded by a patient though it has really nothing to do with me
at all!
I seek comfort by sharing my ordeal with my team. Some
showed
their anger, some showed their sympathy, some even vengeful.
So it’s
touching to know that you are really not alone and that as
nurses,
every one of us is the same. And we know will support each
other
through thick and thin of life. (Susan)
Theme 3: Belief systems
Nurses also drew on individual belief systems in terms of the
role of luck, fatalistic thinking and spiritual interventions to
cope with stress. By drawing on luck, nurses were able to
make sense of the changing patterns of their work, both good
and bad, and saw themselves as part of a larger context over
which they had less control.
Yes, anything that happens from day to day is all depends on
luck.
For instance, if you are lucky everything will go well and
smoothly
throughout the day and anything crop up there will always be a
miracle or guiding angel to help you. (Jolene)
I believe some things happened for a reason. For e.g. when
something
bad happens, I always say it is bad luck. Maybe not doing well
at
work, I blamed it on bad luck. Bad relationships with work
colleagues can be considered bad luck as well. (Ally)
Nurses attributed hassles and uplifts to being an inevitable
part of life, and as the main reason for why they had to accept
the societal norms.
Obviously too many responsibilities will consequently result in
being
stressful. The responsibilities that we assume in life as a person
in
different roles inadvertently translate into stress marks. This is
life
and life is about being responsible. (Jemma)
J. Lim et al.
1028 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
It is normal that we are expected to be a good wife and mum.
This is
the role of woman. I have to always meet the expectation of the
society. (Xania)
Religion also played an important role in nurses’ coping
especially when they believed that either they did not have
another source of support or that the only real power was
through spiritual intervention:
Think it through, ask people around me who can help. If not,
I’ll ask
for divine intervention. (Esther)
There’s no one I can talk to openly except God. (Xania)
Discussion
Study limitations
This study has two main limitations: sampling and the use of
email interviews. First, because snowball sampling relies on
the initial contacts to identify additional research partici-
pants, it may have attracted a homogenous group. While
collecting data from similar information-rich cases is valu-
able, subsequent research may explore stress and coping in a
more diverse sample. Second, internet filters may have
screened recruitment emails and the potential exists for the
lucky draw to have been treated as junk mail. There were two
losses in the second interview, so data from the initial
interview could not be confirmed further with these individ-
uals. A possible threat to authenticity in email interviews may
occur if the participant was unable or unwilling to elaborate
on an answer that was not clear in the original submission
(Hamilton & Bowers 2006). Possible explanations for the
lack of completion of the second interview could include time
pressures, not checking emails frequently, or feeling that they
had nothing more to add to initial response. As Bampton and
Cowton (2002) have noted, participants may also choose not
to commit to an interview process with the possibility of
unpredictability and insecurity.
The three themes of stress showed that Singaporean nurses
experienced stress in areas across their personal and profes-
sional lives and contrasts with previous work-focused studies
(e.g. Boey et al. 1997 and Chan et al. 2000). Despite the
widespread availability of domestic help in Singapore (Barr
2000), nurses found juggling home and work duties
burdensome. To some extent, this paradox is explained by
the expectation on Singaporean women to be actively
involved in domestic responsibilities (Lim et al. 2003). This
is in contrast with Winwood et al. (2006)’s findings that
domestic responsibilities were not related to fatigue and
recovery but shift work was the main casual factor for long-
term stress and fatigue in a sample of Australian nurses.
Boey et al. (1997) also found that family demands were least
stressful for the nurses; however, they were the most
significant when related to anxiety, depression and a sense
of inadequacy.
Time pressures were a prominent hassle among nurses
especially the work commute. Most Singapore hospitals are
not located by public transport particularly with the Mass
Rapid Transit (MRT) rail system, which is the major form of
transport (Statistics Singapore 2006). Even when located near
MRT stations, it often requires a walk of at least 15 minutes
and can be inconvenient or dangerous for nurses working
early morning or late shifts. This would require nurses to take
buses and interchange with either another bus or train before
they arrive at their workplace with an average journey time of
51 minutes (Statistics Singapore 2006). In order to minimize
travelling hassles, hospitals may consider providing shuttle
bus services at specific train stations to eliminate this stressor.
Employers may also consider providing transport subsidies
for nurses working shifts.
Singaporean nurses described good working relationships,
particularly with their nursing colleagues, but doctors and
administrative staff complicated their work. This finding is
similar to Boey et al.’s (1997) research that also reported
interpersonal conflicts to be one of the work stressors
reported by Singaporean nurses. A possible explanation for
this could be the lack of communication across positions in
the Asian community where the working culture is hierar-
chical and power-centred (King 2006). In-service pro-
grammes targeting interpersonal relationships may help by
promoting better communication, formation of work groups
and frequent discussions between healthcare personnel.
Interpersonal relationships could also become stressful
when patients and/or relatives were demanding. Similar to
Lateef et al. (2001) and Yang et al. (2001, 2002), they
frequently experienced patient-related difficulties and aggres-
sive patient behaviour. Consumers often have high expecta-
tions of hospitals, however, service quality in Singapore is
found to be generally below expectations (Lim & Tang
2000). Finding fault and complaining about everything are
part of the Kiasu values many Singaporeans possess (King
2006, Barr & Skrbis 2008). Therefore, nurses were in the
forefront of complaints and/or unpleasant behaviour from
health consumers who were dissatisfied with their care.
Nurses also experienced stress about job security, which is
consistent with previous research (Chan & Morrison 2000,
Tan & Tan 2004). These studies showed that Singaporean
nurses experienced a high level of work stress, job dissatis-
faction and insecurity. Concern about future job prospects
and security is common in Singapore as employees often
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1029
complain of low pay and high workload (Sullivan &
Gunasekaran 1994).
The cultural expectation that Singaporean women will
fulfil multiple roles at home and work was a major source of
stress. Singaporeans are socialized to be multi-faceted indi-
viduals, and expected to perform at optimum in all aspects in
order to succeed (Singapore21 2003). Apart from the many
roles at home and work, nurses are expected to excel in these
roles (see Quah 1998).
The findings on psychological and social stress experienced
by Singaporean nurses need to be addressed accordingly as
Winwood and Lushington (2006) reported psychological
work demands to have an adverse impact on nurses’ sleep
quality and to impair recovery from work strain, which may
result in serious maladaptive stress outcomes.
In terms of uplifts, nurses enjoyed feeling good personally
and professionally. At work, nurses appreciated patients’
gratitude for their health care and recognition by hospital
management through promotion and pay increments. Nurses
also valued good working relationships, in line with Lateef
et al.’s (2001) findings where 92Æ4% of nurses felt that having
good relationship was the most important factor at work.
Personally, nurses enjoyed participating in individual and
social leisure activities in their spare time. Activities such as
surfing Internet, watching films, visiting spas and undergoing
facials were all uplifting for these nurses. According to Kau
et al. (2004), Singaporeans rely on leisure and play to feel
socially connected with people and to achieve a balance in
their lives. Laughter was also a source of an uplift, which is
often seen as a stress-coping method (Iwasaki et al. 2005).
In nurses’ personal and professional lives, money was an
important uplift confirming the findings by Lim et al.
(forthcoming) where Singaporean nurses reported uplifts
such as ‘having enough money’ and ‘getting money the
unexpected ways’. This is not surprising as Singapore has
long been characterized as a ‘money-faced’ society where
money matters most to many Singaporeans (Perera 1996).
The three themes about coping strategies showed that
nurses relied heavily on taking time out, emotional support
and personal beliefs. They valued resting and relaxing by
taking short breaks at work, practising meditation, listening
to music and going for short walks, which is similar to those
strategies reported in previous research (Boey et al. 1997).
Nurses in this study also engaged in shopping for stress relief.
Iwasaki et al. (2005) noted feeling recharged or rejuvenated
through leisure was significant for women juggling family/
home demands and work responsibilities.
Seeking social support was a common strategy among
nurses, although in this study, they sought emotional rather
than instrumental support from their families and colleagues.
Singaporeans are very family oriented, which helps them feel
appreciated and treasured and they often turn to family for
help or advice (Kau et al. 2004). Studies by Boey (1998,
1999) ascertained that family support plays an important,
positive role in managing Singaporean nurses’ stress. It is
interesting to note that Singaporean nurses did not receive
sufficient instrumental or emotional support from the work-
place.
Singaporean nurses also coped by drawing on their own
personal beliefs whether these were formal religious or
cultural beliefs, and commonly attributed events to luck.
Similarly, a study conducted with Singaporean medical staff
showed that superstitious beliefs were widespread in daily life
especially with the aim of attracting good luck and avoiding
bad luck in the working environment (Lim et al. 2007).
What is already known about this topic
• Nurses experience work-related stressors such as work
overload, shortage of staff and dealing with death and
dying.
• Past research has overlooked the contribution of family
and social stressors on nurses’ overall experiences of
stress and coping.
• Nurses use problem orientation and social support,
particularly family support, as coping strategies.
What this paper adds
• An expanded understanding of how stress and coping
are experienced by Singaporean nurses in their personal
and professional lives.
• Uplifts may have a moderating effect on nurses’
experiences of stressors.
• Emotional support is crucial in nurses’ coping of
stressors in their personal and professional lives.
Implications for practice and/or policy
• Individuals and employers should focus on the
resolution of work and family conflicts to strengthen
nurses’ morale and minimize specific stressful
experiences.
• Nurses’ daily stress may be reduced through the
identification and recognition of possible uplifts in
everyday living that ameliorate unpleasant experiences.
• Workplace and individual interventions that promote
effective coping strategies may contribute to the
prevention of workforce attrition.
J. Lim et al.
1030 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
Singaporean nurses in this study also sought spiritual
interventions to help them get through difficult situations,
although at times they chose to do nothing because of a belief
in fatalism. Instead of actively confronting the problem,
Singaporean nurses may well feel better by drawing on
spirituality to help regulate their emotions.
This study is unique in that it employed a qualitative
research design using email interviews to describe Singapo-
rean nurses’ experiences of stress and coping, how these
manifest across both nurses’ personal and professional lives.
Furthermore, the study included an exploration of the
uplifting aspects of daily living that may counteract the
detrimental effects of everyday stress. In terms of methods,
several measures were undertaken to maximize participation
such as incentivizing and clearly communicating the intent of
emails in the subject heading. Having the first researcher from
the same cultural background also helps in the understanding
of cultural differences and the development and conduct of
meaningful research (Suh et al. 2009).
The Internet and other social networking tools are emerg-
ing mechanisms for participant recruitment and data collec-
tion worldwide (Dillman et al. 2009, Suarez-Balcazar et al.
2009). Given the cultural behaviours of Singaporeans with
respect to research participation (Fang 2001, Teo 2001), this
method may be more suited to studies of Asian cultural
groups. Research on Asian populations should use culturally
appropriate research methods recognizing that cultural
behaviours play an important role in the decision to partic-
ipate in research. Further research should also explore
Singaporeans’ preference for research methods including
postal surveys, and face-to-face, telephone and e-interviews.
Conclusion
In contrast with existing research on nurses and work-related
stress, this study concludes that experiences of stress across
both personal and professional lives are a major concern for
these Singaporean nurses. By drawing on Lazarus and
Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress and
coping, we were able to explore a broader range of what
constitutes stress and its alleviation including uplifts and
coping strategies.
It is recommended that hospital management considers the
exposure to a broader range of stressors than just work-
related stress. Hospital management should address these in
work practices such as identifying uplifts in performance
planning. They should also focus on building stronger
rapport by providing social networking opportunities where
nurses can find emotional support from peers and supervi-
sors. It is anticipated that implementing these recommenda-
tions allows retention of quality nurses and promotes a
healthier workplace.
Funding
This research received no specific grant from any funding
agency in the public, commercial or not-for-profit sectors.
Conflict of interest
No conflict of interest has been declared by the authors.
Author contributions
JL, JH & FB were responsible for the study conception and
design. JL performed the data collection. JL & JH per-
formed the data analysis. JL was responsible for the drafting
of the manuscript. JH & FB made critical revisions to the
paper for important intellectual content. JH & FB supervised
the study.
References
Atkinson R. & Flint J. (2001) Accessing hidden and hard-to-
reach
populations: snowball research strategies. Social Research
Update
33. Retrieved from http: //sru.soc.survey.ac.uk/SRU33.pdf on 19
January 2009.
Bampton R. & Cowton C.J. (2002) The E-Interview. Forum
Quali-
tative Social Research 3(2), Art. 9.
Barr M.D. (2000) Lee Kuan Yew and the ‘‘Asian Values’’
debate.
Asian Studies Review 24(3), 309–334.
Barr M.D. & Skrbis Z. (2008) Constructing Singapore: Elitism,
Ethnicity and the Nation-Building Project. Nordic Institute of
Asian Studies, Denmark.
Boey K.W. (1998) Coping and family relationships in stress
resis-
tance: a study of job satisfaction of nurses in Singapore.
Interna-
tional Journal of Nursing Studies 35, 353–361.
Boey K.W. (1999) Distressed and stress resistant nurses. Issues
in
Mental Health Nursing 19, 33–54.
Boey K.W., Chan K.B., Ko Y.C., Goh L.G. & Lim G.C. (1997)
Work
stress and psychological well-being among the nursing
profession.
Singapore Medical Journal 38(6), 256–260.
Chan E.Y. & Morrison P. (2000) Factors influencing the
retention
and turnover intentions of registered nurses in a Singapore
hospi-
tal. Nursing and Health Sciences 2, 113–121.
Chan K.B., Lai G., Ko Y.C. & Boey K.W. (2000) Work stress
among
six professional groups: the Singapore experience. Social
Science
and Medicine 50, 1415–1432.
Choi A. (2008) Internet in Singapore: findings from a national
sur-
vey. Observatorio 6, 151–168.
De Ridder D. (1997) What is wrong with coping assessment? A
review of conceptual and methodological issues. Psychology
and
Health 12(3), 417–431.
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1031
Dillman D.A., Smyth J. & Christian L.M. (eds) (2009) Internet,
Mail
and Mixed-Mode Surveys: The Tailored Design Method. John
Wiley Co, New Jersey.
Fang Y. (2001) Turnover propensity and its causes among
Singapore
nurses: an empirical study. International Journal of Human
Resource Management 12(5), 859–871.
Folkman S. & Lazarus R.S. (1988) Ways of Coping
Questionnaire:
Sampler Set, Manual, Test Booklet, Scoring Key. Consulting
Psy-
chologists Press, Redwood City.
Folkman S. & Moskowitz J.T. (2004) Coping: pitfalls and
promise.
Annual Review of Psychology 55, 745–773.
Folkman S., Lazarus R.S., Dunkel-Schetter C., DeLongis A. &
Gruen
R.J. (1986a) Dynamics of a stressful encounter: cognitive
apprai-
sal, coping and encounter outcomes. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology 50, 992–1003.
Guba E.G. & Lincoln Y.S. (eds) (1994) Competing Paradigms in
Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks, California.
Hahn S.E. & Smith C.S. (1999) Daily hassles and chronic
stressors:
conceptual and measurement issues. Stress Medicine 15, 89–
101.
Hamilton R.J. & Bowers B.J. (2006) Internet recruitment and
email
interviews in qualitative studies. Qualitative Health Research
16,
821–835.
Harzing A.-W. (1997) Response rates in International Mail
Surveys:
Results of a 22-Country Study. International Business Review
6(6),
641–665.
Holmes T.H. & Rahe R.H. (1967) The Social Readjustment
Rating
Scale. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 11, 213–218.
Iwasaki Y., Mackay K. & Mactavish J. (2005) Gender-based
analogues
of coping with stress among professional managers: leisure
coping
and non-leisure coping. Journal of Leisure Research 37(1), 1–
28.
Kanner A.D., Coyne J.C., Schaefer C. & Lazarus R.S. (1981)
Com-
parisons of two modes of stress measurement: daily hassles and
uplifts versus major life events. Journal of Behavioural
Medicine 4,
1–23.
Kau A.K., Jung K., Tambyah S.K. & Tan S.J. (2004)
Understanding
Singaporeans: Values, Lifestyles, Aspirations and Consumption
Behaviours. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd.,
Singapore.
King R. (2006) The Singapore Miracle: Myth and Reality.
Insight
Press, Western Australia.
Lambert V.A., Lambert C.E., Itano J., Inouye J., Kim S.,
Kuniviktikul
W., Sitthimongkil Y., Pongthavornkamol K., Gasemgitvattana
S.
& Ito M. (2004) Cross-cultural comparison of workplace
stressors,
ways of coping and demographic characteristics as predictors of
physical and mental health among hospital nurses in Japan,
Thailand, South Korea and the USA (Hawaii). International
Journal of Nursing Studies 41, 671–684.
Lateef F., Ng A. & Anantharaman V. (2001) Stress among
nurses in the
emergency department. Singapore Nursing Journal 28(1), 22–
26.
Lavee Y. & Ben-Ari A. (2008) The association of daily hassles
and
uplifts with family and life satisfaction: does cultural
orientation
make a difference? American Journal of Community Psychology
41, 89–98.
Lazarus R.S. (1966) Psychological Stress and the Coping
Process.
McGraw-Hill, New York.
Lazarus R.S. (1984) Puzzles in the study of daily hassles.
Journal of
Behavioural Medicine 7(4), 375–389.
Lazarus R.S. (1999) Stress and Emotion: A New Synthesis. Free
Association Books, London.
Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1984) Stress, Appraisal and
Coping.
Springer-Verlag, New York.
Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1987) Transactional theory and
research
on emotions and coping. European Journal of Personality 1,
141–
169.
Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1989) Hassles and Uplifts Scale
Sampler
Set. Mind Garden, USA.
Lim P.C. & Tang N.K.H. (2000) A study of patients’
expectations
and satisfaction in Singapore hospitals. International Journal of
Health Care Quality Assurance 13(7), 290.
Lim V.K.G., Teo T.S.H. & Loo G.L. (2003) Sex, financial
hardship
and locus of control: an empirical study of attitudes towards
money among Singaporean Chinese. Personality and Individual
Differences 34, 411–429.
Lim E., Oh V., Quek A.M. & Seet R.C. (2007) Take a bao if you
are
not superstitious. Annals Academy of Medicine Singapore 36,
217–
220.
Lim J., Bogossian F. & Ahern K. (2010) Stress and coping in
Singaporean nurses: a literature review. Nursing and Health
Sciences 12, 251–258.
Lim J., Bogossian F., Ahern K. & Kellett S. (forthcoming)
Compar-
ison of daily stress in Queensland and Singaporean Nurses.
Research in Nursing and Health.
Luborsky M.R. (ed.) (1994) The Identification and Analysis of
Themes and Patterns. Sage, USA.
Machleit K.A., Meyer T. & Eroglu S.A. (2005) Evaluating the
nature
of hassles and uplifts in the retail shopping context. Journal of
Business Research 58, 655–663.
Maybery D.J. & Graham D. (2001) Hassles and uplifts:
including
interpersonal events. Stress and Health 17, 91–104.
Maybery D., Maybery M., Bresnan R., Croft B., Graham R.,
Macaulay J., McQualter S., Mitchell E., Sherwell K. & Szakacs
E. (2002) Responding to daily event questionnaires: the
influence
of the order of hassle and uplift scales. Stress and Health 18,
19–26.
Meho L.I. (2006) E-mail interviewing in qualitative research: a
methodological discussion. Journal of the American Society for
Infromation Science and Techonology 57(10), 1284–1295.
Opdenakker R. (2006) Advantages and disadvantages of four
inter-
view techniques in qualitative research. Forum Qualitative
Social
Research 7(4), Art. 11, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-
fqs0604118.
Perera A. (1996) The Simple Guide to Customs and Etiquette in
Singapore. Global Books Ltd, England.
Pope C., Ziebland S. & Mays N. (2000) Qualitative research in
health care: analysing qualitative data. British Medical Journal
320, 114–116.
Quah S.R. (1998) Family in Singapore: Sociological
Perspectives, 2nd
edn. Times Academic Press, Singapore.
Rahe R.H. (1978) Life change measurement clarification.
Psycho-
somatic Medicine 40, 95–98.
Rahe R.H., Meyer M., Smith M., Kjaer G. & Holmes T.H.
(1964)
Social stress and illness onset. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research
8, 35–44.
Singapore21 (2003) Singapore 21: Together We Make the
Difference.
Singapore Government, Singapore.
Statistics Singapore (2006) General Household Survey,
Statistical
Release 2: Transport Overseas Travel, Households and Housing
J. Lim et al.
1032 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd
Characteristics. Department of Statistics, Ministry of Trade and
Industry, Singapore.
Steed L.G. (1998) A critique of coping scales. Australian
Psychologist
33(3), 193–202.
Suarez-Balcazar Y., Balcazar F.E. & Taylor-Ritzler T. (2009)
Using
the Internet to conduct research with culturally diverse popula-
tions: challenges and opportunities. Cultural Diversity and
Ethnic
Minority Psychology 15, 96–104.
Suh E.E., Kagan S. & Strumpf N. (2009) Cultural competence in
qualitative interview methods with Asian immigrants. Journal of
Transcultural Nursing 20, 194–201.
Sullivan G. & Gunasekaran S. (1994) Motivations of migrants
from
Singapore to Australia. Field report series no. 28. Institute of
Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.
Sveinsdottir H., Biering P. & Ramel A. (2006) Occupational
stress,
job satisfaction, and working environment among Icelandic
nurses:
A cross-sectional questionnaire survey. International Journal of
Nursing Studies 43, 875–889.
Tan K.K. & Tan K.A. (2004) How do nurses perceive nursing in
Singapore? Singapore Nursing Journal 31(1), 30–44.
Teo T.S.H. (2001) Demographic and motivation variables
associated
with Internet usage activities. Internet Research: Electronic
Net-
working Applications and Policy 11(2), 125–137.
Verhaeghe R., Vlerick P., Backer G.D., Maele G.V. & Gemmel
P.
(2008) Recurrent changes in the work environment, job
resources
and distress among nurses: a comparative cross-sectional
survey.
International Journal of Nursing Studies 45, 382–392.
Wilkinson S., Joffe H. & Yardley L. (eds) (2004) Qualitative
Data
Collection: Interviews and Focus Groups. Sage, London.
Winwood P.C. & Lushington K. (2006) Disentangling the
effects
of psychological and physical work demands on sleep, recovery
and maladaptive chronic stress outcomes within a large sample
of Australian nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing 56(6), 679–
689.
Winwood P.C., Winefield A.H. & Lushington K. (2006) Work-
re-
lated fatigue and recovery: the contribution of age, domestic
responsibilities and shiftwork. Journal of Advanced Nursing
56(4),
438–449.
Wolf Z.R. (2003) Exploring the audit trail for qualitative
investiga-
tions. Nurse Educator 28(4), 175–178.
Yang Y., Koh D., Ng V., Lee C.Y., Chan G., Dong F. & Chia
S.E.
(2001) Salivary cortisol levels and work-related stress among
emergency department nurses. Journal of Occupational and
Environmental Medicine 43, 1011–1018.
Yang Y., Koh D., Ng V., Lee C.Y., Chan G., Dong F., Goh
S.H.,
Anantharaman V. & Chia S.E. (2002) Self perceived work
related
stress and the relation with salivary IgA and Iysozyme among
emergency department nurses. Journal of Occupational and
Environmental Medicine 59(12), 836–841.
The Journal of Advanced Nursing (JAN) is an international,
peer-reviewed, scientific journal. JAN contributes to the
advancement of
evidence-based nursing, midwifery and health care by
disseminating high quality research and scholarship of
contemporary relevance
and with potential to advance knowledge for practice,
education, management or policy. JAN publishes research
reviews, original
research reports and methodological and theoretical papers.
For further information, please visit JAN on the Wiley Online
Library website: www.wileyonlinelibrary.com/journal/jan
Reasons to publish your work in JAN:
• High-impact forum: the world’s most cited nursing journal and
with an Impact Factor of 1Æ518 – ranked 9th of 70 in the 2010
Thomson Reuters Journal Citation Report (Social Science –
Nursing). JAN has been in the top ten every year for a decade.
• Most read nursing journal in the world: over 3 million articles
downloaded online per year and accessible in over 7,000
libraries
worldwide (including over 4,000 in developing countries with
free or low cost access).
• Fast and easy online submission: online submission at
http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jan.
• Positive publishing experience: rapid double-blind peer review
with constructive feedback.
• Early View: rapid online publication (with doi for referencing)
for accepted articles in final form, and fully citable.
• Faster print publication than most competitor journals: as
quickly as four months after acceptance, rarely longer than
seven months.
• Online Open: the option to pay to make your article freely and
openly accessible to non-subscribers upon publication on Wiley
Online Library, as well as the option to deposit the article in
your own or your funding agency’s preferred archive (e.g.
PubMed).
JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean
nurses
� 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1033
Process and outcome evaluation of an organizational-
level stress management intervention in Switzerland
GREGOR J. JENNY1,2*, REBECCA BRAUCHLI1,2, ALICE
INAUEN1,2,
DÉSIRÉE FÜLLEMANN2, ANNEMARIE FRIDRICH2 and
GEORG F. BAUER1,2
1Center for Organizational and Occupational Sciences,
Research Group Public and Organizational Health,
ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland and 2Institute of Social and
Preventive Medicine, Division of Public and
Organizational Health, University of Zurich, Hirschengraben
84, CH-8001 Zürich, Switzerland
*Corresponding author. E-mail: [email protected]
SUMMARY
This field study evaluates the process and outcome of an or-
ganizational-level stress management intervention (SMI) in
eight companies, taking into account the lessons learned
from previous evaluation research. It utilizes the RE-AIM
evaluation framework to capture the Reach and Adoption of
the intervention in the companies, the appraisal of the
Implementation process and the project’s Effectiveness and
Maintenance with a range of qualitative and quantitative
methods. It applies an adapted research design in the context
of a field study involving entire organizations, retrospectively
assigning study participants to comparison groups. The
results of a longitudinal analysis (n ¼ 1400) showed that the
SMI had a positive impact on the participants’ job demands
and resources, when controlled for baseline levels.
Qualitative data analysis revealed that the companies had
built capacities for ongoing health promotion and showed
what issues must be borne in mind when implementing such
projects. The study also showed that participation in such
interventions alone does not suffice to achieve the desired
impact, but that the individual participants’ appraisal of the
intervention and the collective involvement of the teams must
be further researched to fully understand how change occurs.
Key words: evaluation; health promotion programs;
occupational stress; organizational change
INTRODUCTION
A stressful working environment has been acknowl-
edged as an emergent health issue (European
Agency for Safety and Health at Work, 2010).
Much evidence has been accumulated on the link
between adverse psychosocial working condi-
tions and a number of health and business out-
comes (Bond et al., 2006), calling for stress
management interventions (SMIs). To be effect-
ive, SMI should target both individual and or-
ganizational levels, considering the needs and
capacities of both employees and the organiza-
tion (Nielsen et al., 2010). Expanding SMI to the
organizational-level represents an advance from
single-measure interventions to a dynamic pro-
cess of organizational change, ultimately enab-
ling companies to manage health themselves.
Further, the exclusive focus on stressors has been
expanded, including job resources as a factor that
mitigates the pathogenic effects of stressors
while unfolding a distinct motivational potential
(Bauer and Jenny, 2012). Simultaneously, such
SMI are not limited to employees with a high
risk of disease and long-term sickness for whom
intensive and behavior-tailored programs are
derived. They target the overall working popula-
tion with an average health distribution, aiming
to preserve and enhance their health status. In
this context, SMI follow a salutogenic approach
Health Promotion International, Vol. 30 No. 3
doi:10.1093/heapro/dat091
# The Author (2014). Published by Oxford University Press. All
rights reserved.
For Permissions, please email: [email protected]
Advance Access published 6 January, 2014
573
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
aiming at strengthening resources and slowly but
steadily building a sustainable health-promoting
working environment. The literature on the
effectiveness of SMI shows that employees
benefit from individual-level SMI (Richardson
and Rothstein, 2008). However, there is still a
lack of studies evaluating the effects of
organizational-level interventions and the results
of the few existing ones vary (LaMontagne et al.,
2007). A systematic review by Bambra et al.
(Bambra et al., 2007) found that some of the par-
ticipatory organizational-level interventions
improved employee health problems such as
general complaints, emotional exhaustion and
musculoskeletal disorders by increasing job
control. Bond et al. (Bond et al., 2006) also found
significant effects of organizational-level inter-
ventions on business outcomes (i.e. decreased
absenteeism, lower staff turnover, better object-
ive and subjective performance ratings). In sum,
organizational-level interventions have the po-
tential to produce positive effects, but they
appear to show diverse and partially contradict-
ing results in terms of the combination of inter-
vention elements and effect magnitudes over a
range of outcomes. This is attributed to the het-
erogeneity of the studies in terms of sample sizes,
time lags, intervention components, effect mea-
sures, study context, etc. [cf. (Biron et al., 2012)].
Further, the dynamics of change in organizations
limit the ecological validity of predefined inter-
ventions implemented under controlled condi-
tions in pre-assigned intervention and control
groups. Moreover, such research is often limited
to short follow-up periods such as 3 – 12 months
(Zapf et al., 1996), leaving long-term effects
as well as the routinization of the interventions
unnoticed [cf. (Taris and Kompier, 2003)]. As
SMI are interventions into complex social
systems, Kompier and Kristensen (Kompier and
Kristensen, 2000) acknowledge that most SMI
studies require non-traditional research designs.
Semmer (Semmer, 2006) argues in favor of chan-
ging the focus from outcome variables to work
characteristics as determinants of health and well-
being, and notes that more detailed analyses and
documentation of context and process factors in-
fluencing intervention success are needed, rather
than simply criticizing (supposedly) poor designs.
This view is also echoed and advanced by Nielsen
and Randall (Nielsen and Randall, 2012), who
include information on the intervention process
as a relevant moderating variable explaining the
variance in the effectiveness of the intervention.
Randall et al. (Randall et al., 2005) argued that
measurement of the intervention process can be
used to adapt and shape the design of the effect-
iveness evaluation: Intervention exposure and ap-
praisal serve to retrospectively assign employees
to intervention and control groups and thus
support quantitative outcome evaluations where
controlled quasi-experimentation is not possible
(Randall et al., 2005). If such ‘less-than-optimal’
designs are applied, then strong theoretical inter-
vention evaluation frameworks (Chen, 1990) and
mixed methods (Leech and Onwuegbuzie, 2009)
should be used to capture the intervention
context and process in order to plausibly attribute
observed effects to the implemented intervention
and cross-validate the results.
Aim and scope of the present study
The main purpose of the present study is to evalu-
ate the process and outcome of an organizational-
level SMI in the field, consisting of several inter-
vention elements and involving entire companies.
Building on the lessons learned from previous re-
search as described above, this study captures the
process of implementation with both qualitative
and quantitative methods, includes both job
demands and resources as proximate outcomes,
and utilizes the criteria of the well-established
RE-AIM evaluation framework (Glasgow et al.,
2003). This framework emphasizes not only the
effectiveness and maintenance of intervention
projects, but also their reach, adoption and imple-
mentation quality. Further, this study applies an
adapted research design, retrospectively assigning
study participants to comparison groups (Randall
et al., 2005). The research questions addressed by
this study are as follows (see Figure 1): (i) To what
extent were the single intervention elements
adopted by the company units? To what extent
were the company employees reached? (ii) Were
the single intervention elements appraised favor-
ably by the participants? How are the different
facets of the appraisal related to each other (i.e.
outcome expectancies, coherence, company fit
and voluntariness of participation)? (iii) Was the
overall intervention assessed favorably in retro-
spect? Does this retrospective impact assessment
relate to longitudinal changes in job resources and
demands? (iv) To what extent is the retrospective
impact assessment related to the reach within
company units? (v) What factors facilitated or
hindered the overall implementation process, and
was maintenance of the SMI assured?
574 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
METHOD
Implementation of the SMI
The SMI was implemented in eight medium-
sized and large companies in diverse sectors (in-
dustrial production companies, a food processing
company, a public administration service and hos-
pitals) and two language regions of Switzerland
from 2008 to 2010. The company employee
numbers in the year 2008 ranged from 323 to 1050
(M ¼ 589). These companies responded to a
broad project call by the initiators and funding
body (see Acknowledgements) and committed
themselves to the program. Figure 1 illustrates the
implementation steps covering a period of 3 years.
The program started with a kickoff meeting with
top management, ensuring backup from the top
decision-makers. Internal project leaders were
appointed and a steering group was established,
designed to bring in the employees’ perspective
and support the implementation of the program.
A baseline employee survey was conducted in
mid-2008, followed by an intermediate survey in
2009 (not shown in Figure 1) and a final survey at
the end of 2010. Results were immediately and
automatically fed back to individual participants
in the form of a ‘traffic-light’ display and detailed
percentile ranks with regard to benchmark values,
including tips on the highlighted topic. One-day
courses plus a half-day refresher course �6
months later were provided by external consul-
tants, targeting (i) employees, (ii) managers and
(iii) teams. (i) Employee-level stress management
courses conveyed basic knowledge and training on
stress, stress appraisal, coping strategies and cog-
nitive restructuring, building up motivation and
planning the transfer to daily work – life. These
courses built on scientific evidence as well as prac-
titioner manuals (Kaluza, 2004). (ii) Managerial-
level courses on health-promoting leadership
showed how to integrate a health perspective into
everyday leadership routines. Participants learnt
how to recognize psychosocial health issues at
work, receiving information and being trained in
groups on the handling and reflection of their
survey results. They then developed concrete
steps and deepened their knowledge on a particu-
lar issue, such as teamwork, communication and
information skills, feedback, work design (focus-
ing on participation and resources), social
support, delegation of tasks and/or change. (iii)
Team-level working groups (health circles/team
reflections) were designed as workshops for teams
to address their job demands, resources and
Fig. 1: Illustration of the implementation steps aligned with the
evaluation methods and research questions (RQ).
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 575
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
potential individual- and organizational-level
solutions, building on participatory reflection,
discourse and group work (Schröer and Sochert,
2000). During the intervention period, regular
communication measures were applied, and infor-
mation events held on the progress of the project
as well as on topics such as work – life balance.
Participants took part in the intervention during
working hours. Participation in employee-level
courses was mandatory for those teams with high
levels of job demands. The companies also obliged
their managers to participate in managerial-level
courses (the hierarchical level defined by the com-
panies themselves). Since the baseline and follow-
up analyses in the companies were more intensive
and thus costly in this intervention study than in
case of routine SMI, the companies received them
at no charge. However, to assure their commitment
to the intervention, the companies had to pay for
all courses and workshops.
Evaluation research design
The present study utilized the criteria of the
RE-AIM evaluation framework (for detailed in-
formation see Glasgow et al., 2003). These criteria
were originally developed to evaluate the public
health impact of health-promoting interventions
and have found widespread application in these
communities, as documented on www.re-aim.org:
Reach captures the rate of participation and repre-
sentativeness of participants, Effectiveness mea-
sures the desired changes in indicators and
consistency of changes, Adoption captures the pro-
portion and representativeness of the participating
companies or units, Implementation assesses the
extent to which interventions were delivered as
intended and Maintenance assesses the extent to
which the interventions are sustained in enterprises
and individuals. Figure 1 illustrates the evaluation
design in line with the implementation steps.
Following a mixed methods approach (Leech and
Onwuegbuzie, 2009), qualitative and quantitative
measurements were applied to capture the effect-
iveness of the project as well as the overall imple-
mentation process and the implementation of
single intervention elements. With regard to the ef-
fectiveness outcome, the main focus was placed on
work characteristics as determinants of health and
the proximate target of the SMI, as suggested by
Semmer [Semmer, 2006; see also (Bauer and
Jenny, 2012)]. For this purpose, a job resources/
demands-ratio (R/D-ratio) was computed, i.e. an
integrated measure dividing job resources by job
demands reflecting the synergetic effects of posi-
tive and negative aspects of the job [cf. (Schaufeli
et al., 2009)]: Two standardized factor scores of job
demands and resources were computed using a
regression-based method and transformation to
positive values. The factors were derived from
S-Tool measures (see below for details), which
were selected and tested for company invariance,
i.e. their factorial structure and correlation with
health outcomes were similar for all companies
(Brauchli et al., 2013; Brauchli et al., manuscript
submitted). Regression-to-the-mean phenomena
and differential effects attributable to a variance in
baseline levels (Flaxman and Bond, 2010) were
accounted for by separately studying effects in sub-
groups and controlling for baseline levels.
Data sources
A key instrument for quantitative data collection
was a newly developed online employee survey
called S-Tool completed by participants at three
measurement points. S-Tool was developed by
the University of Berne (Chair N. Semmer) in
collaboration with consultants and Health Pro-
motion Switzerland and consists of scientifically
reliable and valid scales measuring job demands,
resources, well-being and health (for in-depth
details on the selected scales utilized, see Brauchli
et al., 2013, Brauchli et al., manuscript submitted).
Short evaluation questionnaires were distributed at
refresher sessions of the employee- and managerial-
level courses. These questionnaires were discussed
with fellow researchers and the external consultants
during experience-exchange groups and were pre-
tested with a convenience sample of 15 employees
for comprehensibility, content validity and rele-
vance of the items. Qualitative data were collected
via structured face-to-face interviews with key
persons (led by the consultants), telephone inter-
views with line managers and group discussions
with the steering group members (both led by the
evaluation researchers) at the beginning and end of
the project.
Sample
Eight companies comprising a total of 58 units
participated in the study. The company units
were made up of self-defined subsystems within
the companies, i.e. clusters of teams departmen-
talized according to the respective organizational
charts. The baseline employee survey carried out
in 2008 yielded a sample of 3532 participants (re-
sponse rate: 71%). Follow-up surveys in 2009
576 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
www.re-aim.org
www.re-aim.org
www.re-aim.org
www.re-aim.org
(n ¼ 3193; 63%) and 2010 (n ¼ 2496; 50%)
yielded fewer participants. The panel of employ-
ees who took part in both the baseline and final
surveys (n ¼ 1530) consisted of 520 women
(34.0%) and 1010 men (66.0%), with an average
baseline age of 39.6 years (SD ¼ 10.5). Of these,
51.7% had a higher education (college or univer-
sity), 33.1% held a leadership function and mean
organizational tenure was 9.6 years (SD ¼ 9.3).
Logistic regression analyses were applied to test
whether participation in the final survey was pre-
dicted by demographic and study variables,
assessed at the baseline. The results showed that
men (OR ¼ 0.74, p , 0.001) and participants with
a leadership function (OR ¼ 0.65, p , 0.001) had a
lower drop-out rate. Additionally, participants with
better job resources (OR ¼ 0.79, p , 0.001)
remained longer on the panel. It can therefore be
concluded that attrition does not constitute a
severe problem, although there is a minor selective
drop-out rate with respect to gender, managerial
position and job resources. The qualitative data are
based on a sample of 5 – 20 key persons in each
company for structured face-to-face interviews, 5 –
10 group discussion members and 5 – 8 line man-
agers in each company for structured telephone
interviews. The interview partners were selected by
the consultants and the internal project leaders,
who consisted of employees with a leading function
from each company unit. Group discussion
members consisted of the members of the steering
group, acting as a ‘sounding board’ for employee
perspectives and the implementation process.
Measures
Research question 1: To assess both adoption and
reach, participation rates were calculated by using
self-reports in the intermediate and final employ-
ee survey, and participation lists were distributed
during employee- and managerial-level courses as
well as team-level working groups. The calcula-
tion was based on average company sizes from
2008 to 2010, since company size and structure
varied over time. Research question 2: To evaluate
the implementation of the single intervention ele-
ments, participants of employee and managerial-
level courses rated (a) their outcome expectancies
with two items on the anticipated impact of the
course on the company and themselves, (b) the
course’s coherence with three items on its com-
prehensibility, manageability and meaningfulness
and (c) its company fit with two items on per-
ceived company investment in health promotion
and culture on a seven-point Likert-scale.
Additionally, a single item on the voluntariness of
participation was assessed (‘yes, more or less,
no’). Research question 3: In the final employee
survey, a five-item scale with good internal con-
sistency (Cronbach’s a ¼ 0.88) was included,
retrospectively assessing the impact of the overall
intervention with its combined intervention ele-
ments, irrespective of individual participation in
courses (Fridrich et al., manuscript in preparation;
see also Randall et al., 2005, Nielsen and Randall,
2012; Fridrich et al., 2013). The scale was intro-
duced by giving a short reminder of the project and
its activities (see Note to Figure 3 for items).
Retrospective impact assessment was linked to the
R/D ratio as the proximate effectiveness outcome.
Job resources were covered by the following scales:
Supportive leadership (Udris and Rimann, 1999;
five items, a ¼ 0.82), interpersonal fairness of man-
agers (Colquitt, 2001; four items, a ¼ 0.81),
manager and peer support (Frese, 1989; two single
items), manager and peer appreciation
(Jacobshagen et al., 2005; two single items), task
identity (Udris and Rimann, 1999; single item) and
job control (Semmer et al., 1995; six items, a ¼
0.87). Job demands were covered by the following
scales: Time pressure and work interruption
(Semmer et al., 1995; both four items, a ¼ 0.83),
qualitative overload (Udris and Rimann, 1999;
three items, a ¼ 0.78), and uncertainty at work
(Semmer et al., 1995; four items, a ¼ 0.75).
Research question 4: To analyze the relationship
between the retrospective impact assessment and
the reach within company units, mean levels of indi-
vidual retrospective impact assessment were com-
puted for each unit. Research question 5: To
evaluate the overall implementation and mainten-
ance, 10 factors of successful change processes
(Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006) were used to structure
the qualitative data collection. Gerkhardt and Frey
(Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006) conducted a review of
several studies on relevant factors of change pro-
cesses, such as that of Kotter (Kotter, 1995), deriv-
ing a set of success factors of change processes in
organizations. These factors were used to systemat-
ically condense the qualitative data broadly assessed
with open questions on, (a) the implementation
context, i.e. individual and organizational resources,
readiness for change, attitudes towards stress and
health promotion, similar parallel activities in the
companies, etc., (b) the implementation process, i.e.
communication, cooperation, participation, mea-
sures developed, leadership involvement, etc. and
(c), the outcomes, i.e. change in job resources and
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 577
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
demands including leadership behavior as well as
awareness of stress and coping with it. The consul-
tants who conducted the interviews were equipped
and trained with the same interview materials
and guidelines. Maintenance was qualitatively eval-
uated as a change in organizational capacities for
health promotion, i.e. structural, strategic and cul-
tural facets of the organization that support both
salutogenic working processes and targeted health-
promoting activities.
Data analysis
Characteristics of (non-)participants with respect
to demographic and study variables were tested
via t-/x2 analyses. Outcome expectancies were
analyzed in relation to the course coherence, fit and
the voluntariness of participation. Retrospective
impact assessment was split into two groups based
on a mid-scale cutoff value, i.e. low/medium impact
versus high impact, and used as a grouping variable
for the longitudinal analysis of changes in the R/D
ratio (repeated General Linear Model). To account
for regression-to-the-mean phenomena and differ-
ential effects attributable to baseline values, the
analysis was separately carried out for groups with
unfavorable, favorable and very favorable R/D
ratios at the baseline measurement. Further, as
described above, mean values of retrospective
impact assessment were computed on a unit level
to compare subgroups of units with high (þ1 SD)
and low (21 SD) impact assessments with regard
to the reach of intervention elements in their units.
All quantitative analyses were performed with
SPSS 19. The qualitative analysis of the overall im-
plementation process collected in the face-to-face
and telephone interviews as well as the group dis-
cussions was systematically aggregated on the basis
of factors of successful change processes derived by
Gerkhardt and Frey (Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006), as
mentioned above. Priority was given to the qualita-
tive data collected by the evaluators and this was
cross-checked against the data collected by the con-
sultants. The changes in organizational capacities
for health promotion with regard to project main-
tenance are described in qualitative terms.
RESULTS
Adoption by units and individual reach of single
intervention elements
Fifty-six of the 58 company units adopted at least
one of the intervention elements. Eight-four
percent of the units adopted employee-level
courses, 95% managerial-level courses and 91%
team-level working groups. Individual reach
(average of company means) was 19% for
employee-level courses, 88% for managerial-
level courses and 34% for team-level working
groups. Moreover, 16% attended supplemental
information events, while 20 and 9%, respective-
ly, took part in additional training or private
courses. In regard to representativeness, partici-
pants in the employee-level courses had notably
higher demands at baseline, t(1298) ¼ 23.68,
p , 0.001, compared with the non-participants.
This can be explained partly by the selection of
participants on the basis of an unfavorable job
resources/demands profile of the corresponding
teams. Participants in managerial-level courses
did not differ from non-participating managers
in regard to job demands and resources. This can
again be explained partly by the obligation to
attend these courses, and thus by the high partici-
pation rate. However, participating managers
had higher job tenure, t(566) ¼ 24.11, p , 0.001,
and were older, t(570) ¼ 25.74, p , 0.001, than
non-participants. Small differences were also seen
for team-level working groups, where the partici-
pants only had a higher level of education, x2(4) ¼
84.28, p , 0.001, compared with non-participants.
Participation rates in the employee surveys, which
are considered as an important project element
relevant to change (Inauen et al., 2011), are
described in the sample section. They showed high
reach at the beginning (71%), however, decreasing
to 50% at the end of the project.
Appraisal of courses and relationship with facets
of appraisal
Coherence of both employee- and managerial-
level courses were rated high (M ¼ 6.12/6.11,
SD ¼ 0.84/0.76, n ¼ 506/366). Company fit was
rated lower with M ¼ 5.29/5.30 (SD ¼ 1.13/1.25,
n ¼ 444/354) and outcome expectancies with
M ¼ 4.91/4.92 (SD ¼ 1.12/1.04, n ¼ 499/373).
Thirty-three percent of participants in employee-
level courses (n ¼ 505) and 48.1% of participants
in managerial-level courses (n ¼ 368) indicated
voluntary participation. Comparisons of groups of
employees with low versus high outcome expect-
ancies (tertiles) indicated that for employee-level
courses, 82% of the participants with low ratings
participated (more or less) involuntarily in the
workshop, compared with 48% in the group
with high ratings, x2(2) ¼ 59.57, p , 0.001. This
pattern could also be seen for managerial-level
578 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
courses, x2(2) ¼ 8.16, p � 0.05. In both employee-
and managerial-level courses, the two groups with
low and high outcome expectancies also differed
in their ratings of company fit, t(313) ¼ 25.34,
p , 0.001, and t(237) ¼ 26.94, p , 0.001, respect-
ively, and coherence of courses, t(358) ¼ 28.37,
p , 0.001, and t(249) ¼ 26.59, p , 0.001, respect-
ively. This means that participants with high
outcome expectancies also perceived a better
company fit of measures as well as a higher coher-
ence of course contents.
Retrospective impact assessment and related
longitudinal changes in the R/D-ratio
In the total panel sample (n ¼ 1400), 24.9% of the
respondents (average of company means) attribu-
ted a high impact to the overall intervention with
its combined intervention elements. Related longi-
tudinal changes in the R/D-ratio for employees
and managers were split according to their initial
R/D-ratio, resulting in six panels as displayed in
Figure 2. Over the course of time, both employees
and managers with an unfavorable baseline
R/D-ratio (Panels 3 and 6 in Figure 2) attributing a
high impact to the project at follow-up improved
their situation to a favorable R/D-ratio compared
with the low/medium impact group, with
F(1,239) ¼ 12.49, p , 0.001, for employees and
F(1,143) ¼ 12.62, p ¼ 0.001, for managers. Those
with a favorable baseline R/D-ratio (Panels 2 and
5 in Figure 2) attributing a high impact to the
project at follow-up also showed an improvement
in their R/D ratio, for employees F(1,206) ¼ 5.71,
p ¼ 0.018, and managers F(1,115) ¼ 3.49, p ¼ 0.064.
Those with a very favorable baseline R/D-ratio
(Panels 1 and 4 in Figure 2) attributing a high
impact to the project at follow-up could maintain
their situation in regard to the R/D-ratio, whereas
it deteriorated for the comparison group that
attributed a low/medium impact to the project,
for employees F(1,319) ¼ 8.96, p ¼ 0.003, and
managers F(1,162) ¼ 0.71, p ¼ 0.400, respectively.
From this, one can conclude that consistent im-
provement or maintenance in the R/D-ratio may
be observed over a 2-year period for those who
retrospectively attributed a high impact to the
project at the final follow-up survey, with the excep-
tion of managers with a very favorable R/D-ratio.
Relation of reach within units to mean levels
of retrospective impact assessment
Company units with a high mean level of retro-
spective impact assessment (þ1 SD, n ¼ 10)
compared with units with a low mean level (21
SD, n ¼ 11) differed significantly in their reach
of intervention elements (see Figure 3): units
with a high mean level revealed four times
higher reach (78 versus 18%) of team-level
working groups, t(19) ¼ 5.60, p , 0.001, three
times higher reach (32 versus 11%) of employee-
level courses, t(19) ¼ 3.19, p ¼ 0.005, two times
higher reach (25 versus 12%) of presentations,
t(19) ¼ 1.71, p ¼ 0.104, but no differences in
reach of managerial-level courses and private or
other courses.
Assessment of the overall implementation
and maintenance
The following issues emerged as relevant for the
majority of the companies from the qualitative
data collected through the interviews and group
discussions (structured according to Gerkhardt
and Frey, 2006; see Methods). (Factor 1) Compre-
hensive diagnosis: The employee survey domi-
nated perceptions of the project to a great extent,
generating visibility in regard to job demands and
resources. Automated feedback and personal tips
were appreciated, stimulating discussion and
change, especially at the beginning of the project.
The participants saw it as a sign of respect that
they were asked to express their views and opi-
nions. However, especially with managers, the
survey also raised fears and discomfort, as poor—
or even excessively good—results of their respect-
ive teams could potentially lead to sanctions or
stigmatization. Lastly, it proved difficult to inter-
pret changes in the results of the three survey
waves without the help of the consultants and
qualitative information on the overall organiza-
tional dynamics. (Factor 2) Definition of goals/
vision: The project was considered a long-term in-
vestment with initially broad goals, although
some of the companies already had specific health
management policies and actions in place.
Employee expectations were relatively vague, to
some extent raising expectations which could not
be met and thus leading to perceptions that the
effort involved was too high. (Factor 3) Shared
problem awareness: The importance of health
and stress to organizations was largely recog-
nized—also with regard to older workers—and
awareness of manager behavior and health was
particularly raised and firmly established.
However, there was no general consensus on the
priority of this issue: thus hospital physicians
showed little interest in the subject and in
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 579
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
production units, ergonomics and safety was
viewed by some as being more important than
stress. Conflicts arose where employees were laid
off, job insecurity was at its height, and more
work was demanded with fewer resources, so that
the stress management project was dismissed as a
farce or marketing exercise. (Factor 4) Guiding
coalition and drivers: The majority of companies
showed strong commitment by their senior man-
agement and firm anchoring of the project. In
some companies, implementation was disrupted
by changes at executive level, and especially in in-
ternal project management, which was a critical
driving force. In any case, managers played a
central role in the project: Where managers faced
up to the results (even critical ones), engaged in
dialogue and pursued changes with their team
while receiving support and direction from their
superiors, the process could unfold. The steering
group could facilitate this process if it was well-
anchored in the company, had the necessary
resources and autonomy, and consisted of people
with influence and credibility. (Factor 5)
Communication: Primarily, existing communica-
tion channels were utilized to draw attention to
the project. As communication was especially
intense prior to the employee surveys, the project
tended to be particularly associated with this
broad survey. When electronic media was used,
there was a risk that information would be lost in
the flood of e-mails. Owing to company-specific
adaptations to the project as well as parallel
change projects, the SMI did not have a distinct-
ive, recognizable profile in all companies. (Factor
6) Time management: Employees reacted sensi-
tively to delays between the employee survey and
subsequent action. The survey results also lost sig-
nificance rapidly in companies that were simultan-
eously undergoing extensive restructuring.
(Factor 7) Project organization and responsibil-
ities: The steering group enabled employees to
contribute opinions and ideas from different
Fig. 2: Change in R/D-ratio (estimated marginal means)
separated for baseline-level R/D ratios for employees/
managers.
580 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
company sites and units as well as to provide
frank feedback. Coordination of project activities
required considerable effort by internal project
management and collaboration with other stake-
holders such as Human Resources, Health and
Safety, etc. As expected, high time pressures led
to requests to reduce the length of courses, low
problem awareness led to a refusal to participate,
and a shortage of funds led to cancellation of
courses. Depending on company culture and the
type of issues to be discussed, bringing people to-
gether at one table helped to build bridges
between rival departments. (Factor 8) Providing
resources and helping people to help themselves:
Existing structures were used, and working time
was made available by management. Because
managers in some companies were obliged to
report on their team’s results, they were forced to
engage personally with the vocabulary and inter-
pretation, rather than having this done for them
by consultants. Finally, the project offered all
employees who completed the survey an oppor-
tunity for self-reflection with the aid of tips and
benchmarks. (Factor 9) Quick wins and motiv-
ation: Various incentives and giveaways such as
mugs with the project logo were provided to mo-
tivate employees to participate in the employee
surveys. However, it was argued that too little was
done for those with good results, i.e. in the form
of advice about how to maintain their situation.
(Factor 10) Process flexibility: The opportunity to
adapt the implementation process to the company
was welcomed. Even so, the project was some-
times felt to be insufficiently flexible, the hospitals
in particular would have liked more specific solu-
tions to their working environment. Likewise,
all-day courses were perceived as too long for the
production units, and special solutions had to be
developed for field services. Maintenance: The
project raised awareness in all branches, and espe-
cially in the industrial sector, of the links between
psychosocial working conditions and health, and
in particular of the impact of manager behavior
on employee health, recognizing the strategic im-
portance of the subject. For example, manage-
ment forums were established where younger
and older managers could interact, leadership
issues were systematically developed, managers
took part in retreats, and coaching services were
used. Furthermore, formal changes were made to
Fig. 3: Reach of intervention elements within company units
(incl. standard deviation) for units with low and
high mean levels of retrospective impact assessment.
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 581
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
structures: e.g. team meetings with adapted
agendas evolved, work was more consciously
organized and planned with respect to job
demands, resources and health, roles were clari-
fied and rules of communication were developed.
Direct, smaller changes were made in infrastruc-
ture (e.g. relaxation rooms) and traditional health-
promoting activities (e.g. Nordic walking groups)
were introduced or expanded. Among the more
informal changes, greater transparency and open-
ness were reported, influencing emotional dimen-
sions and corporate climate—which is a
precondition for talking openly about stress,
burnout and psychosocial issues in general and
about leadership problems—supported by team
events such as after-work drinks and barbecues,
regular communal lunch breaks or cross-unit
events promoting mutual appreciation and collab-
oration. By creating positions for people in charge
of health promotion issues and continuing the
steering group, health circles and team reflection
sessions, the project’s elements were formally em-
bedded in corporate structures. At a strategic
level, the project’s elements were either embed-
ded in related areas of responsibility (e.g.
Environment, Health and Safety), or combined
with other optimization processes that targeted
employee commitment and productivity. The em-
bedding process also called for ongoing monitor-
ing and controlling: since the employee survey is a
very comprehensive instrument designed for
in-depth analysis conducted every 2 – 3-years,
some companies introduced their own short-term
‘barometers’ and health checks, although not
always systematically. As a result, these compan-
ies developed changes in their self-observation
and self-reflection processes and activities.
DISCUSSION
The main purpose of the present study was to
evaluate the process and outcome of an
organizational-level SMI in the field with both
qualitative and quantitative methods. It utilized
the RE-AIM evaluation framework (Glasgow
et al., 2003), based on a ratio of job resources and
demands as the proximate outcome (R/D-ratio),
and applied an adapted research design, retro-
spectively assigning study participants to com-
parison groups (Randall et al., 2005). First, the
study analyzed the adoption and reach of the inter-
vention elements. The project was designed to
leave no one ‘untouched’, and succeeded in this
aim: people participated in employee-, managerial-
and/or team-level courses or working groups and
surveys in nearly all company units, thus guaran-
teeing a high adoption of the project at unit level.
However, as the second research question revealed,
participation in the implementation process was
not enough: comprehensible and manageable
courses considered to fit the corporate strategy and
culture were correlated with high outcome expecta-
tions at the time of the course [cf. (Nielsen and
Randall, 2012)]. Also, voluntariness of participa-
tion correlated with high outcome expectations,
raising the question of how to motivate people who
needed the courses but lacked interest in them.
Next, a quarter of the employees responding to the
surveys retrospectively attributed a high impact to
the overall intervention (third research question), a
factor consistently related to longitudinal changes
in the R/D ratio controlled for initial baseline
values. Furthermore, the fourth research question
showed that company units with high mean levels
of retrospective impact assessment also displayed a
much greater reach of team-level working groups
compared with units with low mean levels. This
result suggests that team-level working groups
are an important, if not a central, intervention
element: within these working groups, teams
engaged in a participatory, health-oriented problem-
solving process which also builds or strengthens
interpersonal relations [cf. (Karanika-Murray
and Biron, 2013)]. Thus, when researching the ef-
fectiveness of such participatory, organizational-
level SMI, we have to consider that change
occurs within teams and is not limited to ‘partici-
pants’, but extends to all team members. The
overall qualitative analyses of the implementa-
tion process (fifth research question) showed
that successful implementation requires perse-
verance, strong coalitions, constant fine-tuning
and support (but also obligation), as well as sys-
tematic training and reflection, until the company
has established its own health-promoting routines
[cf. (Ipsen and Andersen, 2013)]. The project pro-
vided support not only for employees with a high
risk of disease, but for the broader workforce,
whose members already cope more or less suc-
cessfully with their day-to-day work. The S-Tool
survey was part of this support process: it created
visibility and thus the grounds for the manageabil-
ity of stress. The issues surveyed were largely per-
ceived as legitimate and relevant to all branches
(Inauen et al., 2011). In particular, the process
also raised awareness for the role of job resources
with regard to both stress buffering and distinct
582 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
motivational potential, and the importance of
strengthening and/or maintaining these resources
by applying corresponding measures [cf.
(Salanova et al., 2012)]. This further raises the
issue of gain and loss cycles: employees with high
job resources can use them to further strengthen
their health and resources, whereas those whose
situation is already difficult may suffer a vicious
cycle of poor health leading to poorer mobiliza-
tion of resources, in turn leading to even worse
health [cf. (Hakanen et al., 2008)]. The question
also arises as to whether anyone experienced
‘losses’ as a result of the project, for instance
those who were laid off due to repeated poor
results of employee surveys, were stigmatized or
experienced negative team dynamics as a result of
the project. There is considerable reluctance in
the field of health promotion to discuss this ques-
tion, as workplace health promotion is often asso-
ciated with the notion of ‘win – win’. Finally, the
project was conducted at a time of unstable polit-
ical and economic conditions which jeopardize
the implementation of SMI. Most of the compan-
ies were coping with intensive environmental
change during the time of project implementa-
tion: the industrial sector faced a global economic
crisis, forcing them to restructure, lay off staff,
introduce management changes and short-time
work, thus inducing considerable insecurity for
employees as well as the SMI project. Nevertheless,
the project helped to initiate and permanently
anchor health-oriented optimization processes in
some corporate strategies, structures and cultures,
enabling these companies to perceive and develop
their health capacities.
Strengths
This study applied multiple methods and the
well-established RE-AIM framework to capture
and analyze both the implementation process
and effectiveness of the project. In doing so, it
yielded both qualitative and quantitative results
relating to the dynamics of SMI projects that
can be used for future project design. These
plausible and consistent results generated on the
levels of individuals, units and companies have
high external validity, as they were generated in
the field of heterogeneous companies, depicting
near-to-real-life change processes implemented
by consultants.
Limitations
The most obvious limitation in terms of trad-
itional study designs is the lack of pre-assigned
intervention and control groups for quantitative
longitudinal analysis. This was addressed with an
adapted study design and by using an evaluation
framework providing consistent information from
multiple sources gathered to produce an overall
picture. The study’s results suggest that change
occurs within teams and may therefore not be
limited to participants of single intervention
courses. As regards this dynamic participatory
change process triggered by organizational-level
SMI, the roles of affective and cognitive process
appraisals and outcome expectancies also need to
be elaborated in greater theoretical and empirical
depth, and corresponding measures need to be
further developed and validated. This will help to
address the problems of the invisibility of the dy-
namics released by a combination of intervention
elements in teams and units, as the sheer impossi-
bility of capturing these dynamics by quantitative
methods remains unaddressed. Accordingly,
future research will have to devise manageable
approaches that link limited quantities of process
data on adoption, reach and implementation
directly to a longitudinal effectiveness analysis.
Finally, researchers should explore how selective
drop-outs impact both the change process and the
study results, as we observed that men, employees
with better resources and leaders dropped out less
frequently from the panel.
CONCLUSIONS
The future dissemination of organizational-level
SMI requires the key success factors for im-
plementation as well as the potential impact to
be studied. To utilize and understand the full dy-
namics of health-oriented change processes
under real-life conditions, we need to involve
entire organizations in our research. The present
study showed that such research is feasible if it
builds on a clear intervention and evaluation
framework which structures the collection and
analysis of rich qualitative and quantitative data.
With regard to the implementation process, for
example, the facets of course appraisal showed
meaningful interrelations, opening possibilities
for quality assurance in future implementations
of organizational-level SMI. In evaluating the
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 583
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
effectiveness, for example, the adaptive study
design retrospectively split employees into two
groups, depending on whether they attributed a
high or a medium/low impact to the project, a split
which consistently related to longitudinal 2-year
changes in the R/D ratio used as the proximate
outcome. Using this indicator instead of grouping
employees into participants/non-participants might
address an issue of misclassification, as participa-
tion alone does not assure a positive impact:
organizational-level SMI triggers changes in
groups, from which non-participants also potential-
ly benefit.
As regards the practical implementation of
SMI, this study showed that organizational-level
SMI requires considerable perseverance to
develop awareness and change in the broader
workforce, with a healthy profile on average,
through surveys, empowerment courses and par-
ticipatory team workshops. Although short-term
activities can reach narrowly defined risk groups,
the development of sustainable health-promoting
organizational structures, strategies and cultures
requires a broadened time frame as well as a focus
on both job demands and resources. This invest-
ment can be optimized by reducing the scope and
frequency of surveys, developing a readiness for
change and coherent change patterns by involving
managers and employees in the course planning,
and integrating training, working groups and dis-
cussion forums into the daily (team) work. This
integration and involvement in the intervention
design could enhance outcome expectancies
through a better perceived fit between the project
and the organizational structure, strategy and
culture, especially in sectors such as healthcare
and manufacturing with less flexible working sche-
dules. Finally, such a continuous health-oriented
optimization process should be equipped with
tools for long- and short-term observation, as well
as to support reflection and action relating to job
resources, demands and health.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work was supported by Health Promotion
Switzerland and the Swiss Assurance Association,
who launched and financed the SWiNG project.
The following consulting firms implemented this
project: IfA (Institute for occupational medicine),
iafob (Institute for work research and organiza-
tional consultancy) and vivit AG. The Winterthur
Institute for Health Economics was assigned to
perform ROI calculations on the basis of the
present study.
REFERENCES
Bambra, C., Egan, M., Thomas, S., Petticrew, M. and
Whitehead, M. (2007) The psychosocial and health
effects of workplace reorganisation. 2. A systematic
review of task restructuring interventions. Journal of
Epidemiology and Community Health, 61, 1028 – 1037.
Bauer, G. F. and Jenny, G. J. (2012) Moving towards posi-
tive organisational health: challenges and a proposal for a
research model of organisational health development. In
Houdmont, J., Leka, S. and Sinclair, R. (eds),
Occupational Health Psychology: European Perspectives
on Research, Education and Practice. Wiley-Blackwell,
Oxford, UK, pp. 126 – 145.
Biron, C., Karanika-Murray, M. and Cooper, C. L. (2012)
Organizational interventions for stress and well-being—
an overview. In Biron, C., Karanika-Murray, M. and
Cooper, C. J. (eds), Organizational Stress and Well-Being
Interventions: Addressing Process and Context.
Routledge, London, pp. 1 – 17.
Bond, F. W., Flaxman, P. E. and Loivette, S. (2006) A
Business Case for the Management Standards for Stress.
HSE Books, Sudbury.
Brauchli, R., Schaufeli, W. B., Jenny, G. J., Füllemann, D.
and Bauer, G. F. (2013) Disentangling stability and
change in job resources, job demands, and employee well-
being—a three-wave study on the Job-Demands
Resources model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 83,
117 – 129.
Chen, H. T. (1990) Theory-Driven Evaluations. Sage,
Newbury Park, CA.
Colquitt, J. A. (2001) On the dimensionality of organiza-
tional justice: a construct validation of a measure. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 86, 386 – 400.
European Agency for Safety and Health at Work. (2010)
ESENER—European Survey of Enterprises on New and
Emerging Risks. European Union, Luxembourg.
Flaxman, P. E. and Bond, F. W. (2010) Worksite stress man-
agement training: moderated effects and clinical signifi-
cance. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 15,
347 – 358.
Frese, M. (1989) Gütekriterien der Operationalisierung von
sozialer Unterstützung am Arbeitsplatz. Zeitschrift für
Arbeitswissenschaften, 43, 112 – 121.
Fridrich, A., Jenny, G. J. and Bauer, G.F. (2013) Appraisal
of Single Intervention Elements of a Comprehensive
Stress-Management Intervention at the Workplace.
Presentation at the APA Work, Stress and Health
Conference, May 16 – 19, Los Angeles, CA.
Gerkhardt, M. and Frey, D. (2006) Erfolgsfaktoren und psy-
chologische Hintergründe in Veränderungsprozessen:
Entwicklung eines integrativen psychologischen Modells
[Success factors and psychological backgrounds of change
processes: development of an integrative psychological
model.]. OrganisationsEntwicklung, 25, 48 – 59.
Glasgow, R. E., Lichtenstein, E. and Marcus, A. C. (2003)
Why don’t we see more translation of health promo-
tion research to practice? Rethinking the efficacy-to-
effectiveness transition. American Journal of Public Health,
93, 1261 – 1267.
584 G. J. Jenny et al.
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
Hakanen, J. J., Perhoniemi, R. and Toppinen-Tanner, S.
(2008) Positive gain spirals at work: from job resources
to work engagement, personal initiative and work-unit
innovativeness. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 73,
78 – 91.
Inauen, A., Jenny, G. J. and Bauer, G. F. (2011) Design
principles for data- and change-oriented organisational
analysis in workplace and other setting-based health pro-
motion. Health Promotion International, 27, 275 – 283.
Ipsen, Ch. and Andersen, V. (2013) A multi-level and par-
ticipatory model for prevention of work-related stress in
knowledge work. In Bauer, G. F. and Jenny, G. J. (eds),
Salutogenic Organizations and Change. The Concepts
Behind Organizational Health Intervention Research.
Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 127 – 148.
Jacobshagen, N., Amstad, F. T., Semmer, N. K. and Kuster,
M. (2005) Work-Family-Balance im Topmanagement
[Work-family balance in top management]. Zeitschrift für
Arbeits-und Organisationspsychologie, 49, 208 – 219.
Kaluza, G. (2004) Stressbewältigung: Trainingsmanual zur
Psychologischen Gesundheitsförderung. [Coping with
Stress: Training Manual for Psychological Heallth
Promotion]. Springer, Berlin.
Karanika-Murray, M. and Biron, C. (2013) The nature of
change in organizational health interventions: some
observations and propositions. In Bauer, G. F. and Jenny,
G. J. (eds), Salutogenic Organizations and Change. The
Concepts Behind Organizational Health Intervention
Research. Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 239 – 258.
Kompier, M. A. J. and Kristensen, T. (2000) Organisational
work stress interventions in a theoretical, methodological
and practical context. In Dunham, J. (ed), Stress in the
Workplace: Past, Present and Future. Whurr Publishers,
London, pp. 164 – 190.
Kotter, J. P. (1995) Leading change—why transformation
efforts fail. Harvard Business Review, 73, 59 – 67.
LaMontagne, A. D., Keegel, T., Louie, A. M., Ostry, A. and
Landsbergis, P. A. (2007) A systematic review of the
Job-stress intervention evaluation literature, 1990 – 2005.
International Journal of Occupational and Environmental
Health, 13, 268 – 280.
Leech, N. L. and Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2009) A typology of
mixed methods research designs. Quality & Quantity, 43,
265 – 275.
Nielsen, K. and Randall, R. (2012) The importance of em-
ployee participation and perceptions of changes in
procedures in a teamworking intervention. Work &
Stress, 26, 91 – 111.
Nielsen, K., Taris, T. W. and Cox, T. (2010) The future of or-
ganizational interventions: addressing the challenges of
today’s organizations. Work & Stress, 24, 219 – 233.
Randall, R., Griffiths, A. and Cox, T. (2005) Evaluating or-
ganizational stress-management interventions using
adapted study designs. European Journal of Work and
Organizational Psychology, 14, 23 – 41.
Richardson, K. M. and Rothstein, H. R. (2008) Effects of oc-
cupational stress management intervention programs: a
meta-analysis. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology,
13, 69– 93.
Salanova, M., Llorens, S., Cifre, E. and Martı́nez, I. M.
(2012) We need a hero! Towards a validation of the
healthy & resilient organization (HERO) model. Group
& Organization Management, 37, 785 – 822.
Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B. and Van Rhenen, W. (2009)
How changes in job demands and resources predict
burnout, work engagement, and sickness absenteeism.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 30, 893 – 917.
Schröer, A. and Sochert, R. (2000) Health Promotion
Circles at the Workplace. A New Approach to Workplace
Health Promotion. BKK, Essen.
Semmer, N. K. (2006) Job stress interventions and the or-
ganization of work. Scandinavian Journal of Work
Environment & Health, 32, 515 – 527.
Semmer, N. K., Zapf, D. and Dunckel, H. (1995) Assessing
stress at work: a framework and an instrument. In Svane,
O. and Johansen, C. (eds), Work and Health: Scientific
Basis of Progress in the Working Environment. Office for
Official Publications of the European Communities,
Luxembourg, pp. 105 – 113.
Taris, T. and Kompier, M. (2003) Challenges of longitudinal
designs in occupational health psychology. Scandinavian
Journal of Work, Environment, and Health, 29, 1 – 4.
Udris, I. and Rimann, M. (1999) SAA und SALSA: Zwei
Fragebogen zur subjektiven Arbeitsanalyse [SAA and
SALSA: two questionnaires for subjective work analysis].
In Dunckel, H. (ed), Handbuch Psychologischer
Arbeitsanalyseverfahren. Ein Praxisorientierter Überblick.
vdf Hochschulverlag, Zürich, pp. 397 – 419.
Zapf, D., Dormann, C. and Frese, M. (1996) Longitudinal
studies in organizational stress research: a review of the
literature with reference to methodological issues.
Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 1, 145 – 169.
Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 585
D
ow
nloaded from
https://academ
ic.oup.com
/heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
ugust 2019
<<
/ASCII85EncodePages false
/AllowTransparency false
/AutoPositionEPSFiles true
/AutoRotatePages /PageByPage
/Binding /Left
/CalGrayProfile ()
/CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1)
/CalCMYKProfile (U.S. Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2)
/sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1)
/CannotEmbedFontPolicy /Warning
/CompatibilityLevel 1.5
/CompressObjects /Off
/CompressPages true
/ConvertImagesToIndexed true
/PassThroughJPEGImages false
/CreateJobTicket false
/DefaultRenderingIntent /Default
/DetectBlends true
/DetectCurves 0.1000
/ColorConversionStrategy /LeaveColorUnchanged
/DoThumbnails false
/EmbedAllFonts true
/EmbedOpenType false
/ParseICCProfilesInComments true
/EmbedJobOptions true
/DSCReportingLevel 0
/EmitDSCWarnings false
/EndPage -1
/ImageMemory 524288
/LockDistillerParams false
/MaxSubsetPct 100
/Optimize true
/OPM 1
/ParseDSCComments true
/ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false
/PreserveCopyPage true
/PreserveDICMYKValues true
/PreserveEPSInfo true
/PreserveFlatness true
/PreserveHalftoneInfo false
/PreserveOPIComments true
/PreserveOverprintSettings false
/StartPage 1
/SubsetFonts true
/TransferFunctionInfo /Preserve
/UCRandBGInfo /Remove
/UsePrologue false
/ColorSettingsFile ()
/AlwaysEmbed [ true
]
/NeverEmbed [ true
/Courier
/Courier-Bold
/Courier-BoldOblique
/Courier-Oblique
/Helvetica
/Helvetica-Bold
/Helvetica-BoldOblique
/Helvetica-Oblique
/Symbol
/Times-Bold
/Times-BoldItalic
/Times-Italic
/Times-Roman
/ZapfDingbats
]
/AntiAliasColorImages false
/CropColorImages true
/ColorImageMinResolution 150
/ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK
/DownsampleColorImages true
/ColorImageDownsampleType /Bicubic
/ColorImageResolution 175
/ColorImageDepth -1
/ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1
/ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286
/EncodeColorImages true
/ColorImageFilter /DCTEncode
/AutoFilterColorImages false
/ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG2000
/ColorACSImageDict <<
/QFactor 0.40
/HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
>>
/ColorImageDict <<
/QFactor 0.40
/HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
>>
/JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict <<
/TileWidth 256
/TileHeight 256
/Quality 20
>>
/JPEG2000ColorImageDict <<
/TileWidth 256
/TileHeight 256
/Quality 15
>>
/AntiAliasGrayImages false
/CropGrayImages true
/GrayImageMinResolution 150
/GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK
/DownsampleGrayImages true
/GrayImageDownsampleType /Bicubic
/GrayImageResolution 175
/GrayImageDepth -1
/GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2
/GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286
/EncodeGrayImages true
/GrayImageFilter /DCTEncode
/AutoFilterGrayImages false
/GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG2000
/GrayACSImageDict <<
/QFactor 0.40
/HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
>>
/GrayImageDict <<
/QFactor 0.40
/HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
>>
/JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict <<
/TileWidth 256
/TileHeight 256
/Quality 20
>>
/JPEG2000GrayImageDict <<
/TileWidth 256
/TileHeight 256
/Quality 15
>>
/AntiAliasMonoImages true
/CropMonoImages true
/MonoImageMinResolution 1200
/MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK
/DownsampleMonoImages true
/MonoImageDownsampleType /Bicubic
/MonoImageResolution 175
/MonoImageDepth 4
/MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286
/EncodeMonoImages true
/MonoImageFilter /CCITTFaxEncode
/MonoImageDict <<
/K -1
>>
/AllowPSXObjects true
/CheckCompliance [
/None
]
/PDFX1aCheck false
/PDFX3Check false
/PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false
/PDFXNoTrimBoxError true
/PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [
0.00000
0.00000
0.00000
0.00000
]
/PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true
/PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [
0.00000
0.00000
0.00000
0.00000
]
/PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None)
/PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier ()
/PDFXOutputCondition ()
/PDFXRegistryName ()
/PDFXTrapped /False
/CreateJDFFile false
/Description <<
/ENU ()
>>
>> setdistillerparams
<<
/HWResolution [600 600]
/PageSize [612.000 792.000]
>> setpagedevice
Contents lists available at ScienceDirect
Psychology of Sport & Exercise
journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/psychsport
Using a mixed method audit to inform organizational stress
management
interventions in sport
James L. Rumbolda,∗ , David Fletcherb, Kevin Danielsc
a Academy of Sport and Physical Activity, Sheffield Hallam
University, United Kingdom
b School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences, Loughborough
University, United Kingdom
c Norwich Business School, University of East Anglia, United
Kingdom
A R T I C L E I N F O
Keywords:
Appraisals
Emotions
Coping
Individual-level
Organizational-level
Team building
A B S T R A C T
Objectives: The purposes of this study were twofold: to conduct
a mixed method organizational-level stress audit
within a sport organization and to explore recommendations for
organizational stress management.
Design and method: Semi-structured interviews, focus groups
and surveys were conducted with 47 participants
(professional sportsmen, coaches, sport science support and
administrative staff) who represented a professional
sport organization. Content analysis was employed to analyze
the data.
Results and conclusions: The findings indicated a wide range of
organizational stressors (e.g., cultural and
academy issues), appraisals and coping behaviors (e.g.,
emotion-focused behaviors), and stressor outcomes (e.g.,
emotional responses) for sport performers. Content analysis and
survey data supported the categorization of
stress management recommendations at both an individual-
(e.g., coping education) and organizational-level
(e.g., improving communication channels) for particular target
groups (e.g., players, staff, team). The identifi-
cation of stress audit factors and recommendations have
important implications for the optimization of orga-
nizational functioning within professional sport. Consistent with
organizational psychology research, applied
considerations for mixed method and multi-level intervention
approaches are discussed.
1. Introduction
The growing body of literature concerning organizational stress
suggests that it may be a critical factor in determining well-
being and
performance development in sport (Fletcher & Arnold, 2017).
Based on
a transactional conceptualization (Lazarus, 1991; McGrath,
1976), or-
ganizational stress has been defined as “an ongoing transaction
between
an individual and the environmental demands associated
primarily and
directly with the organization within which he or she is
operating”
(Fletcher, Hanton, & Mellalieu, 2006, p. 329). For young
athletes as-
piring to develop within professional sport, they are typically
required
to manage a range of environmental demands within their sport
orga-
nization, such as training load, logistics, poor team cohesion,
and the
prospect of being released (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Fletcher,
Hanton,
Mellalieu, & Neil, 2012). The management of these
organizational
stressors is important for reducing the negative spillover that
may occur
between ongoing exposure to organizational (e.g., leadership
styles,
selection), performance (e.g., opponents, social evaluation), and
per-
sonal stressors (e.g., parental expectations, romantic
relationships);
which collectively may be detrimental to well-being (Duong,
Tuckey,
Hayward, & Boyd, 2015). For those performers operating in
sport or-
ganizations, the successful management of organizational stress
may
not only facilitate the maximization of well-being and
performance
development at an individual-level, but it is also likely to
support the
effective functioning of teams and institutions at an
organizational-level
(Wagstaff, Fletcher, & Hanton, 2012). Despite this,
organizational stress
management interventions, which aim to improve the
psychosocial
environment and enhance the well-being of personnel (Nielsen,
Randall, Holten, & Rial González, 2010) are currently limited
in sport
psychology research (Rumbold, Fletcher, & Daniels, 2012).
This limited
evidence-base is problematic for advancing sport psychologists’
knowledge of how best to develop effective organizational
stress man-
agement interventions.
According to the organizational psychology literature, one of
the
key ingredients for increasing the likelihood of effective stress
man-
agement interventions in organizations is the systematic and
careful
assessment of stress processes prior to intervention development
(Bowling, Beehr, & Grebner, 2012). To reliably understand the
context
of organizational stress as a means to inform appropriate stress
man-
agement initiatives, it is necessary to conduct an organizational-
level
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010
Received 9 March 2017; Received in revised form 2 October
2017; Accepted 28 October 2017
∗ Corresponding author. Academy of Sport and Physical
Activity, Sheffield Hallam University, Collegiate Crescent,
Sheffield, South Yorkshire, S10 2BP, United Kingdom.
E-mail address: [email protected] (J.L. Rumbold).
Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38
Available online 07 November 2017
1469-0292/ © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
T
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/14690292
https://www.elsevier.com/locate/psychsport
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010
mailto:[email protected]
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010
http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.1016/j.psychsport.
2017.10.010&domain=pdf
stress audit; one that is able to identify the individual and group
needs
of those operating in organizations (Nielsen et al., 2010), so
that in-
itiatives can be developed to modify environmental demands
and/or a
person's resources. A stress audit is traditionally a generic term
which
describes a number of approaches which aim to identify
potential en-
vironmental demands (i.e., stressors), assess which have the
greatest
negative impact and identify any individuals, and groups who
are most
at risk (Rick, Briner, Daniels, Perryman, & Guppy, 2001).
Although
there have been a range of measures that have been adopted for
au-
diting stressors in organizations (e.g., Biron, Ivers, Brun, &
Cooper,
2006), it has long been acknowledged that a comprehensive
audit,
based on a transactional stress conceptualization (Lazarus,
1991),
should reflect the sequence of events and stress processes that
occur
across individuals in transacting with their environment
(McGrath,
1976). In this way, it is believed that an organizational-level
stress audit
should identify key organizational stressors, appraisal and
coping
strategies, stressor outcomes, at risk groups, and attitudes
towards
available options for stress management (Dewe, O'Driscoll, &
Cooper,
2010).
Qualitative research has previously explored a plethora of
organi-
zational stressors that are encountered by sport performers.
From a
research synthesis of 34 studies, Arnold and Fletcher (2012)
identified
640 distinct stressors that were labelled hierarchically in to the
fol-
lowing categories: leadership and personnel, cultural and team,
logis-
tical and environmental, and performance and personal issues. A
host of
these stressors have been linked to the identification of threat
and harm
appraisals (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2012), negative emotional
re-
sponses (e.g., Fletcher, Hanton, & Wagstaff, 2012), and the
enactment
of different coping behaviors (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2014).
These
findings have also been complemented by quantitative research
that has
shown relationships between athletes' perceptions of
developmental,
team, and cultural stressors within sport organizations and
negative
affect (Arnold, Fletcher, & Daniels, 2017). Although the
findings from
both methods have enabled the identification of organizational
stress
processes in sport and some of their relationships, it is posited
that these
methods in isolation may limit our ability to confidently
develop tai-
lored stress management programs for individuals and groups
who
operate in culturally rich organizations (Nielsen et al., 2010). In
this
regard, the adoption of mixed methods may facilitate a
pragmatic stress
auditing approach for developing stress management programs
for
specific organizations (Bowling et al., 2012).
One of the key benefits of conducting a mixed method stress
audit is
to triangulate understanding of attitudes from individuals and
groups
whose organizational roles may differ (Mazzola, Schonfeld, &
Spector,
2011). This is vital for establishing common stressful incidents
for
specific individuals and target groups in an organization
(Bowling et al.,
2012). In addition, by incorporating methods such as focus
groups,
individuals may be empowered to collaboratively discuss their
needs
with other organizational members (Kohler & Munz, 2006).
This is ad-
vantageous in developing stress management interventions at an
in-
dividual- and organizational-level, as members will have both
in-
dividual and collective attitudes, preferences and motives.
Furthermore, participatory methods, which treat members as
active
agents of change and encourage the commitment of
management, are
necessary (but not sufficient) conditions for successful
organizational
interventions (Daniels, Gedikli, Watson, Semkina, & Vaughn,
2017).
This approach motivates groups to identify common issues and
design
solutions. Without the participation of various personnel, a
tailored
program for tackling organizational stress cannot be
appropriately de-
signed (Elo, Ervasti, Kuosma, & Mattila, 2008).
To combat the challenges of gaining as many perspectives and
re-
commendations from organizational members as possible,
researchers
have called for greater use of mixed methods (Elo et al., 2008;
Mazzola
et al., 2011; Nielsen et al., 2010) to facilitate triangulation and
com-
plementarity of findings (Greene, 2008; Moran, Matthews, &
Kirby,
2011). This is important for exploring the existence of common
organizational stress processes and intervention
recommendations that
may not be easily achieved from the sole adoption of
quantitative or
qualitative methods. Moreover, the incorporation of qualitative
with
quantitative methods allows for understanding of contextual
issues and
what matters to individuals in their own language (Daniels et
al., 2017;
Nielsen, Abildgaard, & Daniels, 2014). According to Bowling et
al.
(2012, p. 79), “research should give more attention to
developing
techniques used to diagnose the need for stress interventions”.
The
current research seeks to address some of the conceptual
challenges of
stress audit models previously used to inform the development
of or-
ganizational programs. By adopting a mixed method, the study
at-
tempts to understand sport performers' experiences of
organizational
stress in greater depth from the perspective of various members
(e.g.,
sport performers, coaches, staff). This approach aims to explore
the
contextual and cultural complexities that are not explicitly
evident in
current organizational stress audit models.
Taking these points together, the primary purpose of this study
was
to conduct a mixed method organizational stress audit of
competitive
performers who operate within a sport organization. A
secondary pur-
pose was to identify stress management recommendations for
perfor-
mers and teams operating in this organization. The exploration
of or-
ganizational stress processes and recommendations may
facilitate the
future tailoring of both individual- and organizational-level
initiatives.
This study makes a unique conceptual contribution to auditing
orga-
nizational stress, by offering a mixed method framework from
which
organizational interventions in sport can be advanced.
2. Method
2.1. Research design
A mixed method design was adopted for serving the following
philosophical aims. Firstly, the authors believe that it is
important to
integrate techniques that can more thoroughly investigate a
phenom-
enon of interest (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2011, p. 286). Gaining
multiple
sources of information from various individuals (e.g., sport
performers,
staff) is fundamental for exploring the convergence and
divergence (cf.
Greene, 2008) of organizational stress experiences for sport
performers.
Furthermore, the researchers sought to educate and modify an
organi-
zation's current practices regarding stress management. In doing
so, it
was necessary to represent the democratic values and
recommendations
of organizational members, to progress towards participatory
action in
the future. To achieve this purpose, the study was founded on a
prag-
matist perspective with a critical realist ontology (Teddlie &
Tashakkori, 2009) whilst employing methods that parallel
under-
standing of stress in organizations (Lazarus, 1991).
2.2. Participants and procedure
The organizational sample (N = 47) consisted of staff (head
coach,
assistant coach, sport science support, and administrative staff;
n = 7)
and a male professional rugby union academy playing squad (n
= 40).
The ages of staff and rugby players ranged from 22 to 56 years
(M = 36.71, SD = 11.35) and 15–19 years (M = 17.13, SD =
0.97)
respectively. The largely male sample (i.e., 98% male)
represented
multiple job roles of individuals who operated on a full-time
basis in
this professional rugby union academy. The participating
organization
was selected due to the successful profile of the organization,
the
consistently high level of competition that the players and team
oper-
ated at, and due to its close proximity to the senior professional
team's
training facilities. The purpose of this academy was to recruit,
develop
and support professional youth players' transition in to the
senior team.
Following institutional ethical approval, managers and head
coaches of
sport organizations in the United Kingdom were initially
contacted by
email and informed of the purposes and requirements of the
research
being conducted. Once consent was provided by the manager of
the
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
28
sport organization and its members, a concurrent triangulation
mixed
methods design was followed, such that qualitative and
quantitative
stress audit data were collected concurrently (Creswell & Piano
Clark,
2011). Data collection began prior to the beginning of pre-
season
training. This represented a period whereby most of the playing
squad
had not returned from the previous end of season break. At this
time,
interviews and surveys were completed with staff (n = 7) and
key
players (n = 6) from the playing squad who had returned early
for pre-
season conditioning. Key players were identified by the head
coach and
assistant coach as individuals who demonstrate leadership and
have
considerable input in to the team's functioning and
development. The
benefit of this approach was that exclusive participation was
gained
from key subgroups and decision makers who operate in distinct
roles,
and, hold an influence in planning an organizational-level
intervention
(Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004).
Once the remaining players had returned for pre-season
training, it
was identified that the squad was characterized as three sub-
groups
(e.g., under-17, under-18, and under-19 age groups). Sub-groups
are
important for delimiting future intervention programs to those
most at
risk of organizational strain (Bradley & Sutherland, 1994). The
ex-
istence of organizational stressors and outcomes may also be
apparent
for specific players who share similar needs (Briner &
Reynolds, 1999).
Thus, to promote discussion on the common issues that sub-
groups
experience (Krueger & Casey, 2009), three focus groups with
survey
data collection were steered with the remaining participants (n =
34).
The focus group approach contrasts that to previous research on
orga-
nizational stress in sport, which has often utilized face-to-face
inter-
views or diary methods (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2012;
Fletcher,
Hanton, Mellalieu et al., 2012). The benefit of conducting focus
groups
in organizational settings is that team members who are familiar
with
one another are able to openly share ideas and discuss sensitive
issues
like stress in a comfortable and relaxed setting (Liamputtong,
2011).
In comparison to one-to-one interviews or diary methods, focus
groups enable cultural insights in to the sources of individual
and group
behaviors (Morgan, 1996). This is highly relevant when
exploring the
social and contextual complexities of organizational stress
(Daniels,
Harris, & Briner, 2004). In organizational contexts, focus
groups have
proven beneficial in understanding and identifying
recommendations to
tackle barriers to well-being and productivity. Moreover, focus
groups
can help to determine which recommendations are easiest to
adopt and
easiest for organizations to enforce (Krueger & Casey, 2009, p.
12). In-
terviews, focus groups and survey data collection were
conducted face-
to-face by the first author. Before the completion of each
interview and
survey, participants were given written and verbal information
as to the
purposes and outcomes of the study. Following assurances of
voluntary
participation, anonymity, and the freedom to withdraw at any
stage,
participants had the opportunity to ask questions before
completing an
informed consent form.
Interview guide. A semi-structured interview guide was initially
used to facilitate each session. Each interview and focus group
took
place in a private meeting room at the training ground of the
organi-
zation. The interview guide was generated from a range of
sources. In
line with previous stress audits that have been conducted in
organiza-
tional psychology (e.g., Biron et al., 2006; Rick et al., 2001),
the main
components of the stress audit included: an exploration of
organiza-
tional stressors, appraisals and coping behaviors, stress
outcomes, and
stress management recommendations. In addition, question
content
was devised based on relevant research conducted in sport
(Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Fletcher et al., 2006) and
organizational
psychology (Dewe et al., 2010). Prior to beginning interviews,
partici-
pants were verbally informed that they will be asked about
players'
experiences of the academy environment and how they
perceived var-
ious issues that occurred. This included providing examples of
organi-
zational stressors (e.g., the training environment, player and
staff re-
lationships) using Arnold and Fletcher (2012) taxonomic
classification.
The interview guide began with introductory questions (e.g.,
Could you
tell me about something that has happened within the academy
re-
cently which has gone well?). These questions intended to build
rapport
and provide time for the participants to consider the area in
question
(Silverman, 2014). The main questions explored players'
exposure to
organizational stressors in their environment and suggestions
for im-
proving organizational functioning and performance. Where
relevant,
probes were offered to consider how the players attempted to
appraise
or cope with any issues that arose (e.g., What did you tend to
think
about when these issues occurred?/How did you deal with that
at the
time?), and any potential outcomes that occurred (e.g., How did
you
feel about these demands at the time?/What effect did that
have?). The
same probes were reworded for coaches and staff, to allow for
their
perspective on players' experiences of organizational stress.
Finally, all
participants were encouraged to summarize their views and
elaborate
on any relevant issues. The first author then clarified the
participants'
intervention recommendations for specific target groups and
requested
feedback on the interview process.
Prior to the interviews being conducted, the guide was piloted
with
an amateur athlete who operated in a separate organization.
Subsequently, several questions were reworded to enhance their
clarity
(Silverman, 2014). Additional questions were also integrated
after
several themes emerged from attending a meeting at the sport
organi-
zation (cf. Liamputtong, 2011). These themes related to
communica-
tion, social support, decision making and time management. The
in-
terviews and focus groups ranged from 52 to 96 min (M =
69.30,
SD = 11.86) and 63–79 min in duration (M = 71.90 min, SD =
8.16)
respectively.
Stress management survey. At the end of each interview,
players
and staff were asked to complete a short stress management
survey
(Bradley & Sutherland, 1994) which had been adapted for the
sport
organization. This served the purpose of triangulating
individuals' in-
terview responses and evaluating their readiness for developing
stress
management programs (Nielsen, 2013). The survey presented a
list of
14 possible intervention programs, which included the
following:
building confidence; improved social support; managing
emotions po-
sitively; problem solving; relaxation training; team building;
and team
performance appraisal systems. To outline what was meant by
each
survey term, examples of psychological intervention techniques
asso-
ciated with each option were offered to the participants. Players
and
staff were then asked to select one of three responses
(yes/no/don't
know) to each of the following four statements: (1) I feel I
would per-
sonally benefit from; (2) I would personally participate in; (3) I
feel that
the academy would benefit from; and (4) I would recommend
the
academy to participate in. The survey list was generated from a
pre-
interview staff meeting and the stress management literature in
sport
(for a review, see Rumbold et al., 2012). Participants were also
en-
couraged to suggest additional programs that may have emerged
from
the interviews and focus groups.
2.3. Data analysis
Content analysis was deemed the most appropriate for
interpreting
the data for several reasons. Firstly, it allows the exploration of
inter-
view transcripts and survey responses for recurrent instances in
relation
to the research questions (Silverman, 2014). Secondly, it is
suitable for
exploring common organizational processes from both interview
and
focus group data (e.g., Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004). Thirdly, due
to the
multi-method nature of data collection, a method of analysis
was re-
quired to yield a ‘typology’ (Creswell & Piano Clark, 2011) that
could
triangulate and supplement the interpretation of findings from
the in-
terview and survey data (Greene, 2008; Teddlie & Tashakkori,
2009).
During the initial stages, the first author immersed himself in
the data
by adopting a reflective approach. This involved re-reading
post-in-
terview notes that had been taken at the time of interviewing,
listening
to each of the interview recordings to gain clarification of
participant
tones and meanings, and reading and re-reading the written
transcripts
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
29
whilst noting initial ideas. Following this, segments of quotes
that re-
presented similar meanings were inductively coded as raw-data
themes.
Raw-data codes which represented common themes were
grouped into
lower-order themes. These lower-order themes were then
clustered into
higher-order themes. In light of established organizational
stress fra-
meworks (e.g., Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Dewe et al., 2010;
Fletcher,
Hanton, Mellalieu et al., 2012), the majority of higher-order
themes
were deductively clustered into general dimensions.
2.4. Research quality and rigor
Integrative mixed method research requires a strong audit trail
and
reflexive stance to be presented (Bergman, 2011). In line with
Teddlie
and Tashakkori (2009) criteria for evaluating inference quality,
a
variety of steps were taken to maximize the design quality and
inter-
pretive rigor. Design quality refers to the extent to which
appropriate
procedures have been conducted to answer the research
question(s). In
this way, the study design was deemed suitable for answering
the
purpose(s) of the research. Since the function of the research
was to
develop a tailored organizational intervention, it was critical to
trian-
gulate participants' stress management recommendations with
players'
experiences of organizational stress. The authors were
cognizant of
implementing design components with the fidelity to capture
partici-
pants' perceptions of organizational stress processes and
attitudes to-
wards stress management. In this way, the first author was
diligent in
devoting significant time and thoroughness in conducting the
inter-
views, focus groups and completion of surveys. A self-reflexive
diary
was completed throughout the data collection and the first
author en-
gaged critical friends in discussions during the data collection
of in-
terviews, focus groups and surveys. These critical friends
provided a
sounding board to encourage reflexivity and challenge the
construction
of knowledge and interpretations made. By gathering multiple
types of
qualitative and quantitative data, we engaged dialogically with
para-
digm differences (Greene, 2008) to generate a more contextual
under-
standing of organizational issues.
Interpretive rigor refers to how interpretations have been made
in
relation to the results obtained (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009).
We at-
tempted to adhere to interpretive consistency by closely relating
a large
dataset of organizational stress processes in sport performers
with
participant recommendations for future stress management
interven-
tions. These stress processes and recommendations were
interpreted on
the basis of a large organizational sample (N = 47), and, were
con-
sistent with relevant theories and frameworks in this area (Dewe
et al.,
2010; Fletcher et al., 2006; Lazarus, 1991). Regarding the
latter, the
conceptual contribution to organizational stress audit research
should
also be considered, along with the extent to which the research
is
heuristically and practically significant for empowering
organizational
members to engage in action or change. We present a multi-
vocality of
quotations from different participants, to enable readers to
consider
whether they reach similar conclusions. Interpretive conclusions
are
also evident where staff perceptions complement players'
experiences of
organizational stress. Interpretive distinctiveness was achieved
by de-
briefing participants through presentation and discussion of the
find-
ings to assess participants' agreements with the inferences
made. In-
tegrative efficacy was achieved by comparing the inferences
made
regarding players' experiences of organizational stress with the
con-
clusions made in relation to player and staff intervention re-
commendations. Finally, in considering the interpretive
correspon-
dence of the research, we feel that the inferences made align to
the
purposes of conducting a stress audit of sport performers
operating in a
sport organization and exploring intervention recommendations.
3. Results and discussion
A total of 645 raw data themes emerged from the qualitative
tran-
scripts, which were inductively abstracted into 186 lower-order
themes
and 76 higher-order themes. These higher-order themes then
formed 14
general dimensions which were deductively categorized in to
the fol-
lowing components of the organizational-level stress audit:
organiza-
tional stressors, cognitive appraisals and coping behaviors,
organiza-
tional stressor outcomes, and stress management
recommendations.
Tables 1–3 illustrate the higher-order themes and general
dimensions of
each stress audit component. Example lower-order themes are
also
provided for each higher-order theme. In addition, Table 4
displays
participants' survey responses in relation to offering
recommendations
for stress management programs. In view of the quantity and
wide
ranging themes to emerge from the stress audit, space precludes
an
exploration of all themes and their complexity. Therefore, a
selection of
quotes are provided and discussed in relation to relevant
literature.
3.1. Organizational stressors
Consistent with a synthesis of organizational stressors in sport
per-
formers (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012), the four general dimensions
of or-
ganizational stressors were: leadership and personnel issues,
cultural
and academy issues, logistical and environmental issues, and
perfor-
mance and personal issues.
Leadership and personnel issues. Leadership and personnel is-
sues, which were the most frequently cited organizational
stressors for
players, consisted of the stressors that were related to the
direction and
support of the organization. The higher-order themes within this
di-
mension were: external expectations, feedback, referees,
retention, support
staff, coach behaviors, and the coaches' personality and
attitudes. Within
external expectations, “coaches' expectations” for players to
conform to
the organization's core values (e.g., work hard, learn quickly)
was
regularly cited as a key stressor for first year players: “I think
the big
thing I noticed [when starting at the academy] was you had to
learn
quickly, the culture of the club as well. I think the coaches are
big on
setting that culture, just coming in, working hard, no excuses
about a
thing” (Player 6). “I think the expectation to develop quickly
makes
them [players] stressed sometimes and they need to be able to
just
enjoy it a bit more … instead of it just being drudgery, hard
work, hard
work you know (Staff 6)".
Within feedback, a common issue that contributed to a range of
stressor outcomes was “receiving negative feedback” from
others. The
following quote (Player 3) illustrates how negative feedback
can be
harmful for decision making and team morale, and, how game
reviews
may help to manage feedback:
At half time, the coaches scream and shout but it doesn't help if
they
pick out [blame] individuals because the individuals are just
going
to think about that [making mistakes] the next time they go out.
Every decision the players make … Like, [a coach] was just
saying
“All forwards played really well. Backs were ****” … Like,
yeah,
have a scream and shout, kick a few bottles around but then talk
about the game properly … I think people after that game were
pretty dejected for a couple of weeks.
Cultural and academy issues. Cultural and academy issues com-
prised the stressors that were associated with the atmosphere
and be-
havioral norms in the organization. The higher-order themes
within this
dimension were: academy atmosphere, communication, cultural
norms,
players’ personality and attitudes, and roles. Within academy
atmosphere,
one commonly cited raw data theme related to player year group
“cliques in the squad”. The emergence of this theme supports
previous
research which has identified cliques as a common
organizational
stressor encountered by sport performers (Fletcher, Hanton,
Mellalieu
et al., 2012). However, the specific structure of the current
organization
also gave rise to “academy hierarchies”, which are less reported
in the
extant literature. Hierarchies were visible throughout the
institution, as
there were structured divisions between an academy and senior
team
organization. Within the academy, the playing squad was
divided in to
three sub-groups based on birth year. As the following quote
illustrates
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
30
Table 1
Organizational stressors encountered by professional academy
players.
Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes
General Dimension
Coaches’ expectations External expectations
Leadership and Personnel
Issues
Receiving negative feedback Feedback
Poor referee decisions Referees
Job uncertainty Retention
Ambiguous injury diagnoses Support staff
Conflicting coaching styles Coach behaviors
Unapproachable coaches The coaches’ personality
and attitudes
Academy hierarchies Academy atmosphere
Cultural and
Academy Issues
Poor communication between players Communication
Culture of Intimidation Cultural norms
Hostile teammates Players’ personality and
Attitudes
Role ambiguity Roles
Lack of individual development
sessions
Training environment
Logistical and
Environmental issues
Fluctuating game preparation Competition environment
Inadequate changing rooms Facilities and equipment
Fierce competition for selection Selection
Long away game journeys Travel
Moving to the academy to train Academy transitions
Performance and
Personal Issues
Balancing academy and education Work-life interface
Lack of food preparation Diet and recovery
Isolation from being injured Player injury
Lack of finances Finances
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
31
Table 2
Cognitive appraisals and coping behaviors of professional
academy players.
Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes
General Dimension
Player threat appraisals of making the
transition to professional rugby
Threat appraisals
Cognitive appraisals
Benefit appraisals of the academy
training program
Benefit appraisals
Challenge appraisals of player injury Challenge appraisals
Harm appraisals of negative feedback Harm appraisals
Working harder due to feedback Increased effort
Problem-focused
coping
Instructional support from teammates Informational support
Practicing ‘what if scenarios’ Planning
Talking to teammates to solve issues Talking to teammates
Working on changing technique Changing behavior
noitartnecnocdesaercnIgnisucoF
Encouragement from teammates Receiving encouragement
Emotion-focused
coping
Talking to teammates for support Seeking social support
noitazilausiVyregamI
Creating tasks to prevent boredom Creating tasks
Listening to music Relaxation
klat-fleSklat-fleS
Accepting selection decisions Acceptance
Rationalizing negative feedback Self-rationalization
Reappraisal-focused
coping Re-evaluating injury with
physiotherapists
Rationalizing with others
Avoiding conflict Behavioral avoidance
Avoidance coping
Trying to forget mistakes Blocking
Player denial over injury Denial
Drinking alcohol prior to being
released by the academy
Substance abuse
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
32
from a group of second year players, hierarchies and cliques in
the
squad were closely associated with a “culture of intimidation”;
seen by
many as a reason for poor communication between players:
They [first year players] need to be brought down a peg (Player
25)
… Yea, they think they're all big timers (Player 24) … They
don't
ever speak to anyone else (Player 26). I think that's the same
with
the third year [players] (Player 25) … I think they'll [first year
players] calm down when we [second year players] start the
‘contact
game’ [physical intimidation] with them (Player 23) [group
laughter].
Logistical and environmental issues. Logistical and environ-
mental issues encapsulated the stressors that were associated
with the
organization's management of training and competition. The
higher
order themes within this dimension were: training environment,
compe-
tition environment, facilities and equipment, selection, and
travel. The most
cited themes were identified within training environment, which
in-
cluded a “lack of individual development sessions” and “high
training
intensity”. Whilst training environment is a regularly
encountered
stressor for professional sport performers (Kristiansen, Murphy,
&
Roberts, 2012; Nicholls, Backhouse, Polman, & McKenna,
2009), one
explanation in this specific organizational context is that there
is a daily
coach expectation for players to demonstrate their skill
improvement in
training, to improve their chances of being selected to the senior
pro-
fessional team. Within facilities and equipment, a number of
players cited
“inadequate changing rooms” as a potential reason for poor
commu-
nication between players during training and competition. The
fol-
lowing quote (Player 2) demonstrates how “inadequate changing
rooms” may negatively impact on communication between
players:
I think something that is quite bad is our changing rooms.
You've got
a first year changing room, a second year changing room, a
third
year changing room and there's no one [squad] together … it's
very
much three separate changing rooms … It comes to a game
situation
where a first year needs to tell a third year something or vice
versa
and they're hesitant to say it.
Performance and personal issues. Performance and personal
issues
consisted of the stressors relating to a player's professional
career and
personal development. The higher-order themes within this
dimension
were: academy transitions, work-life interface, diet and
recovery, player injury,
and finances. Within academy transitions, “moving to the
academy to train”,
“transition to a higher standard of rugby”, and “transition to a
higher
training intensity” were seen to be key issues that were believed
to ad-
vance or compromise a player's career development. These
themes are
consistent with research highlighting the non-elite to elite
transition as a
key stressor for sport performers (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012). In
the current
study, academy transitions provided a richer account for why
“cliques in the
squad”, “high training intensity” and “fierce competition for
selection”
may be common issues. Player 1 describes the difficulties a
player can face
when moving to the academy to train:
It was a shock to the system to be honest … I mean there were
times,
like I was waking up in the morning thinking, "do I really want
to be
here?" Quite a lot. I mean I'm not playing rugby [not being
selected],
you've just moved away from home, moved to a new place so
sometimes my motivation levels were really, really low. Some
games
[game days], like Saturday mornings in November when its
abso-
lutely pissing it down [heavy rain] and you've got to get two
buses in
to town, two more buses to the academy at six o'clock in the
morning, and you're not playing [not being selected]. It does get
you
down when you've moved away from home to be here.
Table 3
Organizational stressor outcomes experienced by professional
academy players.
Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes
General Dimension
snoitomeevitageNregnA
Emotional outcomes
snoitomeevitisoPtnemeticxE
Reduced confidence Confidence
Intrapersonal
outcomes
noitavitom-eDdetavitom-eD
Reduced concentration Concentration
Players being unable to make
appropriate decisions
Decision making
peelSpeelsfokcaL
Reduced team communication Communication
Performance-related
outcomes
Making mistakes Individual performance
Reduced team performance Team performance
Players being released Retention
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
33
3.2. Cognitive appraisals and coping behaviors
The general dimensions for cognitive appraisals and coping
beha-
viors were: cognitive appraisals, problem-focused coping,
emotion-fo-
cused coping, reappraisal-focused coping, and avoidance
coping.
Cognitive appraisals. Cognitive appraisals consisted of the
primary
appraisals of organizational stressors that players encountered.
These
primary appraisals reflected players' evaluations of the personal
sig-
nificance of stressors in relation to the attainment of personal
goals or
well-being (Lazarus, 1991). The higher-order themes in this
dimension
were: threat appraisals, benefit appraisals, challenge appraisals,
and harm
appraisals. It was apparent that players typically developed
threat ap-
praisals of various organizational stressors. Although sport
performers
may appraise events as challenging (Didymus & Fletcher,
2012), our
results support the finding that organizational stressors are
typically
appraised by sport performers as preventing the attainment of
goals or
positive well-being (Didymus & Fletcher, 2014). Specifically, it
was
perceived that players felt threatened by “making the transition
to
professional rugby”, “negative feedback”, “asking for advice”,
“job
uncertainty”, “academy hierarchies”, “unfriendly teammates”,
and
“competition for playing positions”. The following quotes from
players
and staff illustrate players' typical threat appraisals of players
due to
competition for positions: “Who are these other lads?” … you're
thinking, “Oh he's going to take my position”, you're talking
about it for
weeks (Player 37) … If anyone comes in at your position you're
going to
think **** [feel threatened] (Player 32). There is definitely a
positional
threat for the players. “If he's going to be my threat [for
selection] then
I'm going to make sure I knock him down and keep him down as
long as
possible” (Staff 6).
Problem-focused coping. Problem-focused coping consisted of
the
behaviors that were elicited to resolve stressors. It was evident
that
some players used a range of behaviors and drew on resources,
such as
social support, to achieve coping functions, such as problem
solving.
This supports research which has conceptualized coping
behaviors and
functions as interrelated (Daniels, Beesley, Wimalasiri, &
Cheyne, 2013;
for a review, see; Skinner, Edge, Altman, & Sherwood, 2003).
The
higher-order themes within problem-focused coping were:
increased
effort, informational support, planning, talking to teammates,
changing
behavior, and increased concentration. One player (Player 3)
explained
how planning through “practicing what if scenarios” in training
was
effective in dealing with opponents in games:
We [the playing team] knew we had a good line out [during the
game] because we had some good [training] sessions drilling the
line out in a [practice] game environment … I think those
sessions
were good because when we played [club], they needed a drop
goal
to win and they had about 8 scrums. It was just the mentality [of
working hard]. I think me and [teammate] hit 55 scrums one
after
the other, in one [training] session … stuff like that is good and
players will know what they can do [under pressure].
Emotion-focused coping. Emotion-focused coping captured the
most frequently cited behaviors that were used by players to
manage or
express their emotions. The higher-order themes were: receiving
en-
couragement, seeking social support, visualization, creating
tasks, relaxa-
tion, self-talk, and acceptance. The most common themes
related to re-
ceiving encouragement, which consisted of “encouragement
from
teammates”, “encouragement from staff”, and “encouragement
from
house parents”. Receiving emotional support from teammates
and
coaches is a common resource used to cope in organizations
(Kristiansen et al., 2012). This is because social support offsets
the
negative effect of stressors on well-being (Cohen, Sherrod, &
Clark,
1986). From the focus groups, it emerged that more experienced
players offered encouragement to help players manage their
emotions:
I think I got [received] that [encouragement] actually, when I
was a
first year (Player 37). Yeah, in our first year [at the
organization]
there were a lot of third years [players] for us to [receive] get
help
from. Like, if you looked nervous they would sit down and say
“don't
worry, you'll be fine, you're here for a reason, they [the
coaches]
wouldn't have chosen you otherwise” (Player 34).
Reappraisal-focused coping. Reappraisal-focused coping con-
sisted of the behaviors that were used by players to reappraise
the re-
levance and importance of organizational stressors. The higher-
order
themes were self-rationalization and rationalizing with others.
Rationalizing with others appeared to reflect a coping resource
that was
rarely adopted by players. Moreover, the professional academy
players
in this study appeared to lack the confidence to seek support
from staff
and teammates to help rationalize particular stressors. In light
of these
findings, sport performers in this organization may benefit from
the
development of greater support seeking behaviors to promote
colla-
boratively reappraising organizational demands. The following
quote
illustrates the influence of rationalizing with physiotherapists to
help a
player (Player 1) re-appraise the significance of an injury:
I had a small stress fracture in my left foot … for the first week
I
didn't really manage it very well … Then you kind of get your
head
around it and think that this could work in a positive way and
that's
due to [the support of] the coaches and physiotherapy team.
They
kind of put it into your mind all the positives you're going to
get out
of being injured at this time.
Avoidance coping. Avoidance coping consisted of the behaviors
that were used to actively avoid solving problems or managing
emo-
tions. The higher-order themes were: behavioral avoidance,
blocking,
denial, and substance abuse. Although the function of avoidance
coping
is believed to be maladaptive for long-term well-being, it could
be
adaptive in the short-term (Kristiansen et al., 2012); however,
this may
depend on the behaviors enacted to fulfill this coping function
(Skinner
et al., 2003). Although a limited number of themes were cited,
academy
staff reported a range of avoidance behaviors commonly
displayed by
players, such as “lying to avoid conflict”, “denial over incurring
an
injury” and “drinking alcohol to disengage from having their
profes-
sional contract terminated”.
3.3. Organizational stressor outcomes
Organizational stressor outcomes refer to the symptoms of
exposure
to demands. The four general dimensions were: emotional
responses,
intrapersonal outcomes, and performance -related outcomes.
Emotional responses. Emotional responses consisted of a wide
range of negative emotions and positive emotions. The most
highly cited
lower-order themes were “anxiety”, “anger”, and “fatigue”. This
finding
is consistent with previous research that has explored emotional
re-
sponses to organizational-related demands in elite (Arnold &
Fletcher,
2015; Arnold et al., 2017; Fletcher, Hanton, & Wagstaff, 2012)
and
professional sport performers (Nicholls et al., 2009). This can
be ex-
plained in so far that anxiety and anger represent a basic set of
states by
which threat and harm appraisals are commonly associated
(Lazarus,
1999). From the interviews, it was evident that the academy had
bred a
culture of fear amongst the players, with anxiety being a typical
re-
sponse to “receiving negative feedback from others” and the
formation
of “academy hierarchies”. In addition, players typically
experienced
intense anxiety from selection stressors such as “call ups [to the
senior
squad] at short notice”: “All of a sudden you need to be on the
bench for
the first [senior] team and then you've got 5 or 6 days to learn
all of the
calls [tactics] and you think ******* hell” (Player 6).
Intrapersonal outcomes. Intrapersonal outcomes consisted of the
organizational stressor outcomes that were associated with a
player's
cognitive functioning. The higher-order themes were:
confidence, de-
motivation, concentration, decision making, and sleep. Both
players and
staff suggested that “reduced confidence” is experienced
primarily by
first year players, who are attempting to adapt to academy
transitions
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
34
(e.g., “moving to the academy to train”) and cultural norms
(e.g., “ne-
gative motivational climate”). In some cases, it was
acknowledged that
intrapersonal outcomes were often a result of negative
emotional re-
sponses to specific stressors. The following quote by a coach
(Staff 6)
illustrates the collective consequences of a negative
motivational cli-
mate, which can lead to heightened levels of anxiety and
reduced
confidence for players:
We've got two small guys and the motivation [from a coach] is
constantly, “You're too small for this game, I don't know why
you're
here, you might as well go home now” … the lads [players] just
cower like this [shy away] and don't say anything back … So
that's
why when it comes to situations which need somebody to be
con-
fident and speak up they won't do it because they fear they'll
just get
ridiculed. When things have been shouted at them on the
touchline
you can see it [in their body language], just like, “oh ****”,
heads
down, it really affects them, they won't turn around and say,
“Okay,
I made a **** up [a mistake] but I'll put it right”, in response to
“You're ******* coming off if you do that again! [shouting]”.
Performance-related outcomes. The higher-order themes within
this general dimension were: communication, individual
performance,
team performance, and retention. Within individual
performance, “reduced
skill development” was considered a consequence from training-
related
stressors, such as a “lack of individualized sessions” and
“longer
training sessions”. In addition, players spoke of making
technical and
tactical errors in training due to a fear of receiving further
negative
feedback from coaches. Players and staff also felt that the
organization
could consider reducing the longer duration of some training
sessions,
which are often counterproductive to concentration and skill
develop-
ment: “I saw it several times last year … I've done 45 min
[coaching],
it's been quality intense stuff but [coach] does another 45 min
on line
outs and scrums. The lads are just exhausted and it's
counterproductive
[for skill development]" (Staff 3). “Rather than doing an hour
and a half
session, do two 45 min sessions where it's just detail … Really
intense …
And then you're not [fatigued], because towards the end of
sessions,
you get really tired and then your concentration goes” (Player
2).
3.4. Stress management recommendations
In line with organizational stress management frameworks
(Dewe
et al., 2010; Richardson & Rothstein, 2008), participants
provided a
series of organizational-level and individual-level
recommendations to
maximize sport performers' well-being and performance
development.
Fig. 1 illustrates the target groups by which stress management
in-
itiatives were recommended throughout the organization.
Higher-order
themes are presented for each target group, along with example
lower-
order themes. To corroborate these interview responses, stress
man-
agement survey recommendations were also completed at the
end of
each interview (see Table 4). These survey responses reflected
the
average proportion of players and staff that believed them and
the or-
ganization would benefit from and participate in particular
stress
management programs to facilitate players' ability to manage
organi-
zational stress in the future.
Organizational-level recommendations. Organizational-level in-
terventions are typically developed to remove or modify
specific or-
ganizational characteristics that individuals and groups
encounter, such
as stressors (Dewe et al., 2010).The fourteen higher-order
themes
within organizational-level recommendations were:
communication
channels; facilities management; work appraisals; talent
development; game
reviews; game preparation; reflective practice; team cohesion;
time man-
agement; training structure; team goal setting; team problem
solving; and,
professionalism. Within these themes, the most frequently
suggested
recommendations were to: organize more team socials for all
academy
players and staff to attend, integrate more regular team analysis
of
games, involving all academy players and coaching staff;
incorporate
varied training sessions involving the commitment of all
academy
players and staff; and, encourage communication between the
players
and all academy and senior team staff. These initiatives were
con-
sidered important due to the aforesaid stressors relating to poor
com-
munication between players and members of the organization,
high
training intensities, fatigue, the existence of academy
hierarchies, and,
cliques in the playing squad. The need to address these stressors
was
supported by a series of survey recommendations (see Table 4).
In
particular, team building was suggested by many of the academy
players (n = 39, 98%) and supported by some staff (n = 3, 42%).
Moreover, building confidence was cited by players (n = 32,
81%) and
staff (n = 4, 61%) as a program that they believed academy
players
would all benefit from and participate in as an academy.
Problem sol-
ving at a group and individual-level was also suggested by
players
(n = 30, 76%), with 4 out of 7 staff believing that players would
benefit
from this program.
Individual-level recommendations. Individual-level
interventions
are typically developed to enable individuals to better appraise,
re-
spond and cope with organizational stressors (Dewe et al.,
2010). The
seven higher-order themes within this dimension were: senior
first team
exposure; mentoring; coping; goal setting; trust; coach
feedback; and, par-
ental education. Within these higher-order themes, the most
commonly
cited lower-order recommendations were to: modify negative
appraisals
for first and second year players, encourage problem solving
and de-
cision making to first year players, raise coach awareness of
providing
Table 4
Survey recommendations for organizational stress management.
I feel I would personally
benefit from …
I would personally
participate in …
I feel that the academy would
benefit from …
I would recommend the academy
to use …
Team building 38P, 2S 40P, 4S 40P, 3S 39P, 4S
Building confidence 28P, 3S 34P, 4S 34P, 5S 34P, 5S
Coping with pressures 26P, 1S 32P, 4S 35P, 5S 31P, 5S
Problem solving 28P, 4S 28P, 5S 33P, 4S 32P, 4S
Relaxation training 29P, 3S 32P, 4S 32P, 4S 26P, 4S
Team performance appraisals 29P, 1S 28P, 5S 33P, 4S 28P, 4S
Time management 26P, 1S 29P, 4S 32P, 4S 28P, 4S
Assertiveness training 25P, 3S 28P, 4S 33P, 3S 28P, 3S
Managing emotions positively 24P, 4S 29P, 5S 30P, 4S 24P, 3S
Psychology rehabilitation for injured
players
25P, 2S 29P, 3S 30P, 4S 26P, 4S
Challenging stressful thinking 24P, 3S 28P, 5S 31P, 3S 25P, 3S
Self-regulating teams 25P, 1S 28P, 3S 28P, 2S 25P, 2S
Improved social support 21P, 1S 23P, 4S 30P, 2S 25P, 3S
Resolving conflict 18P, 3S 24P, 4S 26P, 3S 23P, 3S
Note. N = 47, P = the number of recommendations from
academy players (n = 40); S = the number of recommendations
from academy staff (n = 7).
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
35
varying methods of feedback to players, and optimize
confidence for
first year players. The education of coping efficacy for less
experienced
players was deemed particularly important. This was explained
in so far
that first year players, who are making an amateur to
professional sport
transition, often perceive their environment to be intimidating.
More-
over, it was suggested that players struggle to cope with high
training
intensities and receiving negative feedback. The survey data
also in-
dicated that players (78%) and staff (100%) believed that
players would
benefit from coping education.
One noticeable incongruence between the interview and survey
recommendations obtained was players' need for improved
social sup-
port. From the survey data, 24 out of 40 players (60%) and 2 out
of 7
staff (29%) felt that players would benefit from improved social
support. However, the interview and focus group data suggested
that
some players already seek and receive different forms of
support from
teammates and staff. A recommendation from staff suggested
improving
social support could be achieved by raising coach awareness of
feed-
back methods and educating parents on methods of support.
Conversely, one member of staff (Staff 5) argued the following:
“This
academy is like no other academy in the country in the different
levels
of support provided to players”. From the interviews and survey
re-
sponses it was also apparent that staff were keen to support the
design
and delivery of stress management programs for their players,
but were
less interested in participating in any of these programs
alongside the
players. This is an important applied consideration for the
development
of organizational programs, since the effectiveness of such
initiatives
Fig. 1. Organizational- and individual-level stress management
recommendations.
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
36
may be largely dependent on the evidence of key decision
makers'
readiness for change, support for and engagement in the
programs
(Nielsen, 2013).
4. General discussion
The primary purpose of this study was to undertake a mixed
method
organizational stress audit of competitive performers who
operate in a
sport organization. A secondary purpose was to identify future
stress
management recommendations to maximize performers' well-
being and
performance development. Informed by a transactional stress
approach
(Dewe et al., 2010; Lazarus, 1991, 1999), the findings reveal a
number
of common organizational stressors encountered by sport
performers
who operate in this sport institution. These findings support the
iden-
tification of themes identified in sport performers across a range
of
competitive levels (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Kristiansen et al.,
2012;
Nicholls et al., 2009). In this organizational context, many
stressors
(e.g., training demands) were often a by-product of
encountering other
demands (e.g., academy transitions). Moreover, a culture of
intimida-
tion and a negative motivational climate were linked to
commonly
developed appraisals and coping behaviors. In line with stress
theory
(Lazarus, 1999), these player appraisals and coping behaviors
were
related to emotional, intrapersonal and performance outcomes.
A wide range of stress management recommendations were also
identified for specific groups in this organization, with the aim
of di-
rectly or indirectly helping sport performers to better manage
their
experiences of organizational stress in the future. An
overarching
message was that players, and to some degree staff, would take
part in
individual- and organizational-level stress management
programs. At an
individual-level, player coping efficacy is important, as the
behaviors
used to achieve coping functions may be adaptive for well-being
in
specific contexts, but maladaptive in others (Daniels et al.,
2013;
Skinner et al., 2003). This is sensible given the mission of the
current
organization, which is to retain academy players who
demonstrate an
ability to cope with professional sport and its demands. At an
organi-
zational-level, it was perceived that the institution should
integrate
initiatives to enhance team cohesion and communication
channels, vary
training stimulus, and to incorporate reviews of competitive
games.
Such organizational-level programs are believed to be the most
proac-
tive solution to managing stress (Dewe et al., 2010), as they aim
to
prevent player strain from occurring by modifying structures
and en-
vironmental conditions (cf. Briner & Reynolds, 1999). Although
support
for their efficacy has been equivocal (Richardson & Rothstein,
2008),
participatory stress audits are arguably a prerequisite for
effective in-
terventions, as the sport performers who may benefit from such
pro-
grams are also those recommending their creation (cf. Nielsen
et al.,
2010).
A strength of the current stress audit was the sample size (N =
47)
and sampling of varying organizational members. This was
important to
illustrate how players' stress experience may also be perceived
by staff
and jointly developed by common player attitudes, cultural
norms,
contagion, and managed by a range of coping resources. Despite
these
strengths, the sample sizes for some of the focus groups (i.e., n
= 15)
was considered a limitation, which could have compromised an
ap-
propriate level of participant contribution. Further, the data
yielded
from large focus group samples may not have enabled
individuals to
represent their views as clearly as individual interviews might.
Although we were mindful of adhering to focus group
guidelines for
organizational research (Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004), the
specific con-
text determined that we had to complete interviews at times that
were
most convenient to the organization. It is possible that the
development
of steering groups comprising a mixture of sport performers and
staff
could have been applied to identify clearly agreed motives for
tackling
sport performers' experiences of organizational stress. However,
given
the identification of potentially threatening cultural norms,
steering
groups may have been counterproductive. In the current study,
con-
ducting focus groups with player sub-groups was necessary for
deli-
miting future interventions to groups who may be most at risk
of strain
(Bradley & Sutherland, 1994). We acknowledge that the
analysis of
group experiences makes it problematic to assess the coping
effective-
ness of particular stressors for specific performers. We
therefore re-
commend mixed-method assessments to further inform
intervention
development and refinement.
The findings from this study suggest that organizational stress
management in sport is an area worthy of future research. While
at-
tempting to advance the conceptual framework and methods
used to
understand organizational stress, we concur that “research
should give
more attention to developing techniques used to diagnose the
need for
stress interventions” (Bowling et al., 2012, p. 79). As the
current study
indicates, not all stressors are maladaptive for sport performers'
well-
being and performance. Researchers considering a mixed
method ap-
proach to stress auditing could consider a longitudinal
examination,
using a combination of regular steering group meetings,
interviews,
diaries, observations, and surveys. A blend of these approaches
will
likely result in greater exposure to the organizational
environment and
may capture an accurate reality of day-to-day functioning.
Compre-
hensive audits such as the aforesaid may be more time
consuming for
organizations. Yet, the benefits of conducting a detailed,
participative,
and proactive approach to stress management are likely to
outweigh the
time taken and the relatively minimal cost that could be
incurred to
improve the well-being and performance of sport performers
(cf.
Briner & Reynolds, 1999).
There are a number of practical challenges when conducting
applied research in sport organizations. In conducting stress
audits
that are theoretically founded (e.g., Lazarus, 1991),
psychologists
should identify the stress processes and common issues that
need
solving for those individuals (e.g., players) and groups (e.g.,
sub-
group teams) who need the most support (Bowling et al., 2012;
Nielsen et al., 2010). This is vital for prioritizing whether
organi-
zational-, individual-level interventions, or an amalgamation of
the
two is necessary (Giga, Cooper, & Faragher, 2003).
Organizational-
level programs may be the priority for modifying organizational
stressors, such as cultural norms. Where stressors cannot be
removed
or reduced, individual-level programs such as modifying
cognitive
appraisals are also appropriate for facilitating well-being
(Richardson & Rothstein, 2008). In reality, studying sport
perfor-
mers' organizational experiences and recommendations for
inter-
vention development in context is not straightforward,
particularly
when there may be incongruence between performers and key
sta-
keholders as to the main issues that need prioritizing. In this
regard,
sport psychologists have a challenging but important role in en-
couraging stakeholders to provide support for the necessary
inter-
ventions to be designed and implemented. Without such
commit-
ment, it is likely that sport performers will perceive a lack of
interest
on the part of stakeholders in their well-being. This may subse-
quently lead to negative performer perceptions of the
organizational
climate in which they operate (cf. Dewe et al., 2010).
In conclusion, this stress audit makes a conceptual contribution
by
unearthing contextual (e.g., non-normative transitions) and
cultural
complexities (e.g., political hierarchies) that are not explicitly
evident
in the organizational psychology models used to inform
interventions.
Organizational interventions which aim to modify the stressors
en-
countered, or reduce their impact on performers' well-being, are
more
likely to be effective if a stress audit is rigorously adopted and
in-
tegrated in an organization's overall management strategy.
Although
some challenges exist for undertaking an audit, the prevention
and
management of stress should be a joint responsibility between
sport
performers and stakeholders (Dewe et al., 2010; Fletcher et al.,
2006);
one that may hold great promise for optimizing well-being,
perfor-
mance, and organizational productivity.
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
37
References
Arnold, R., & Fletcher, D. (2012). A research synthesis and
taxonomic classification of the
organizational stressors encountered by sport performers.
Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 34, 397–429.
Arnold, R., & Fletcher, D. (2015). Confirmatory factor analysis
of the sport emotion
questionnaire in organizational environments. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 33,
169–179. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2014955520.
Arnold, R., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2017). Organisational
stressors, coping, and out-
comes in competitive sport. Journal of Sports Sciences, 35(7),
694–703. http://dx.doi.
org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299.
Bachiochi, P. D., & Weiner, S. P. (2004). Qualitative data
collection and analysis. In S. G.
Rogelberg (Ed.). Handbook of research methods in industrial
and organizational psy-
chology (pp. 161–183). Malden, MA: Blackwell publishing.
Bergman, M. M. (2011). The good, the bad and the ugly in
mixed methods research and
design. Journal of Mixed Methods, 5, 271–275.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/
1558689811433236.
Biron, C., Ivers, H., Brun, J.-P., & Cooper, C. L. (2006). Risk
assessment of occupational
stress: Extensions of the Clarke and Cooper approach. Health,
Risk & Society, 8,
417–429. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13698570601008222.
Bowling, N. A., Beehr, T. A., & Grebner, S. (2012). Combating
stress in organizations. In
G. P. Hodgkinson, & J. K. Ford (Eds.). International review of
industrial and organiza-
tional psychology (pp. 65–87). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons,
Ltd.
Bradley, J. R., & Sutherland, V. (1994). Stress management in
the workplace: Taking
employee's views into account. Employee Counselling Today, 6,
4–9.
Briner, R. B., & Reynolds, S. (1999). The costs, benefits, and
limitations of organizational
level stress interventions. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
20, 647–664.
Cohen, S., Sherrod, D. R., & Clark, M. S. (1986). Social skills
and the stress-protective role
of social support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
50, 963–973.
Creswell, J. W., & Piano Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and
conducting mixed methods re-
search. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Daniels, K., Beesley, N., Wimalasiri, V., & Cheyne, A. (2013).
Problem solving and well-
being: Exploring the instrumental role of job control and social
support. Journal of
Management, 39, 1016–1043.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0149206311430262.
Daniels, K., Gedikli, C., Watson, D., Semkina, A., & Vaughn,
O. (2017). Job design, em-
ployment practices and well-being: A systematic review of
intervention studies.
Ergonomics, 60, 1177–1196.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2017.1303085.
Daniels, K., Harris, C., & Briner, R. B. (2004). Linking work
conditions to unpleasant
affect: Cognition, categorisation and goals. Journal of
Occupational and Organizational
Psychology, 77, 343–364.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1348/0963179041752628.
Dewe, P. J., O'Driscoll, M. P., & Cooper, C. L. (2010). Coping
with work stress: A review and
critique. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell.
Didymus, F. F., & Fletcher, D. (2012). Getting to the heart of
the matter: A diary study of
swimmers' appraisals of organizational stressors. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 30,
1375–1385. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.709263.
Didymus, F. F., & Fletcher, D. (2014). Swimmers' experiences
of organizational stress:
Exploring the role of cognitive appraisal and coping strategies.
Journal of Clinical
Sport Psychology, 8, 159–183.
Duong, D., Tuckey, M. R., Hayward, R. M., & Boyd, C. M.
(2015). Work-family conflict:
The importance of differentiating between different facets of
job characteristics.
Work & Stress, 29, 230–245.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2015.1074629.
Elo, A. L., Ervasti, J., Kuosma, E., & Mattila, P. (2008).
Evaluation of an organizational
stress management program in a municipal public works
organization. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 13, 10–23.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.
1.10.
Fletcher, D., & Arnold, R. (2017). Stress in sport: The role of
the organizational en-
vironment. In C. R. D. Wagstaff (Ed.). An organizational
psychology of sport: Key issues
and practical applications (pp. 83–100). London, UK:
Routledge.
Fletcher, D., Hanton, S., & Mellalieu, S. D. (2006). An
organizational stress review:
Conceptual and theoretical issues in competitive sport. In S.
Hanton, & S. D. Mellalieu
(Eds.). Literature reviews in sport psychology (pp. 321–373).
Hauppauge, NY: Nova.
Fletcher, D., Hanton, S., Mellalieu, S. D., & Neil, R. (2012a). A
conceptual framework of
organizational stressors in sport performers. Scandinavian
Journal of Medicine and
Science in Sports, 22, 545–557.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.
01242.x.
Fletcher, D., Hanton, S., & Wagstaff, C. R. D. (2012b).
Performers' responses to stressors
encountered in sport organizations. Journal of Sports Sciences,
30, 349–358. http://dx.
doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545.
Giga, S. I., Cooper, C. L., & Faragher, B. (2003). The
development of a framework for a
comprehensive approach to stress management interventions at
work. International
Journal of Stress Management, 10, 280–296.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.
10.4.280.
Greene, J. C. (2008). Is mixed methods social inquiry a
distinctive methodology? Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 2, 7–22.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689807309969.
Kohler, J. M., & Munz, D. C. (2006). Combining individual and
organizational stress in-
terventions: An organizational development approach.
Consulting Psychology Journal:
Practice and Research, 58, 1–12.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1065-9293.58.1.1.
Kristiansen, E., Murphy, D., & Roberts, G. (2012).
Organizational stress and coping in U.S.
professional soccer. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 24,
207–223. http://dx.doi.
org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319.
Krueger, R. A., & Casey, M. A. (2009). Focus groups: A
practical guide for applied research
(4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Psychological stress in the workplace. In
P. L. Perrewé (Vol. Ed.),
Handbook on job stress: Vol. 6, (pp. 1–13). [special issue].
Journal of Social Behavior
and Personality.
Lazarus, R. S. (1999). Stress and emotion: A new synthesis.
New York, NY: Springer.
Liamputtong, P. (2011). Focus group methodology: Principles
and practice. London: Sage.
Mazzola, J. J., Schonfeld, I. S., & Spector, P. E. (2011). What
qualitative research has
taught us about occupational stress. Stress and Health, 27, 93–
110.
McGrath, J. E. (1976). Stress and behavior in organizations. In
M. D. Dunnette (Ed.).
Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology (pp.
1351–1395). Chicago: Rand
McNally.
Moran, A. P., Matthews, J. J., & Kirby, K. (2011). Whatever
happened to the third
paradigm? Exploring mixed methods research designs in sport
and exercise psy-
chology. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 3,
362–369. http://dx.doi.
org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843.
Morgan, D. L. (1996). Focus groups. Annual Review of
Sociology, 22, 129–152.
Nicholls, A. R., Backhouse, S. H., Polman, R. C. J., &
McKenna, J. (2009). Stressors and
affective states among professional rugby union players.
Scandinavian Journal of
Medicine & Science in Sports, 19, 121–128.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.
2007.00757.x.
Nielsen, K. (2013). Review article: How can we make
organizational interventions work?
Employees and line managers as actively crafting interventions.
Human Relations, 66,
1029–1050. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726713477164.
Nielsen, K., Abildgaard, J.,S., & Daniels, K. (2014). Putting
context into organizational
intervention design: Using tailored questionnaires to measure
initiatives for worker
well-being. Human Relations, 67, 1537–1560.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/
0018726714525974.
Nielsen, K., Randall, R., Holten, A., & Rial González, E.
(2010). Conducting organiza-
tional-level occupational health interventions: What works?
Work & Stress, 24,
234–259. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2010.515393.
Richardson, K. M., & Rothstein, H. R. (2008). Effects of
occupational stress management
intervention programs: A meta-analysis. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology,
13, 69–93. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.69.
Rick, J., Briner, R. B., Daniels, K., Perryman, S., & Guppy, A.
(2001). A critical review of
psychosocial hazards measures. Norwich: HSE Books.
Rumbold, J. L., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2012). A
systematic review of stress man-
agement interventions with sport performers. Sport, Exercise, &
Performance
Psychology, 1, 173–193. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0026628.
Silverman, D. (2014). Interpreting qualitative data. London:
Sage.
Skinner, E. A., Edge, K., Altman, J., & Sherwood, H. (2003).
Searching for the structure of
coping: A review and critique of category systems for
classifying ways of coping.
Psychological Bulletin, 129, 216–269.
Teddlie, C., & Tashakkori, A. (2009). Foundations of mixed
methods research: Integrating
quantitative and qualitative approaches in the social and
behavioral sciences. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Teddlie, C., & Tashakkori, A. (2011). Mixed methods research:
Contemporary issues in an
emerging field. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.). The
SAGE handbook of quali-
tative research (pp. 285–299). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Wagstaff, C. R. D., Fletcher, D., & Hanton, S. (2012).
Exploring emotion abilities and
regulation strategies in sport organizations. Sport, Exercise, and
Performance
Psychology, 1, 268–282.
J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018)
27–38
38
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2014955520
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689811433236
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689811433236
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13698570601008222
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref8
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref8
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref9
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref9
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref10
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref10
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref11
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref11
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0149206311430262
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2017.1303085
http://dx.doi.org/10.1348/0963179041752628
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref15
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref15
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.709263
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2015.1074629
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.10
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.10
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01242.x
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01242.x
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.10.4.280
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.10.4.280
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689807309969
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1065-9293.58.1.1
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref28
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref28
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref30
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref31
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref32
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref32
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref35
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2007.00757.x
http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2007.00757.x
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726713477164
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726714525974
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726714525974
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2010.515393
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.69
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref41
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref41
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0026628
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref43
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47
http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47Using
a mixed method audit to inform organizational stress
management interventions in sportIntroductionMethodResearch
designParticipants and procedureData analysisResearch quality
and rigorResults and discussionOrganizational
stressorsCognitive appraisals and coping
behaviorsOrganizational stressor outcomesStress management
recommendationsGeneral discussionReferences
Editorial
Reward Management
Linking Employee Motivation and Organizational
Performance
Conny H. Antoni,1 Xavier Baeten,2 Stephen J. Perkins,3 Jason
D. Shaw,4
and Matti Vartiainen5
1 Work and Organizational Psychology, Department of
Psychology, University of Trier, Germany
2 Department Entrepreneurship, Governance and Strategy Area,
Vlerick Business School, Belgium
3 Global Policy Institute, London Metropolitan University, UK
4 Faculty of Business, Department of Management and
Marketing, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong,
China
5 Work Psychology and Leadership, Department of Industrial
Engineering and Management, School of Science, Aalto
University, Finland
Companies invest enormous financial resources in reward
systems and practices to attract, retain, and motivate
employees and thereby ensure and improve individual,
team, and organizational effectiveness. Organizational
rewards comprise financial and nonfinancial rewards, such
as appreciation, job security, and promotion. Financial
rewards, also called tangible rewards, include direct forms
(such as fixed and variable pay and share ownership) as
well as indirect and/or deferred forms (such as benefits
and perquisites). Fixed or base pay refers to the amount
of money one receives in return for fulfilling one’s job
requirements, the job’s grade, or the skill or competence
level required to perform the tasks. Variable pay (such as
cash bonuses and commissions as forms of short-term
incentives, or stocks or stock options as forms of long-term
incentives) depends, for example, on individual, team,
and/or company performance or outcomes, and is based
on quantitative and/or qualitative criteria. Benefits (such
as pension plans or health programs) and perquisites (such
as onsite fitness centers, medical care or health facilities,
and company cars), among other forms, are indirect finan-
cial rewards (Milkovich, Newman, & Gerhart, 2016). Both
qualitative reviews (Gerhart & Fang, 2014; Shaw & Gupta,
2015) and meta-analytic studies (Cerasoli, Nicklin, & Ford,
2014; Garbers & Konradt, 2014; Jenkins, Mitra, Gupta, &
Shaw, 1998) have shown that extrinsic rewards (such as
financial incentives) can improve employee motivation
and performance and shape employee health (Giles,
Robalino, McColl, Sniehotta, & Adams, 2014) and safety
behavior (Mattson, Torbiörn, & Hellgren, 2014). However,
empirical evidence regarding under which conditions
particular rewards are most effective or lead to unintended
consequences is still scarce. In short, compensation and
incentive systems remain one of the most under-researched
areas in personnel psychology and human resource
management (Gupta & Shaw, 2015).
This state of affairs poses risks. Reward management
approaches may waste both money and effort, and may
be ineffective in attracting, retaining, and motivating target
personnel, if not grounded in a base of evidence. Added to
this, in the face of the recent financial crisis and of serious
cases of employee and company unethical behavior,
company’s financial incentives, especially bonus and pay-
for-performance (pfp) systems, have been widely criticized
for their detrimental effects on individuals, companies, and
society (Larcker, Ormazabal, Tayan, & Taylor, 2014). These
examples of the dark sides of incentives highlight the
importance of reward management research, not only from
a human resources management (HRM) but also from a
societal perspective. They also illustrate the need to
understand the underlying mediating and moderating
mechanisms linking reward systems and practices to indi-
vidual, team, and organizational behavior and outcomes.
This special issue contributes to the research on reward
management by focusing on the contextual effects of
financial rewards on employee motivation, behavior, and
performance, and by analyzing the mediating mechanisms
of different types of financial and nonfinancial rewards.
The four studies included in this special issue address
different issues of reward management research and take
different theoretical perspectives. The first two studies
analyze the interaction effects of financial incentives and
� 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Journal of Personnel Psychology
(2017), 16(2), 57–60
DOI: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000187
Th
is
d
oc
um
en
t i
s c
op
yr
ig
ht
ed
b
y
th
e A
m
er
ic
an
P
sy
ch
ol
og
ic
al
A
ss
oc
ia
tio
n
or
o
ne
o
f i
ts
a
lli
ed
p
ub
lis
he
rs
.
Th
is
a
rti
cl
e
is
in
te
nd
ed
so
le
ly
fo
r t
he
p
er
so
na
l u
se
o
f t
he
in
di
vi
du
al
u
se
r a
nd
is
n
ot
to
b
e
di
ss
em
in
at
ed
b
ro
ad
ly
.
individual factors, such as employee perceptions of dis-
tributive justice, and then how individual competitiveness
moderates the effects of pay-for-performance (pfp) on
employee motivation, behavior, and performance. These
studies show which and how intended or unintended conse-
quences of pfp occur. The other two studies differentiate
the effects of tangible and intangible rewards on employee
turnover and risk taking; they disentangle underlying
mediating and moderating mechanisms by comparing the
effects of benefits and perquisites, and of esteem, security,
and promotion as nonfinancial rewards. In the following
passages, we present a short overview of these four papers
before we discuss their contribution and their implications
for further research.
One of the most discussed unintended consequences of
financial rewards has been the assumed erosion of intrinsic
motivation, also called the crowding-out or undermining
effect of extrinsic incentives. This effect is suggested by
proponents of the cognitive evaluation theory and is
primarily based on findings in nonwork settings or with child
samples, or in situations where rewards have been
suspended without explanation (e.g., Deci, Koestner, &
Ryan, 1999; Weibel, Rost, & Osterloh, 2010). In contrast,
the findings of primary and meta-analytic studies typically
do not show a crowding-out effect of extrinsic incentives
(Gerhart & Fang, 2014), and rather demonstrate that intrin-
sic motivation increases in the presence of financial incen-
tives (Giles et al., 2014). As a consequence, research has
started to reconcile these conflicting findings with the
assumptions of cognitive evaluation and self-determination
theories. Thibault Landry and colleagues (2017) contribute
to this research by analyzing whether financial incentive
systems can satisfy employees’ need for autonomy and com-
petence (when bonuses are fairly distributed, thus strength-
ening autonomy and motivation) and finally improve work
performance. They conducted three field studies: one
cross-sectional field study in Greece using a diverse sample
of professions, and two longitudinal studies in Canada with
samples of high-tech workers and financial advisors who
received performance-contingent annual bonuses. Findings
of all three studies show that distributive justice moderates
the relationship between financial incentives and autonomy
need satisfaction. In two of the three studies, distributive
justice also moderated the relation between financial incen-
tives and competence need satisfaction. Enhancing and
buffering effects of distributive justice on the relation
between financial incentives and need satisfaction vary
across studies depending on the positive or negative
relationship between financial incentives and competence
and autonomy need satisfaction. By and large, study find-
ings support the hypothesis that financial incentive sys-
tems can satisfy employees’ need for autonomy and
competence, when bonuses are fairly distributed. In these
cases, bonuses strengthen autonomous motivation and
ultimately improve work performance. Thus, compensation
plans using financial incentives such as annual bonuses can
be effective, when rewards are distributed fairly. However,
the varying positive or negative relation between financial
incentives and need satisfaction across studies also indicates
that other variables might influence how financial incentives
are perceived.
Another often discussed potential unintended effect of
financial incentives has been that individual pfp decreases
cooperation and might even increase deviant behavior,
such as harming others or sabotage (Gerhart & Fang,
2014). Gläser, van Gils, and Van Quaquebeke (2017)
contribute to this debate and show, with varying study
designs, that the degree of individual trait and state com-
petitiveness can influence how employees perceive pfp
and react to it with deviant behavior. Their results are
based on three studies. In the first cross-sectional study,
employees from different German organizations receiving
performance-contingent annual lump-sum bonuses partici-
pated online. Then, two online experiments were done with
participants from digital panel studies and Amazon
Mechanical Turk taking part in competitive dice games,
where in one study only the winner was rewarded, while
in the other study every player was able to win the bonus.
Their findings indicate that pfp programs can increase
employees’ interpersonal deviance, that is, active harming
behavior toward coworkers, when employees are high in
individual competitiveness, that is, have a strong desire
for interpersonal comparison and wish to be better than
others. No significant relationship between pfp size and
interpersonal deviance was found for participants low in
trait or state competitiveness.
While the first two studies in this issue focus on
moderating effects of pfp, the following two studies address
the differential effects and mediating mechanisms of indi-
rect forms of pay and of nonfinancial incentives on turnover
and risk taking. Particularly in highly competitive labor
markets, such as the information and communications
technology (ICT) sector, companies not only offer attractive
salaries, but also benefits (such as pension and private
medical insurance plans) and, more recently, even perqui-
sites (such as an onsite fitness center, medical care facili-
ties, or paid meals) to make employees feel that they are
valued. In turn, this is assumed to lead to better retention
of key employees and a reduction in unwanted turnover
(Fortune, 2016). These indirect forms of pay can be quite
costly and research on the comparative effects of benefits
and perquisites on turnover is still scarce. Renaud, Morin,
and Béchard (2017) contribute to this topic by comparing
the longitudinal impact of perquisites and traditional bene-
fit packages on the intention to stay and by analyzing the
mediating role of affective organizational commitment.
58 Editorial
Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 � 2017
Hogrefe Publishing
Th
is
d
oc
um
en
t i
s c
op
yr
ig
ht
ed
b
y
th
e A
m
er
ic
an
P
sy
ch
ol
og
ic
al
A
ss
oc
ia
tio
n
or
o
ne
o
f i
ts
a
lli
ed
p
ub
lis
he
rs
.
Th
is
a
rti
cl
e
is
in
te
nd
ed
so
le
ly
fo
r t
he
p
er
so
na
l u
se
o
f t
he
in
di
vi
du
al
u
se
r a
nd
is
n
ot
to
b
e
di
ss
em
in
at
ed
b
ro
ad
ly
.
In a longitudinal online study with three points of measure-
ment (after 6, 12, and 18 months of participants being with
the company), new employees of a Canadian company in
the ICT sector reported their satisfaction with the provided
perquisites and benefits, their affective organizational
commitment, and their intention to stay as an indicator of
employee turnover. Study findings indicate that satisfaction
with traditional benefits has a stronger direct impact
on intention to stay than satisfaction with perquisites.
Furthermore, when benefits and perquisites are analyzed
separately, affective organizational commitment partially
mediates the effect of satisfaction with traditional benefits
on the intention to stay, while it fully mediates the effect
of satisfaction with perquisites on the intention to stay.
Business scandals (e.g., the Enron scandal and
bankruptcy in 2001, and the bankruptcy of Lehman
Brothers in 2008, which triggered the global financial
crisis) have moved the ethical and financial risk taking of
employees and managers as well as the effects of incentives
to the fore in both academic and public debates. Risk
management research has shown that age and financial
and ethical risk taking are related. Ceschi, Costantini,
Dickert, and Sartori (2017) contribute to this by analyzing
whether perceived nonfinancial rewards moderate and
mediate this relationship. They compare the moderating
effects of esteem, security, and promotion rewards on the
relationship between age and financial and ethical risk
taking among managers of Italian companies. They show
that age and risk taking are negatively related, that is, young
managers report taking more financial and ethical risks than
senior managers. Moderation analyses indicate an interac-
tion effect of job promotion rewards and age: Low chances
for job promotion seem to be a key factor for young
managers’ decisions to take financial risks, whereas no rela-
tion between age and risk taking was found when high
chances of job promotion were perceived. Findings also
indicate that job security and promotions partially mediate
the relationship between age and ethical risk taking.
In sum, the findings presented in this special issue provide
at least four contributions to our understanding of the
moderating conditions and mediating processes of the
impact of financial and nonfinancial rewards on employee
motivation, behavior, and performance. First, distributive
justice perceptions can moderate the effects of financial
rewards. When performance-contingent annual bonuses
are perceived as distributed fairly, they can satisfy employ-
ees’ need for autonomy and competence, and thus
strengthen autonomous motivation and, in turn, work
performance. Identifying these moderating and mediating
processes adds to our understanding of why crowding-out
effects of extrinsic rewards do not occur. It also clarifies
the validity of the assumptions of cognitive evaluation and
self-determination theories. Second, competitiveness as an
individual characteristic can influence how employees
perceive and react to pfp with deviant behavior. When
employees have a strong desire for interpersonal compar-
ison and wish to be better than others, that is, are highly
competitive, pfp programs can increase employees’
interpersonal deviance, that is, active harming behavior
toward coworkers.
Third, companies can achieve a stronger effect on inten-
tion to stay with offering benefits (e.g., private medical
insurance plans) than perquisites (e.g., onsite medical care
facilities). Employees’ satisfaction with benefits seems to
increase their intention to stay both directly and indirectly
via enhancing affective organizational commitment,
whereas satisfaction with perquisites seems to have only
an indirect effect via commitment. Fourth, young managers
report more financial and ethical risk taking than senior
managers. Young managers’ financial risk taking seems to
depend on their perceived chances of job promotion, as
no relation between age and risk taking was found when
high chances of job promotion were perceived.
We hope that this special issue stimulates further longitu-
dinal, mixed-methods, and multilevel research to compare
the effects of specific reward types and practices on
employeemotivation and on individual, team, and organiza-
tional outcomes. There is a need to analyze the underlying
mediating mechanisms and to identify individual, team, or
organizational level variables moderating these relation-
ships. The four studies in this issue address only a few of
the open research questions highlighted in our call for
papers, and other issues could be added. Furthermore, the
studies in this issue focus only on the individual level of
analysis. Questions on how team or organizational level
variables, such as work structure, leadership behavior,
organizational culture, and corporate strategy, influence
the relationship between specific reward types or combina-
tions of different reward types and reward outcomes are
open to further investigation. Thus, future research has
the challenge to address multi- and cross-level effects of
organizational rewards and individual, team, and organiza-
tional level contingencies. Until now, empirically-basedmul-
tilevel rewardmanagement research has been the exception
(e.g., Trevor &Wazeter, 2006). However, recent conceptual
papers on multilevel approaches to the effects of pay
variation (Conroy, Gupta, Shaw, & Park, 2014) or team
pay-for-performance (Conroy & Gupta, 2016) offer promis-
ing models to guide subsequent empirical investigations.
References
Cerasoli, C. P., Nicklin, J. M., & Ford, M. T. (2014). Intrinsic
motivation and extrinsic incentives jointly predict perfor-
mance: A 40-year meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 140,
980–1008. doi: 10.1037/a0035661
Editorial 59
� 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Journal of Personnel Psychology
(2017), 16(2), 57–60
Th
is
d
oc
um
en
t i
s c
op
yr
ig
ht
ed
b
y
th
e A
m
er
ic
an
P
sy
ch
ol
og
ic
al
A
ss
oc
ia
tio
n
or
o
ne
o
f i
ts
a
lli
ed
p
ub
lis
he
rs
.
Th
is
a
rti
cl
e
is
in
te
nd
ed
so
le
ly
fo
r t
he
p
er
so
na
l u
se
o
f t
he
in
di
vi
du
al
u
se
r a
nd
is
n
ot
to
b
e
di
ss
em
in
at
ed
b
ro
ad
ly
.
Ceschi, A., Costantini, A., Dickert, S., & Sartori, R. (2017).
The
impact of occupational rewards on risk taking among
managers. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16, 105–112.
doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000184
Conroy, S. A., & Gupta, N. (2016). Team pay-for-performance:
The
devil is in the details. Group & Organization Management, 41,
32–65. doi: 10.1177/1059601115607746
Conroy, S. A., Gupta, N., Shaw, J. D., & Park, T. Y. (2014). A
multilevel approach to the effects of pay variation. Research
in Personnel and Human Resources Management, 32, 1–64.
doi: 10.1108/S0742-730120140000032001
Deci, E. L., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. M. (1999). A meta-
analytic
review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic
rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125,
627–668. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.125.6.627
Fortune. (2016). 100 best companies to work for. Retrieved
from
http://fortune.com/best-companies/google-alphabet-1/
Garbers, Y., & Konradt, U. (2014). The effect of financial
incentives
on performance: A quantitative review of individual and team-
based financial incentives. Journal of Occupational and Orga-
nizational Psychology, 87, 102–137. doi: 10.1111/joop.12039
Gerhart, B., & Fang, M. (2014). Pay for (individual)
performance:
Issues, claims, evidence and the role of sorting effects. Human
Resource Management Review, 24, 41–52. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr.
2013.08.010
Giles, E. L., Robalino, S., McColl, E., Sniehotta, F. F., &
Adams, J.
(2014). The effectiveness of financial incentives for health
behaviour change: Systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS
One, 9, e90347. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0090347
Gläser, D., van Gils, S., & Van Quaquebeke, N. (2017). Pay-
for-
performance and interpersonal deviance: Competitiveness as
the match that lights the fire. Journal of Personnel Psychology,
16, 78–91. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000181
Gupta, N., & Shaw, J. D. (2015). Employee compensation: The
neglected area of HRM research. Human Resource Manage-
ment Review, 24, 1–4. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr.2013.08.007
Jenkins, G. D. Jr., Mitra, A., Gupta, N., & Shaw, J. D. (1998).
Are
financial incentives related to performance? A meta-analytic
review of empirical research. Journal of Applied Psychology,
83,
777–787. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.83.5.777
Larcker, D. F., Ormazabal, G., Tayan, B., & Taylor, D. J. (2014,
September). Follow the money: Compensation, risk, and the
financial crisis. Rock Center for Corporate Governance at
Stanford University. Closer Look Series: Topics, Issues and
Controversies in Corporate Governance No. CGRP-43; Stanford
University Graduate School of Business Research Paper No.
14-34. Retrieved from https://ssrn.com/abstract=2493398.
doi: 10.2139/ssrn.2493398
Mattson, M., Torbiörn, I., & Hellgren, J. (2014). Effects of staff
bonus systems on safety behaviors. Human Resource Manage-
ment Review, 24, 17–30. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr.2013.08.012
Milkovich, G., Newman, J., & Gerhart, B. (2016).
Compensation
(12th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
Renaud, S., Morin, L., & Béchard, A. (2017). Traditional
benefits
versus perquisites: A longitudinal test of their differential
impact on employee turnover. Journal of Personnel Psychology,
16, 92–104. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000180
Shaw, J. D., & Gupta, N. (2015). Let the evidence speak again!
Financial incentives are more effective than we thought.
Human Resource Management Journal, 25, 281–293.
doi: 10.1111/1748-8583.12080
Thibault Landry, A., Gagné, M., Forest, J., Guerrero, S.,
Séguin, M.,
& Papachristopoulos, K. (2017). The relation between financial
incentives, motivation, and performance: An integrative SDT-
based investigation. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16,
61–77. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000182
Trevor, C. O., & Wazeter, D. L. (2006). A contingent view of
reactions to objective pay conditions: Interdependence among
pay structure characteristics and pay relative to internal and
external referents. Journal of Applied Psychology, 91,
1260–1275. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.91.6.1260
Weibel, A., Rost, K., & Osterloh, M. (2010). Pay for
performance in
the public sector – Benefits and (hidden) costs. Journal
of Public Administration Research and Theory, 20, 387–412.
doi: 10.1093/jopart/mup009
Published online June 29, 2017
Conny H. Antoni
Work and Organizational Psychology
Department of Psychology
University of Trier
54286 Trier
Germany
[email protected]
60 Editorial
Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 � 2017
Hogrefe Publishing
Th
is
d
oc
um
en
t i
s c
op
yr
ig
ht
ed
b
y
th
e A
m
er
ic
an
P
sy
ch
ol
og
ic
al
A
ss
oc
ia
tio
n
or
o
ne
o
f i
ts
a
lli
ed
p
ub
lis
he
rs
.
Th
is
a
rti
cl
e
is
in
te
nd
ed
so
le
ly
fo
r t
he
p
er
so
na
l u
se
o
f t
he
in
di
vi
du
al
u
se
r a
nd
is
n
ot
to
b
e
di
ss
em
in
at
ed
b
ro
ad
ly
.

Week 5 WorksheetDirections For this assignment complete the work sh.docx

  • 1.
    Week 5 WorksheetDirections:For this assignment complete the work sheet below. Please type out your answers on a separate Word document and then upload it . Don’t forget to number your answers so they can be matched up to the correct question. 1. People were asked how many miles they lived from work. The responses were 22, 20, 1, 25, 35, 23, 18, 5, 22, 22, 15, 7, 14, 21, 5, 9 and 13. The national average distance from work is 20 miles. Find the following: a) Mean b) Median c) Mode d) Standard deviation e) Z-Score f) Range d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed distribution? Why or Why not? 2. At a pet store, a survey was taken asking how many pets each person had. The results were: 2, 5, 3, 1, 0, 4, 2, 7, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 6, 2, 10, 7, 3. The population average is 2. Find the following: a) Mean b) Median c) Mode d) Standard deviation e) Z-Score f) Range d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed distribution? Why or Why not?
  • 2.
    3. A sampleof eight students were randomly selected and asked, "How many times did you check your email yesterday?" The numbers were: 3, 0, 8, 7, 10, 2, 6, 12, 45, 82, 1, 23, 11, 4, 55, 0. The average number of email checks in the population is 16. a) Mean b) Median c) Mode d) Standard deviation e) Z-Score f) Range d) What would be the most appropriate measure of central tendency and why? Does this data represent a skewed distribution? Why or Why not? Running Head: ORGANZIATIONAL CULTURE AND PRODUCTION 1 ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE AND PRODUCTION 2 Organizational Culture and production Name Institutional Affiliation
  • 3.
    Maamari, B., &Saheb, A. (2018). How organizational culture and leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 630–651. Organization Culture and Production Summary The topic of the source is how organizational culture and leadership affect employees’ performance of gender. The authors sought to research on how the leaders’ choice and corporate culture influence employees. The study aimed to investigate if there is statistical evidence of the significant effects of organizational culture on the performance of the various genders and whether the leadership style in such an organization has an impact on the relationships. The study used observational method to conduct quantitative research and observation to identify organizational behavior and regularities. The study uses past literature on organizational culture, leadership, and performance in validating and carrying out the research (Maamari & Saheb, 2018). The authors concluded that the leadership style chosen by the organization and the organization culture has an effect on employee performance and gender implication. Analysis The authors have clearly outlined the research question, which was to identify the effects of leadership style and organization culture on employee’s performance. They have followed this strictly throughout the study by first covering on previous studies that have cover areas such as leadership style, organizational culture and performance thus their research adds value to the previous research which did not cover on gender. The theoretical framework of the study was not clearly captured as the authors have briefly discussed it, and a reader cannot identify it or understand it. The research methodology chosen by the authors was appropriate for the study as they have carried out an in-depth observation on organization set up. The authors issued questionnaires to the respondents, which is an
  • 4.
    effective method ofobtaining information to the anonymous nature of the results. The sample size was also efficient for the study. In addition to the research questions, a survey was also conducted in the course of the research, thus supplying extra information to the researcher as well as validating information obtained from the research group (Maamari & Saheb, 2018). The authors have outlined the limitations of the study so clearly so that future research on the same area can be carried out efficiently. Application The research has provided reach knowledge in the field of organization management as it has clearly shown how leadership style and organization culture influences performance. It has gone a notch higher in also explaining the effects of leadership and culture on gender performance. This information is very important in the business world today as the issue of gender and performance has not been clearly covered by previous researchers. It thus feels the gap in the field of organizational performance as it offers new information which has not been previously covered. The study is very relevant to me as I can rely upon it when carrying out a project related to organizational culture, leadership, or gender-related performance (Maamari & Saheb, 2018). The article has a universal application as in every organization, there is a chosen leadership style an organization culture which influences performance and gender hence, it can be applied in any organization set up. Running Head: INQURY-BASED STRESS REDUCTION 1 INQUIRY-BASED STRESS REDUCTION 3
  • 5.
    Inquiry- Based StressReduction Name Institutional Affiliation Lia, S., Inbal, M., Keren, Z., Zehavit, G., & Shahar, L. ( 2017). Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction Meditation Technique for Teacher Burnout: A Qualitative Study. Mind, Brain, and Education , 75-82. Inquiry- Based Stress Reduction Summary The source covers on the stress reduction on teachers using an inquiry-based technique. The authors of the article realized that there was a problem encountered by teachers as they carried out their day to day duties which caused them to have burnouts as well as affecting their mental wellness. They conducted research on teachers to identify how effective Enquiry-based stress reduction technique was on reducing these cases of burnout and emotional, mental load. The authors identified a gap in research where other researcher had carried out research on teachers but the idea to investigate the effects on mindfulness-stress based intervention. This created a gap in research which necessitated the need for the research. The participants of the study were teachers of a high school in Israel, and the chosen research design was the phenomenological analysis method (Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit, & Shahar, 2017). From the research, the authors concluded that that Inquiry based stress reduction technique had an effect of reducing burnout in teachers. Analysis Teachers sought to answer the question of whether an Inquiry-
  • 6.
    based stress mediationtechnique can have a positive effect on burnout. They used teachers as their research respondent. Throughout the research study, the author stuck by the questions as they tried to answer this research question, which was clearly formulated. They contributed significantly to the body of knowledge as previous researches have only studied burnout in teacher using different techniques other than the Inquiry-based technique. The authors chose a phenomenological analysis method, which was appropriate for the research study. They chose a sample size of 27 teachers from a high school in Israel, which was appropriate for the study as it was manageable (Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit, & Shahar, 2017). The conclusions made from the research study were justified by the chosen results obtained from the study. Application The research study is very rich in knowledge as it has widely covered the topic of stress and burnout among teacher. Previous researches conducted in the area of stress were too shallow hence, the study has filled the knowledge gap that was existing in this important area. The article is very useful for my future research in issues to do with stress and burnout as the literature review applied in the study are rich in knowledge. The results obtained from the study are also very relevant for any future study in this area. The phenomenological analysis method chosen for the study is also an efficient method for conducting research, especially when dealing with individual experience hence, it gave the best results for the study. I could use the same method when conducting research relating to individual experiences (Lia, Inbal, Keren, Zehavit, & Shahar, 2017). The article is also universal since cases of burnouts are universal among different professionals, not just in teachers. Therefore, the techniques can also be applied in various professional fields.
  • 7.
    How organizational cultureand leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders Bassem E. Maamari Department of Management Studies, Lebanese American University, Beirut, Lebanon, and Adel Saheb Adnan Kassar School of Business, Lebanese American University, Beirut, Lebanon Abstract Purpose – This paper aims to highlight the importance of organizational culture on the leader’s style and the effect of the chosen leadership style on the team’s performance. It surveys a strata of leaders from the Middle East in the current turbulent environment. Design/methodology/approach – A research paper based on a quantitative data collection in the service sector from a large number of stratified sampled firms and respondents. Findings – The cross-sectional data from 40 service companies reveal some interesting results highlighting the interrelationships between these three variables. The findings suggest that managers need to build on this concept finding in providing further training and development of employees’ skills in addition to an organizational culture of acceptance, adaptation and diversity. Research limitations/implications – Electing to use a specific
  • 8.
    set of criteriain sampling might have resulted in eliminating a meaningful different direction in the results. Moreover, the size of the survey tool limited the number of variables to test with the study. Practical implications – A number of implications are worthy of mention. First, devising reward programmes that are fairly attractive to both genders independently of each other should be a managerial priority, along with the creation and development of strong organizational cultures. Social implications – Finally, a coupled performance and organizational culture of efficiency at the workplace, if not paralleled with a proper leadership style that fosters positive results, will only result in partial improvements in the big organizational picture, resulting in the persistence of the old prejudice and discrimination along the gender and age lines. Originality/value – The study examines a suggested model in a new environment that is known to be deeply rooted in old-fashioned paternalistic managerial behaviour, and where change, if occurring, is extremely slow to introduce. Keywords Performance, Leadership style, Organizational culture, Gender Paper type Research paper 1. Introduction The contemporary integration of female workers into the Lebanese workplace has pulled the attention of the organizations towards the need of amendment to embrace this evolution. Due to the importance of employees’ fit to their commitment towards the organization (Behery and Paton, 2008), organizational culture is established
  • 9.
    from the inceptionphase in the life of any organization. It develops over time to reach a level of pervasiveness and deployment, making it one of the most challenging factors to change at a later point. With IJOA 26,4 630 Received 10April 2017 Revised 11 September 2017 20 October 2017 Accepted 22 October 2017 International Journal of Organizational Analysis Vol. 26 No. 4, 2018 pp. 630-651 © EmeraldPublishingLimited 1934-8835 DOI 10.1108/IJOA-04-2017-1151 The current issue and full text archive of this journal is available on Emerald Insight at: www.emeraldinsight.com/1934-8835.htm http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/IJOA-04-2017-1151 the advent multi-fold increased influx of women in the twentieth century to the workforce (Igbaria and Baroudi, 1995), the importance of the culture lies in its setting the framework for a number of variables in the organization, including
  • 10.
    performance standards, attitudes (efficiencyand/or effectiveness) and norms of behaviour. These in turn limit the contribution of the lower level leaders and managers that attempt to apply randomly different styles of leadership, whether transactional or transformational, to this setting where the norms are already pre-set. Therefore, this study is seeking to investigate the existence of statistically significant effect of organizational culture on performance of both genders and whether leadership style can or doesmediate this relationship. The organizational culture presents by itself as both an organizational strength as well as a barrier to development. Its effect may vary between improving efficiency and performance and hindering the workflow processes. Whereas leadership sets the rules of the game of how employees relate to each other and to managers, its outcomes provide value to the firm in terms of commitment, loyalty and dedication of the team members towards their colleagues, respective teams and their leaders. In this organizational setting, in a context where research concerning consequence and significance of the organizational culture and leadership style on performance is extremely limited in Lebanon, testing the proposed model earns a higher interest in themanagerial circles. This manuscript is organized into four sections, namely, a review of the available scholarly literature, followed by the methods used in the study, then the results and their analysis to draw somemanagerial implications and conclusions.
  • 11.
    2. Literature review Dwellinginto the managerial world, and seeing the importance that operational teams dedicate to performance and the ensuing outcomes, clears the picture for researchers. The compression of operating costs in a globalized business environment where the firm seeks to satisfy an ever-changing demand within a highly competitive market, forces the today’s organizations to overlook certain factors. Among these are the effects of organizational culture and leadership style on performance. The following presents a glance at the scholarly literature on the topics at hand, beginning by organizational culture, followed by leadership style then performance and the relationship between these factors. 2.1 Organizational culture Organizational culture or corporate culture is the set of values, beliefs and way of doing things in an organization. It defines the ambiance in which an employee is working and how he/she should behave to achieve his/her duties (Mgbere, 2009), and his/her awareness of what is occurring in the organizational environment (Hofstede, 2011). It has also an impact on decision-making, level of authority and agency theory in organizations (Childe et al., 2016). Therefore, this aspect of the organization has become widely important and interesting to measure its abilities to innovate and adapt to the change of the cultures and how it affects its performance (Mgbere, 2009). The national and societal culture of the
  • 12.
    country affects organizationalculture (Hofstede, 2011). According to Hofstede’s and Trompeneaars’ Model, there are measurable dimensions for the society’s culture that can influence and shape individuals’ values and norms who are the founders, employees and customers of the organizations. Values represent the corner stone and the supreme part of organizational culture (Hogan and Coote, 2014). But at the gender level, this performance is reported to vary largely, despite the many attempts to provide for equal opportunity. The explanation could be referred to the discriminatory prevailing attitude at the human capital level (Glass and Cook, 2016; Sidani, 2016; Salloum et al., 2016; Tlaiss and Kauser, 2011; Employees’ performance of genders 631 Gneezy et al., 2003). As a result, women still “face a ‘glass ceiling’ that prevents them from reaching top level management” (Salloum et al., 2016; Igbaria and Baroudi, 1995, p. 109). Women constitute a resource, which is not efficiently used in organizations, and it is time to decide how best to organize this human resource. As the corporate culture constitutes a boundary for both the employee and the manager that control and limit their behaviours, the
  • 13.
    performance of theemployee or the manager is affected by the extent to which they are integrated, and to extent to which they fit within that organization’s culture (Lysons, 2000). The employees’ success within corporations is measured by their capability to adjust their behaviour to fit in the corporate culture and is becoming an important determinant of the employee’s satisfaction and productivity (Davis and Landa, 2000). Mgbere (2009) reports that the relationship between the corporate culture and the performance is positive. For one, the performance of a company is highly related to the company’s culture if it has a strong culture that is well integrated and based on strong beliefs and values (Deal and Kennedy, 1983; Denison, 1990; Kotter and Heskett, 1992), and for two, employees’ job satisfaction is related to their perception of the own fit with the organizational culture (Behery and Paton, 2008). But when it comes to study the effect of corporate culture on economic performance, Mgbere (2009) cited Siehl and Martin (1990) who report a modest positive relationship between these two factors. Moreover, Behery and Paton (2008) report a positive relation between the organizational culture and the job satisfaction, resulting in boosted employee performance. Furthermore, their study took place in Dubai (non- Westernized country) to prove that this Westernized hypothesis is also valid in a non- Westernized environment, thus concluding that organizational culture affects organizational and individual performance. In addition, Bakar et al. (2008) concluded that there are four
  • 14.
    types of corporatecultures. They are competitive culture, entrepreneurial culture, bureaucratic culture and consensual culture. They argued that both the entrepreneurial culture and the consensual culture achieve the highest correlations between the other cultures. However, only entrepreneurial cultures show a statistical significance on the overall job performance. Thus, an organization that strives to improve its employee’s job performance should inculcate innovative culture that creates an exciting and dynamic environment in which entrepreneurial and ambitious people thrive in this environment. Furthermore, Yiing and Bin Ahmad (2009) cited in their article that the organizational culture plays an important role in generating commitment and enhancing performance (Dubey et al., 2017; Lok and Crawford, 2001; Deal and Kennedy, 1983; Peters et al., 1982), and he posed some studies that show a strong positive relationship between the supportive and innovative cultures and the job satisfaction and commitment, while the bureaucratic culture had a negative relationship with the job satisfaction and commitment (Silverthorne, 2004; Abdul Rashid et al., 2003; Brewer and Clippard, 2002; Lok and Crawford, 2001; London et al., 1999; Krausz et al., 1995; Brewer and Weber, 1994; Brewer, 1993; Trice and Beyer, 1993; Kratina, 1990; Wallach, 1983). Pool (2000) argued how some work environments cause stress for its employees. Executives may form high levels of stress in carrying out
  • 15.
    requirements. This iswhy they must be considerate when distributing work assignments within the prevalent organizational culture. In addition, accelerating changes must fit the organization’s culture to reach successful business goals strategically. This, keeping in mind that organizational culture is affected by gender predisposition (Madsen et al., 2005; Goulet and Singh, 2002; Kirchmeyer, 1995) and incompatible values or interests of individuals leads to organizational conflict ending up with the accommodation of the weakest party. Joiner (2001) also discussed job- related stress in her article. It is defined as an interactive imbalance between the individual and the individual’s work environment (French et al., 1974). From this, we conclude the IJOA 26,4 632 necessity of a top-down organizational evolutionary change starting with a new organizational culture that commits all members equally to its body resulting in a win–win strategy. 2.2 Leadership style Leading is the art of communicating a clear vision and empowering employees towards organizational goals. Mgbere (2009) defines leadership as the ability to work with a group
  • 16.
    of people (employees)to achieve a goal (Northouse, 2015; Fry, 2003; Robbins and Coulter, 2001; Lussier, 1990). He also points to the fact that the leadership style affects performance (Sauer, 2011; Fry, 2003; Bycio et al., 1995; Bass and Avolio, 1990). Although “no gender differences in leadership style are found” (Engen et al., 2001, p. 581), in today’s environment where cultures are changing rapidly due to globalization, leaders play a definitive role in helping the corporate entity to adapt to this new changing culture (Fiedler, 1996; Hennessey, 1998). Culture is expressed either implicitly through communicating information or explicitly through rules and regulations (Hofstede, 2011). While there are reports that males score high on individualism and masculinity, whereas females score high on power distance and long-term orientation (Alanezi and Alansari, 2016), evidence from Europe shows that women’s delineation and critical thinking boosts creativity and widens the panorama of decision-making (Christiansen et al., 2016), leaving a strong impact on female directors’ performance in China (Liu et al., 2014). According to Chen (2004), recent organizational crises have emphasized the need for leadership and personal commitment, which has become more critical for organizational success (Selznick, 2011), irrespective of gender stereotyping (Engen et al., 2001), while the leaders’ valuation is in itself highly gender stereotyped (Eagly et al., 1992). In addition, women are still underrepresented and less likely to be promoted
  • 17.
    for top leadershippositions (Glass and Cook, 2016; Salloum et al., 2016). Many models of leadership are incorporated in leadership theories and even if males in the MENA region have monopolized these models, a further look among other developed societies might anticipate in resizing the number of female leaders in the Arab countries (Sidani et al., 2015). Sidani (2016) sees that the change can occur gradually whenever cultural and institutional factors welcome this fair participation and unprejudiced opportunities for working women. The study of leadership has been developed over the past 100 years (Bass, 2000). The impact of leadership style on corporate culture and its challenges to adapt to any new culture highlights the importance of having a more dynamic understanding for the role of organizational leaders and culture in ensuring the organization’s present and future success (Ehrhart et al., 2013; Mgbere, 2009). Furthermore, Cuong and Swierczek (2008) report that leadership competencies consist of eight skills, namely, peer, leadership, conflict resolution, information processing, unstructured decision-making, resource allocation, entrepreneurial and introspection. From the motivation-based leadership theories emerged transformational leadership (Liden et al., 2014; Yukl, 1997), transactional leadership (Piccolo et al., 2012; Bass and Avolio,
  • 18.
    1994), path-goal leadership(Fry, 2003; House, 1996; House and Mitchell, 1974) and charismatic leadership (Fry, 2003; Conger and Kanungo, 1998; Shamir et al., 1993; House and Howell, 1992; House, 1977). Transformational leadership on one hand is defined in terms of the leader’s effect on followers, where employees feel trust, admiration, loyalty and respect towards the leader (Liden et al., 2014; Yukl, 1997). Transactional leadership, on the other hand, emphasizes on the exchange or transaction that takes place between colleagues and leaders, and leaders and followers (Bass and Avolio, 1994; Piccolo et al., 2012). Path goal Employees’ performance of genders 633 leadership motivates employees by selecting the appropriate behaviour for each situation (supportive, participative or achievement-oriented) and providing all the employees needs along their path towards the goal (Fry, 2003; House, 1996; House andMitchell, 1974). Finally, charismatic leadership requires certain talents such as the ability to influence and inspire others towards ideological goals and moral values where followers are willing to mitigate with these values and to go beyond their duties (Fry, 2003; Conger and Kanungo, 1998;
  • 19.
    Shamir et al.,1993; House and Howell, 1992; House, 1977). Mgbere (2009) notes the complexity of the research on the relationship between the corporate culture, leadership style and corporate performance due to the multiplicity of cultures to which the organization’s members belong, and this situation makes the role of the leader harder and more difficult to define and to relate it directly to the corporate performance (Brown et al., 2013). Davis and Landa (2000-2001) support the existence of a relationship between the leadership style and performance, and they refer in their article to Duxbury and Higgins (1991) research that shows the impact of a supervisor who follows the controlling style which results in undermining the employees’ effectiveness, as opposed to the impact of a supervisor who follows the supportive style and which results in developing more effective employees. To positively use the leader’s position and its impact on employees’ performance, the leader in the first place should fit into the organization’s culture, and his leading style should be adequate to the circumstances of the organization as well as to its culture. This combination will empower the positive relationship between the leadership style and the performance (Fullan, 2011; Lee, 2008; Yiing and Bin Ahmad, 2009). The gender inequality in the number of female upper-level manager is thus attributed to “gender connotations” (Cooper Jackson, 2001) and to the lack of appropriate style of leadership at the female leaders (Engen et al., 2001). Thereby, “the more instrumental, task
  • 20.
    oriented, autocratic stylesare therefore often referred to as masculine leadership styles and the interpersonal-oriented, charismatic, and democratic styles as feminine leadership styles” (Engen et al., 2001, p. 582). But whether these affect performance remains to investigate. 2.3 Performance Employee performance can be defined as the activities that are formally recognized as part of the job and that contribute to the organization’s goals (Borman and Motowidlo, 1997). There are two dimensions of performance: an action dimension known as the behavioural aspect and an outcome dimension known as the performance aspect (Roe, 1999; Campbell et al., 1993; Campbell et al., 1990). In this paper, the behavioural aspect of performance is considered to be consistent with the work situation and job specifications, which then turns into the means of achieving organizational goals and objectives, that is, the outcome dimension or the performance aspect. Employee performance is the building block of an organization, as the progress of an organization is a collective effort of all its members (Isaac Mwita, 2000). The main purpose of any organization is to maximize productivity, decrease employee turnover and increase employee retention (Mowday et al., 2013). Therefore, to reach organization’s goals, managers need to focus on factors that affect the performance of employees at the workplace and hence increase the productivity (McColl-Kennedy and Anderson, 2002). At the beginning of their
  • 21.
    career, males andfemales show no remarkable disparity in the level of their performance; however, with time, gender differences become visible (Van Den Besselaar and Sanström, 2016; Tlaiss and Kauser, 2011) when uncontrolled situations such us discrimination (Mills, 2017), constricted collaboration, motherhood and cramped conditions emerge (Larivière et al., 2011). Yet, gender diversity increases the financial performance of organizations (Christiansen et al., 2016). Consequently, the factors that lay the foundation for high performance must be analysed IJOA 26,4 634 and addressed meticulously by the organizations to ensure organizational success, including bothmain factors; organizational culture and leadership style. 2.4 Effect of organizational culture on performance Early researchers believed that there is a relationship between organizational culture and organizational performance. Magee (2002) argues that as organizational culture is inherently connected to organizational practices (Rofcanin et al., 2017; Zain et al., 2009), it is manifested by the collaborative circumstances between the different units of the organization (Hofstede, 2011). Therefore, organizational performance relies greatly on organizational culture. The fact that attitudes are part of the organizational culture and part
  • 22.
    of the employees’ performancewill straighten out the relation between organizational culture and performance. The relation between belief, participation and performance is associated by the organizational culture (Debusscher et al., 2017; Dubey et al., 2017). According to Tseng (2010), an adhocracy culture has a greater effect than clan and hierarchy culture on corporate performance because it creates a comfortable environment for creativity and innovation. According to Slocum and Hellriegel (2009), organizational culture can boost performance on a large scale, and the culture of an organization allows the employees to be acquainted with both the firm’s history and current methods of operation (Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Zain et al., 2009). Moreover, Kozlowski and Klein (2000) report that an organization is a consciously coordinated system where characteristics of individuals, groups and organizations interact with each other, and where the effective interaction among them highly depends on organizational culture that shapes the individual performance leading in most of cases, that high performers are more appreciated and promoted than low performers (Cross et al., 2000). Furthermore, the mutual benefit relationship between an organization and its employees supports this idea, where we find that all organizations are thriving to recruit high performing individuals to meet the organizational objectives and achieve competitive advantages. Gender variance in performance result
  • 23.
    either from genderquality differences or gender bias (Van Den Besselaar and Sanström, 2016). Because most of higher positions and those related to authority and power are still more dedicated to men (Van Den Besselaar and Sanström, 2016), rigorous comparison of gender performance is not always viable (Abramo et al., 2013). Therefore, employees need supportive organizational cultures to promote both genders with similar opportunities (Van Den Brink et al., 2006) to help them reach individual and cumulative departmental objectives. Many researchers consider individual factors (i.e. ability and effort) to be of great importance to highlight the link between organizational culture and employee performance (Gardner and Schermerhorn, 2004; Schermerhorn and Nyaw, 1990). According to Furnham and Gunter (1993), organizational culture is the internal integration and coordination between a firm’s operations and its employees. Internal integration can be described as the societal interaction of new members with the existing ones, creating the boundaries of the organizational feelings of identity among staff and commitment to the organization. The shared system, which forms the basis of communication and mutual understanding in the organization, is created and supported by the culture, and if the organizational culture fails to fulfil these functions at a satisfactory level, the culture may have a significant negative influence on the efficiency of the employees (Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Furnham and
  • 24.
    Gunter, 1993). A strongorganizational culture supports adaptation and develops the organization’s employee performance by motivating employees towards a shared goal and objective, although some scholars report a neutral effect (Behery and Paton, 2008). Nevertheless, Employees’ performance of genders 635 coaching, equal opportunities, status, expectations (Kalhoff et al., 2011) and pay policy based on employee characteristics and performance, (Austen et al., 2013) enhance employee behaviour over the long run (Kalhoff et al., 2011). Finally, shaping and channelling employees’ behaviour to that specific direction should be at the top of both operational and functional strategies (Daft, 2010). Although organizational culture has no direct impact on the financial performance (Yesil and Kaya, 2013), but recently evaluating the intangible assets such as employees, systems and culture became part of the balanced scorecard of companies that seeks competitive advantage in a dynamic environment (Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Kaplan and Norton, 1996). Starbucks coffee company, with more than 2,500
  • 25.
    worldwide stores, relatesits success to employees’ performance and believes that employees work best with customers when they are better treated (Flamholtz and Randle, 1998). A firm’s mission reflects its ultimate long-term objective, which is accomplished by conducting integrated operational and behavioural activities. A firm’s performance improves if it has a clear sense of purpose and commitment towards its mission. A successful and a well- performing organization defines its organizational goals as the report card of its forthcoming (long-term) future (Hamel and Prahalad, 1994; Mintzberg, 1987; Ohmae, 1982). Chatman et al. (1998) postulate that organizational culture has a considerable effect on work processes and outcomes. Moreover, organizational culture shapes the way employees operate and interact with each other in an organization, and affects their self-perceptions, post-task assessment and performance (Beyer, 1990). The cultural model comprises various norms, beliefs, values, rituals and symbols that govern the operating style of the people within a company. The corporate culture holds the workforce together and provides a direction for the company. The world is changing, and culture has to adjust accordingly (Awadh and Alyahya, 2013; Hofstede, 2011). In times of change, the biggest challenge for any organization may be to change its culture, as the employees are already accustomed to a certain way of doing their routines (Chatman et al., 1998), and this brings us to the irreplaceable role of leadership along with the rehabilitation of organizational culture
  • 26.
    (Awadh and Alyahya,2013). Thus, the need to study where the relationship stands and whether it is gender differentiated. 2.5 The effect of leadership on performance Leadership is a process based on social influence in which the leader strives for the voluntary participation of subordinates to achieve organizational goals. A leader is a person who motivates others to act, so as to carry out specified objectives. According to Maslow’s theory, motivation depends on the hierarchy of needs of individuals regardless of their gender. Organizations need effective leaders, leaders who understand the convolutions of the rapidly changing global environment (Kim and Yoon, 2015; Finkelstein and Hambrick, 1996). A structured task and a leader with a good relationship with the employees are the perfect combination to generate high effectiveness on the part of the employees (Boehm et al., 2015). Leadership styles could be divided into four main types: autocratic, democratic, laissez- faire and human relations. An autocratic leader (dictator) is a leader who has the notion of controlling all decisions, often outlining the means of how to achieve targets. Such a leader uses fear and control to lead employees. Democratic leaders on the other hand would involve group members in decision-making activities. The laissez-faire approach encourages independence of followers and rarely contributes to the processes that generate output. Finally, a human relations leader emphasizes on people more
  • 27.
    than he emphasizeson performance (Skakon et al., 2010; Misumi and Peterson, 1985; Gastil, 1994). IJOA 26,4 636 Several studies examined the effect of the different leadership styles on employee performance. (Chen, 2004; Fry, (2003). Motivation enhances performance (Fry, (2003). Therefore, leader’s gender plays a significant role in fluctuating performance, as their capability of interaction and motivation differs (AlAnezi and Alansari, 2016; Rice et al., 1979). Moreover, Kaur (1993) reports that most Indian managers prefer the autocratic style, and that employees in the observed organizations are highly committed to their organizations and are highly satisfied with their jobs, and their performance is high (Kaur, 1993). A number of studies carried out in the Arab world suggest that leadership in the Arab cultures fosters consultative and participative tendencies (Alnuaimi, 2013). According to this study, the influence of Islamic and tribal values and beliefs on leadership cannot be denied, as both Islamic and tribal laws underpin consultation in all aspects of life (Boussif, 2010). Based on gender’s performance in working and conflicts conditions, leadership competencies such as relational
  • 28.
    and interpersonal skills aremore likely related to the quality of female leaders, whereas strategic planning and decision-making are mainly male’s leadership skills (Almaki et al., 2016). However, the various positions held by outstanding female leaders (Irene Rosenfeld, Indra K. Nooyi, Drew Gilpin Faust, etc.) can change the equation and consider culture the key reason holding back women from leadership positions. Moreover, scholars highlight the relationship between leadership and employee job performance within an organization. While management by fear can create tensions that might produce the desired result in the short term, it is unlikely that success will be sustained, whereas leaders who create a trusting open environment where information is shared create an organization that can rise to any challenge (Jing and Avery, 2008). A particular style of leadership may not always motivate good performance. Varying the leadership styles according to the different situations is recommended, and each leader must be able to know when to exhibit a particular approach and with whom. No one-leadership style is ideal for every situation; a leader may have knowledge and skills to act effectively in one situation but may not emerge as effective in another (Goleman et al., 2013). Employees consider transformational leadership style part of an innovative culture that provides the suitable climate for creativity (Kim and Yoon, 2015) and boosts performance (Boehm et al., 2015). From the employees’ perspective, what they see leader’s
  • 29.
    behaviour builds their perceptionof the person-leader, and on this perception, they build their own feedback, cooperation level and adjustment to the work environment and its demands. The essence is not whether one specific leadership style is better to be applied than the others, but rather to test whether the way the leader deals with the employees (style) reflects in their performance of their work tasks, taking into account the individual preferences of leadership styles. As a result of the above discussion of the reviewed literature, a gap is identified in the body of knowledge, where the relationship between organizational culture and employees’ performance could be both direct and indirect (as mediated by leadership style). Where most of the reported studies report one relationship only between organizational culture and employees’ performance, or on between leadership style and performance, this paper investigates both relationship simultaneously, as both direct, and as mediated by leadership style. To address this gap, the researchers are suggesting the following hypotheses to test (Figure 1): H1. Organizational culture positively affects employees’ performance. H2. Leadership style mediates the relationship between organizational culture and employees’ performance. Employees’
  • 30.
    performance of genders 637 3. Methodology Thisstudy’s philosophy follows the positivist theory which underlines observational information and investigational work to identify noticeable regularities. It follows the deductive approach to research aiming at postulating hypotheses and testing them for the purpose of amending or modifying available theories. Moreover, the study uses a survey as a tool popular among business researchers and respondents as well, to collect data about the respondents a leadership style, and relies on data from the operational records of the companies surveyed in assessing employees’ performance. This strategy allows for a faster and cheaper data collection process than other strategies, while permitting the selection of the sample (random or other) to measure for a set number of variables while controlling for others. The researchers opted for the use of the survey technique, choosing a quantitative approach for their cross-sectional study. The collected data is then analysed for the purpose of identifying results, or trends in the observed sample (Saunders et al., 2009). For the purpose of this study, a questionnaire is prepared in four sections. The first
  • 31.
    comprises of fourdemographic questions aimed at capturing the respondents’ gender, age, education and tenure, where all the targeted sample is of employees in the service sector. To avoid the issue of predictive validity, the researchers used scales that are already tested and validated. The second part is composed of 12 measure items that focus on organizational culture, and borrowed from a commonly used survey and adapted for the purpose of this study (http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/ orgcultquest.html). The third part of the questionnaire is made up of six questions on performance and used to compare results with actual operational data, and the last part is composed of ten questions taken from the Humming Network’s questionnaire for performance assessment (http://humming.net.au/ questionnaire.pdf). Moreover, and as the purpose of the study is to assess the impact of organizational culture (if any) on both leadership style and performance, as well as the effect of leadership style on performance, the leadership style questionnaire targeted the population of employees in the service sector, as applied in the field of Lebanon using a questionnaire developed by Palgrave (www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style. pdf) and published by Northouse (2015). The survey tool was piloted using a small hard copy of the questionnaire on a group of 37 employees working in two different service firms to assert easy of understanding, language simplicity and clarity of job at hand. For the sampling process, the researchers analysed the
  • 32.
    population at hand.The total population is estimated to be 110,000 employees. The researchers visited 72 firms in total and distributed a total of 550 questionnaires through email lists received from a network of 40 medium-sized service companies whose top management accepted to participate in the study. Then the researchers visited these firms again, met with the Human Resources (HR) managers to put in place the data collection Figure 1. Suggested model IJOA 26,4 638 http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/ http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf process, allowing for confidentiality and anonymity of the data collected, whereby the respondents received an email directly from the researchers and responded on-line. In selecting the sample, the researchers put a number of criteria. First, the respondent needed to have a personal email at work. Second, the respondent should have an adequate mastery of the English language to be able to fill the questionnaire. Finally, for privacy and adequacy
  • 33.
    of data collection,the respondents needed to have access to the internet from their own private workstation. The respondents received an email directly from the researchers and responded anonymously online or through printing their responses and depositing them in unmarked envelops in the HR fromwhere the researchers collected them in person. The received 407 responses from the 40 firms in different geographic locations span a wide coverage of the country (3.7%, of total population). Out of the received responses, a few proved to bemissing data; thus, the final number of usable responses was 400. The researchers entered the data to SPSS 22 to facilitate data entry and data cleaning. Then, a number of statistical tests were run on the data. The first test was the CFA test run on the data of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of the questionnaire. The results show that the questionnaire is valid as is. Moreover, the KMO results were 0.911, 0.828 and 0.676, respectively, with Sig = 0.000 for all. Finally, the scale reliability is analysed through the Cronbach’s alpha test whose results are 0.842 for OC, 0.546 for leadership style and 0.843 for performance. Second, analysing the data, the researchers found that age group distribution of the respondents who voluntarily contributed to the study is mainly young. In fact, the first age group (aged 18-25) represents 51.0 per cent of the total sample, whereas 32.0 per cent are 26 to 35 years old, and 8.5 per cent from the group are 36 to 45 years old, 6.8 per cent are 46 to 55 years and
  • 34.
    only 1.8 percent are older. This is in line with the population demographics in a country where the demographic distribution pyramid is wide-based. Second, the gender of the respondents is 207 males (51.7 per cent) and 193 females (48.3 per cent), which is close to the national gender distribution of 46.5 per cent males and 53.5 per cent females. Third, as for the educational level of the respondents, the sample is composed of a majorly educated group where 61.0 per cent hold a bachelor’s degree (BA/BS); 21.5 per cent hold a masters’ degree and 4.8 per cent hold higher level degrees, leaving only 5.3 per cent with high school education or less and 7.5 per cent of sophomore, baccalaureate or technical/vocational degrees. Finally, the tenure of the respondents as highlighted by the results received shows that the majority have less than five years of work experience with the current organization (59.0 per cent), 13.8 per cent have 6 to 10 years, 10.8 have 11 to 15 years, 8.3 per cent each have 16 to 20 and 21 years or more. 4. Results For analysing the respondents’ replies, the data are used to run a correlation analysis using SPSS 22. The results reveal a number of interesting relationships. First, gender is positively weakly correlated with tenure, organizational culture and performance. This means that for females: tenure is longer (r = 0.258; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01); organizational culture is more important (r = 0.103; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.05); and performance of females is higher (r = 0.258; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.05). Second, age is negatively weakly
  • 35.
    correlated with gender(r =�0.145; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01) meaning that there are more young female employees in these firms than there are males. Moreover, age is positively but weakly correlated with both performance (r = 0.138; Sig. = 0.006; p < 0.01) and leadership style (r = 0.119; Sig. = 0.017; p< 0.05), which shows that the older employees are more sensitive to the style of leadership applied in the organization, and respond with increased performance on the job. Third, tenure is positively weakly correlated with organizational culture (r = 0.133; Sig. = 0.008; p < 0.01), performance (r = 0.176; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01) and leadership style (r = 0.154; Employees’ performance of genders 639 Sig = 0.002; p < 0.01). Fourth, organizational culture is strongly positively correlated to performance (r = 0.736; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01) but very weakly to leadership style (r = 0.086; Sig. = 0.087; p < 0.05). Finally, performance is weakly positively correlated to leadership style (r= 0.206; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01). Furthermore, a regression analysis was run to identify the explanatory power of the different variables of the suggested model. Using SPSS 22, the
  • 36.
    postulated relationships are testedindependently (Figure 2), then using the “Enter” function, the model was tested. The results show that organizational culture does affect employees’ performance (R2 = 0.540; Sig. = 0.000), allowing us to accept the H1. When leadership style is “Entered” into the regression, adjusted R2 increases slightly (2 per cent) (from R2 = 0.540 to 0.560, with Sig. = 0.000). This allows us to accept ourH2 in general. The formula for the straight line equation is as follows: F Performanceð Þ ¼ 0:445ð ÞOrganizational Culture þ 0:157ð ÞLeadership Style � 3:853 Regression analysis is also used, using the Process Macros technique and Hayes, to investigate the hypothesis that leadership style mediates the effect of organizational culture on employees’ performance (Appendix). Results indicate that organizational culture is not a significant predictor leadership style, b = 0.0483; SE = 0.0282; p = 0.0871, and that leadership style is a significant predictor of employees’ performance, b = 0.1571***; SE = 0.0364. These results do not fully support the mediation hypothesis, as organizational culture is still a significant predictor of employees’ performance after controlling for the mediator leadership style, b = 0.4455***; SE = 0.0205. Approximately, 2 per cent of the variation in the dependent variable (employees’ performance) is accounted for by the predictor (R2 = 0.0218). The indirect effect is tested using a bootstrap estimation approach
  • 37.
    with 400 samples.These results indicate the indirect coefficient is not significant, b = 0.0759; SE = 0.0058, 95 per cent CI = �0.0013 0.0219. Employees’ performance is associated with approximately 0.168 points higher employees performance scores as mediated by Leadership Style. Moreover, to analyse for gender-related variance in performance, the researchers ran two tests. First, a hierarchical multiple regression and, second, a correlations and linear regression analysis after performing a data split. First, the hierarchical multiple regression is used with the predictor independent variable (organizational culture) as reported by Behery and Paton (2008), Lok and Crawford (2001), Deal and Kennedy (1983) and Peters et al. (1982). Leadership is entered as a “Next” variable and performance as a dependent. Moreover, the demographic variable “Gender” is also entered as a “Net” variable to test what Madsen et al. (2005), Goulet and Singh (2002) and Kirchmeyer (1995) report to be a predisposition effect. The results of the show that gender’s effect on the variability of the Figure 2. Regression analysis results R = 0.736 R2 = 0.541 R = 0.086 R2 = 0.007
  • 38.
    Sig. = 0.087 Leadershipstyle Organiza�onal culture R = 0.206 R2 = 0.400 Performance Sig. = 0.000 Sig. = 0.000 IJOA 26,4 640 results is insignificant (R2 = 0.000; Sig. = 0.816); whereas organizational culture explains 54.2 per cent (R2 = 0.542; Sig. = 0.000) and leadership style improved variability of the independent variable by 2 to 56.2 per cent (R2 = 0.562; Sig. = 0.000). Second, the results of the correlations’ test clearly show the existence of gendered variances in perceptions and employees’ beliefs (Tables I and II). In addition to the demographic variables’ correlation relationships with the different factors under consideration, OC is highly correlated to performance for both genders at slightly different levels (R2Male = 0.774; Sig. = 0.000; p < 0.01; R2Female = 0.700; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01), the same applies to the correlation between OC
  • 39.
    and leadership style(R2Male = 0.039; Sig. = 0.576; R 2 Female = 0.132; Sig. = 0.06); and performance and leadership style (R2Male = 0.151; Sig. = 0.029; p < 0.01; R 2 Female = 0.257; Sig. = 0.000; p< 0.01). Moreover, the regression results of the testing of the model with data split by gender resulted in slight variations in the statistical outcome (Figures 3 and 4) and the following two different formulas of the straight line. Table I. Correlation results by gender Correlation of variables Male Female R2 Significance R2 Significance Age and tenure 0.646** 0.000 0.441** 0.000 Age and organizational citizenship 0.015 0.836 0.208** 0.004 Age and performance 0.040 0.572 0.287** 0.000 Age and leadership style 0.130 0.061 0.106 0.141 Education and tenure 0.177* 0.011 0.038 0.604 Education and performance �0.0 08 0.911 0.212** 0.003 Tenure and organizational citizenship 0.006 0.936 0.309** 0.000
  • 40.
    Tenure and performance0.055 0.435 0.335** 0.000 Tenure and leadership style 0.072 0.305 0.258** 0.000 Tenure and democratic leadership 0.058 0.407 0.152** 0.035 Tenure and autocratic leadership 0.049 0.480 0.252** 0.000 Organizational citizenship and performance 0.774** 0.000 0.700** 0.000 Organizational citizenship and leadership style 0.039 0.576 0.132 0.068 Performance and leadership style 0.151* 0.029 0.257** 0.000 Notes: *p< 0.05; **p< 0.01 Table II. Regression results by gender Regression R R2 Significance SE F Male A OC and Perf 0.774 0.599 0.000 3.129 306.264 B OC and LS 0.039 0.002 0.576 4.523 0.314 C LS and Perf 0.151 0.023 0.029 4.884 4.814 C’ Mediation 0.783 0.614 0.000 3.078 162.078 Female A OC and Perf 0.700 0.490 0.000 3.806 183.516 B OC and LS 0.132 0.017 0.068 4.837 3.379 C LS and Perf 0.257 0.066 0.000 5.151 13.462 C’ Mediation 0.719 0.517 0.000 3.712 101.883 Employees’ performance of genders
  • 41.
    641 FMale Performanceð Þ¼ 0:466ð ÞOrganizational Culture þ 0:133ð ÞLeadership Style � 3:774 FFemale Performanceð Þ ¼ 0:425ð ÞOrganizational Culture þ 0:183ð ÞLeadership Style � 3:936 The results show that male respondents emphasize more on OC, while their female counterparts stress more on leadership style, which allows us to accept H2, that the relationship is gender affect. 5. Analysis The results of the data analysis reveal some important factors that should be further highlighted. First, analysing the results for gender, the relationship between gender and tenure shows that the female employees have a higher tendency to remain tenured on the job. Adding the result that the respondents’ age is negatively correlated with gender, i.e. there are more men older in age than women on the job, while also having more young women than men. This shows that the job market is accepting higher level of women in entry level jobs, whereas the majority of those tenured are men. Moreover, the relationship of gender with organizational culture clearly shows that the female employees embrace organizational culture to a higher extent and also perform better than their male counterparts. The reasons behind this female adaptation to the
  • 42.
    organizational culture might besocially implied, in a majorly paternalistic society, the manager is a male figure who plays or fits in the role/figure, enjoying a team of subordinating employees. Second, the relationship between age and performance is positively correlated. As a rule of thumb, older employees should know the job better due to their learning curve and work Figure 4. Regression analysis results – female respondents R = 0.700 R2 = 0.490 Sig. = 0.000 Sig. = 0.068 Leadership style Organiza�onal culture R = 0.257 R2 = 0.066 Sig. = 0.000 Performance R = 0.132 R2 = 0.017 Figure 3. Regression analysis
  • 43.
    results –male respondents R =0.151 R2 = 0.023 Sig. = 0.029R = 0.774 R2 = 0.599 Sig. = 0.000 R = 0.039 R2 = 0.002 Sig. = 0.576 Leadership style Organiza�onal culture Performance IJOA 26,4 642 experience, and this is also confirmed by this field exercise. However, what is an unexpected result is that older employees are exerting behaviours affected by the leadership style, whereas with expectations of maturity and wisdom, one would expect otherwise. Thus, senior employees are showing more resistance rather than adaptability to the leadership
  • 44.
    style used theirrespective leaders. This pushes the researchers to believe that managers need to build on this conceptual finding in providing further training and development of employees’ skills in addition to an organizational culture of acceptance, adaptation and diversity. This unexpected result that older employees are more affected by their superior’s leadership style than younger ones raises a question concerning work experience, social intelligence andwork environment dynamics that need further investigation. Third, the relationship between tenure and organizational culture traditionally follows the logic of longer in the company, better adapted to its culture and better serving as ambassador for its dissemination. Moreover, the positive correlation of tenure and performance at work is no news in the academic field. However, relating tenure to leadership style is arguable as managerial practices are rarely cited as a main or primary reason for tenure. Despite this, it is to the advantage of the leader to work with a more coherent and motivated team, as compared to a group of people who happened to be there. Managers should take into consideration this fact when introducing new leadership and provide the in- coming leader with a glimpse of historic information on the team for better readiness and adaptability on the leader’s side too. Fourth, a stronger organizational culture of efficiency and accomplishments, where management seeks to find reasons to reward pre-approved
  • 45.
    standards, or behaviourleads to better compliance and adaptation to the peer stream of thought and behaviour. This allows new-coming staff to blend in faster and giving management the advantage of a homogeneous workforce or team that allows for higher work outputs. Moreover, the leadership style that encourages a culture of efficiency and accomplishment finds himself leading a more efficient team that has a certain zeal towards challenging jobs, and that naturally ends up providing a higher performance level. Fifth, a strong organizational culture typified by a specific leadership style will affect the performance of the many who do not champion this same style. The results of such beliefs may generate either a less motivated work behaviour with less performance and zeal or with employees reaching a plateau at which development and performance are out of the frame. Finally, analysing for the gendered effect, the results vary slightly among the genders in different dimensions. The differences are attributed to general gender issues and behavioural conducts. The introduction of the leadership style for both males and females increases fit of the model explaining the effect of OC on performance by approximately 9 per cent for men and 5 per cent for women. 6. Implications, limitations and conclusions This study is the result of a thorough scientific process and its results span across both academic and practical worlds. Therefore, in the following, we
  • 46.
    present a numberof managerial implications, study limitations and suggestions for future research. Building on the field study results reported here-above, a number of implications are worthy of mention. First, managers should devise coaching and reward programmes that are fairly attractive to both genders independently of each other. These programmes should take into consideration the gender and age factors to entice andmotivate younger employees to perform better. Today’s young members of the work-teams are better networked, more informed and ambitious, probably have their different respective agendas and goals, that thereby need to be aligned with those of the organization using tools that are more Employees’ performance of genders 643 interactive, flexible and customized. Second, the human resources function in an organization, along with its upper management levels, should put forth plans to strengthen their organizational culture’s desirable norms, values and beliefs, using different art-facts, stories, rituals, routines, events, meetings, newsletter, web sites or other means, while also
  • 47.
    aligning the organizationalculture with the company’s vision, mission, values and long- term strategic goals. To do so, plans must be carefully developed and unfolded, using different targeted diffusion media and support programmes that can attain the specific gender/age groups of employees and potential hires. The result of a pervasive positive culture is reported in the literature to improve performance and tenure, and thus warrants the efforts and costs of such a plan to disseminate the culture to a higher pervasiveness level. Third, creating a strong culture in the organization through unified norms, values and beliefs, improves both employees’ efficiency and effectiveness, communication and mutual understanding. Moreover, it helps mainstream those members of the team who are either accidental or from different cultural backgrounds, into a workable middle-point at which work-flow and processes improve. This step inherently means on the other side of the coin, that the organization may shed or that some employees may elect to withdraw, creating an excessive resource leakage beyond the normal attrition rate, and that the human resources department should take into account in their recruitment plans and activities. Fourth, initiating, building and enhancing a strong culture within an organizational setting creates a sense of belonging, a feeling of similarity and unity among employees, in addition to the core belief of organizational ownership. This ownership feeling by itself generates a performance efficiency as employees begin to associate themselves with their organization, and their
  • 48.
    well-being and futurecareer plans with those of the organization’s development and well- being. Therefore, compensation plans with profit sharing or similar tools may prove to be efficient. Fifth, a strong organizational culture would also mean a certain agreed-upon leadership style, that is probably cascaded down through the managerial ranks but also a style that everybody is used to adapt-to and adopt. In the long run, this will inhibit change, diversity and independent thinking, thereby generating managers who only think inside the box. Sixth, a coupled performance and organizational culture of efficiency at the workplace, if not paralleled with a proper leadership style that fosters positive results, will only result in partial improvements in the big picture (not exceeding 20.6 per cent as the study results show). Therefore, the leader selection process should look into different techniques and multi-layers of assessment, including more modern tools, such as psychometric tests, 360 degrees evaluation, in addition to better leadership preparation stages in training and skilling, in personality and role adaptability, decision-making processes and tools, as well as efficient communication techniques, all of which may help facilitate the process and determine effective roles of genders in the organization. Seventh, the study’s implications on the academic environment and body of knowledge relate to the change in the environment. In fact, and as witnessed in the literature, leadership style has been looked at for the past few decades as a major contributor in affecting
  • 49.
    employees’ performance. However,revisiting the leadership style with a new model and a sampled new generation of dot.coms and stay-connected employees, the results of this study clearly show that this impact is out-grown by another trend that we suggest to name “The system trend”, among the new generation of white-collar employees. Thus, further research is suggested to investigate what factors do truly matter for this generation of young adults, leading to policy changes that are definitely warranted in light of the above results. The effect of this system acceptance on the performance of employees takes us back to the discussion of open and closed organizational systems and whether one is better than the other. IJOA 26,4 644 The study has a number of limitations. First, the sampling process and sample selection (convenience) took more effort from the researchers to avoid falling into sampling bias. The researchers surveyed employees of companies to which they have access or contact with a top manager authority figure or a managing partner, and as many refused to collaborate or take part in the study, this increased the cost in both time and money. Second, electing to use a specific set of criteria in sampling might have resulted in eliminating a meaningful different
  • 50.
    direction in theresults, but it helped preserve the generalization of the results. Third, the study only covers the service sectors, which raises questions on replicability of the study in other sectors and generalizability of results. Finally, the number of measure items in the questionnaire was large; therefore, the researchers’ initial plan to also assess the personality trait of respective the respondent’s leader was not done. The reason for not extending the personality trait section is the researchers’ fear that respondents might misunderstand the survey as being initiated by uppermanagement to assess lower level managers. This study opened the door for future research on the relationship between the ever present debate on employees’ performance and leadership style, adding a third dimension, i.e. organizational culture, at a time when organizational culture is becoming more unified as a result of both globalization and standardization, and the constant strive of organization to improve efficiency and conflict resolution through managing teams’ emotional intelligence. The effect of social media, comments, sharing and venting, along with a broad unified education world-wide, is another stream of anticipated future brick to add in the academic literature, especially with a growing trend among the new generation (the Dot Com generation) of white-collar employees who have a different perspective to life. References Abdul Rashid, Z., Sambasivan, M. and Johari, J. (2003), “The
  • 51.
    influence of corporateculture and organisational commitment on performance”, Journal of Management Development, Vol. 22 No. 8, pp. 708-728. Abramo, G., Cicero, T. and D’Angelo, C.A. (2013), “Individual research performance: a proposal for comparing apples to oranges”, Journal of Informetrics, Vol. 7 No. 2, pp. 528-539. AlAnezi, A. and Alansari, B. (2016), “Gender differences in Hofstede’s cultural dimensions among a Kuwaiti sample”, European Psychiatry, Vol. 33, pp. S503-S504. Almaki, S.H., Silong, A.D., Idris, K. and Wahat, W.A. (2016), “Effective leadership practices of Muslim women academic leaders”,The Social Sciences, Vol. 11 No. 9, pp. 2217-2229. Alnuaimi, S.S. (2013), “Effective leadership in implementing change in Arab culture: the case of the Abu Dhabi police”, PhD Dissertation, Manchester Metropolitan University, May, available at: http:// hdl.handle.net/2173/324755 Austen, S., Jefferson, T. and Preston, A. (2013), “Contrasting economic analyses of equal renumeration: the social and community services (SACS) case”, Journal of Industrial Relations, Vol. 55 No. 1, pp. 60-79. Awadh, A.M. and Alyahya, M.S. (2013), “Impact of organizational culture on employee performance”, International Review ofManagement and Business Research, Vol. 2 No. 1, p. 168.
  • 52.
    Bakar, R.A., Salleh,A.L. and Ling, L.C. (2008), “How we do things around here’: implications of corporate culture on job performance”,The Business Review, Vol. 9 No. 2, pp. 339-344. Bass, B.M. (2000), “The future of leadership in learning organizations”, Journal of Leadership Studies, Vol. 7 No. 3, pp. 18-41. Bass, B.M. and Avolio, B.J. (1990), “The implication of transactional and transformational leadership for individual, teams, and organizational development”, Research in Organizational Behavior, Vol. 4, pp. 231-272. Employees’ performance of genders 645 http://hdl.handle.net/2173/324755 http://hdl.handle.net/2173/324755 Bass, B.M. and Avolio, B.J. (1994), Improving Organizational Effectiveness through Transformational Leadership, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA. Behery, M.H. and Paton, R.A. (2008), “Performance appraisal- cultural Fit and organizational outcomes within the UAE”, Education, Business and Society: Contemporary Middle Eastern Issues, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 166-176.
  • 53.
    Beyer, S. (1990),“Gender differences in the accuracy of self- evaluations of performance”, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 59 No. 5, pp. 960-970. Boehm, S.A., Dwertmann, D.J., Bruch, H. and Shamir, B. (2015), “The missing link? Investigating organizational identity strength and transformational leadership climate as mechanisms that connect CEO charisma with firm performance”, The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 26 No. 2, pp. 156-171. Borman, W.C. and Motowidlo, S.J. (1997), “Task performance and contextual performance: the meaning for personnel selection research”,Human Performance, Vol. 10 No. 2, pp. 99-109. Boussif, D. (2010), “Decision-making styles of Arab executives: insights from Tunisia”, Communications of the IBIMA, Vol. 2010, pp. 1-10. Brewer, M.B. (1993), “Social identity, distinctiveness, and in- group homogeneity”, Social Cognition, Vol. 11 No. 1, pp. 150-164. Brewer, E.W. and Clippard, L.F. (2002), “Burnout and job satisfaction among student support services personnel”, Human Resource Development Quarterly, Vol. 13 No. 2, pp. 169-186, doi: 10.1002/ hrdq.1022. Brewer, M.B. and Weber, J.G. (1994), “Self-evaluation effects of interpersonal versus intergroup social comparison”, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 66 No. 2, pp. 268-275.
  • 54.
    Brown, H.E., Pearson,N., Braithwaite, R.E., Brown, W.J. and Biddle, S.J. (2013), “Physical activity interventions and depression in children and adolescents”, Sports Medicine (Auckland, N.Z.), Vol. 43 No. 3, pp. 195-206. Bycio, P., Hackett, R.D. andAllen, J.S. (1995), “Further assessments of Bass’s (1985) conceptualization of transactional and transformational leadership”, Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 80 No. 4, pp. 468-478, available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021- 9010.80.4.468 Campbell, J.P., McCloy, R.A., Oppler, S.H. and Sager, C.E. (1993), “A theory of performance”, in Schmitt, N. and Borman,W.C. (Eds ),Employee Selection, Jossey-Bass, New York. Campbell, J.P., McHenry, J.J. and Wise, L.L. (1990), “Modeling job performance in a population of jobs”, Personnel Psychology, Vol. 43 No. 2, pp. 313-575. Chatman, J.A., Polzer, J.T., Barsade, S.G. and Neale, M.A. (1998), “Being different yet feeling similar: the influence of demographic composition and organizational culture on work processes and outcomes”,Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 43 No. 4, pp. 749-780. Chen, L.Y. (2004), “Examining the effect of organization culture and leadership behaviors on organizational commitment, job satisfaction, and job performance at small and Middle-sized firms of Taiwan”, Journal of American Academy of Business, Vol. 5 Nos 1/2, pp. 432-438.
  • 55.
    Christiansen, L., Lin,H., Pereira, J., Topalova, P.B. and Turk, R. (2016), “Gender diversity in senior positions and firm performance: evidence from Europe”, IMF Working Papers, Vol. 16 No. 50, available at: SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2759759 Cooper Jackson, J. (2001), “Women middle managers’ perception of the glass ceiling”, Women in Management Review, Vol. 16 No. 1, pp. 30-41. Cross, S.E., Bacon, P.L. and Morris, M.L. (2000), “The relational-interdependent self-construal and relationships”, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 78 No. 4, pp. 791-808. Cuong, D.M. and Swierczek, F.W. (2008), “Corporate culture, leadership competencies, job satisfaction, job commitment, and job performance: a comparison of companies in Vietnam and Thailand”, Journal of American Academy of Business, Vol. 13 No. l, pp. 159-165. IJOA 26,4 646 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1022 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1022 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.80.4.468 https://ssrn.com/abstract=2759759 Daft, R.L. (2010),Organizational Theory and Design, SouthWestern Cengage Learning, Boston.
  • 56.
    Davis, T. andLanda, M.J. (2000), “Changing dynamics: how workforce culture can boost corporate performance”, CMAManagement, Vol. 74 No. 10, pp. 26-29. Deal, T.E. and Kennedy, A.A. (1983), “Culture: a new look through old lenses”, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, Vol. 19 No. 4, pp. 498-505. Debusscher, J., Hofmans, J. and DeFruyt, F. (2017), “The multiple face(t)s of state conscientiousness: predicting task performance and organizational citizenship behavior”, Journal of Research in Personality, Vol. 69, pp. 78-85, available at: doi.org/10.1016/j. jrp.2016.06.009 Denison, D.R. (1990), Corporate Culture and Organizational Effectiveness, JohnWiley & Sons, Oxford. Dubey, R., Gunasekaran, A., Helo, P., Papadopoulos, T., Childe, S.J. and Sahay, B.S. (2017), “Explaining the impact of reconfigurable manufacturing systems on environmental performance: the role of top management and organizational culture”, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 141, doi: 10.1016/jclepro.2016.09.035. Duxbury, L.E. and Higgins, C.A. (1991), “Gender differences in work-family conflict”, Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 76 No. 1, pp. 60-74. Eagly, A.H., Makhijani, M.G. and Klonsky, B.G. (1992), “Gender and the evaluation of leaders: a Meta- analysis”, Psychological Bulletin, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 3-22.
  • 57.
    Ehrhart, M.G., Schneider,B. and Macey, W.H. (2013), Organizational Climate and Culture: An Introduction to Theory, Research, and Practice, Routledge, London. Engen, M.L., Leeden, R. and Willemsen, T.M. (2001), “Gender, context and leadership styles: a field study”, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, Vol. 74 No. 5, pp. 581-598. Fiedler, F.E. (1996), “Research on leadership selection and training: one view of the future”, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 41 No. 2, pp. 241-250. Finkelstein, S. and Hambrick, D.C. (1996), Strategic Leadership: Top Executives and Their Effects on Organizations, West Publishing Company, Eagan. Flamholtz, E.G. and Randle, Y. (1998), Changing the Game: Organizational Transformations of the First, Second, and Third Kinds, Oxford University Press, Oxford. French, J.R., Rodgers, W. and Cobb, S. (1974), “Adjustment as person-environment fit”, Coping and Adaptation, Basic Books, New York, pp. 316-333. Fry, L.W. (2003), “Toward a theory of spiritual leadership”, The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 14 No. 6, pp. 693-727. Fullan, M. (2011), The Six Secrets of Change: What the Best Leaders Do to Help Their Organizations Survive and Thrive, JohnWiley & Sons, San Francisco. Furnham, A. and Gunter, B. (1993), Corporate Assessment:
  • 58.
    Auditing & CompanyPersonality, Routledge, London. Gardner, W.L. and Schermerhorn, J.R. Jr (2004), “unleashing individual potential: Performance gains through positive organizational behavior and authentic leadership”, Organizational Dynamics, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 270-281. Gastil, J. (1994), “A Meta-analytic review of the productivity and satisfaction of democratic and autocratic leadership”, Small Group Research, Vol. 25 No. 3, pp. 384-410. Glass, C. and Cook, A. (2016), “Leading at the top: Understanding women’s challenges above the glass ceiling”,The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 27 No. 1, pp. 51-63. Gneezy, U., Niederle, M. and Rustichini, A. (2003), “Performance in competitive environments: gender differences”,The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 118 No. 3, pp. 1049-1074. Goleman, D., Boyatzis, R. and McKee, A. (2013), Primal Leadership: Unleashing the Power of Emotional Intelligence, Harvard Business Press, Boston. Employees’ performance of genders 647 http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2016.06.009 http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2016.06.009
  • 59.
    http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/jclepro.2016.09.035 Goulet, L.R. andSingh, P. (2002), “Career commitment: a reexamination and an extension”, Journal of Vocational Behavior, Vol. 61 No. 1, pp. 73-91. Hamel, G. and Prahalad, C.K. (1994),Competing for the Future, Harvard Business School Press, Boston,MA. Hennessey, J.T. Jr (1998), “Reinventing government: does leadership make the difference?”, Public Administration Review, Vol. 58 No. 6, pp. 522-532. Hofstede, G. (2011), “Dimensionalising cultures: the Hofstede model in context”, Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 1-26. Hogan, S.J. and Coote, L.V. (2014), “Organizational culture, innovation, and performance: a test of schein’s model”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 67 No. 8, pp. 1609-1621. Isaac Mwita, J. (2000), “Performance management model: a systems-based approach to public service quality”, International Journal of Public SectorManagement, Vol. 13 No. 1, pp. 19-37. Igbaria, M. and Baroudi, J.J. (1995), “The impact of job performance evaluations on career advancement prospects: an examination of gender differences in the IS workplace”, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 19 No. 1, pp. 107-123. Jing, F.F. and Avery, G.C. (2008), “Missing links in understanding the relationship between leadership
  • 60.
    and organizational performance”,International Business & Economics Research Journal (IBER)), Vol. 7 No. 5, pp. 67-78. Joiner, T.A. (2001), “The influence of national culture and organizational culture alignment on job stress and performance: evidence from Greece”, Journal of Managerial Psychology, Vol. 16 No. 3, pp. 229-242, doi: 10.1108/02683940110385776. Kalhoff, W., Younts, C.W. and Troyar, L. (2011), “Do others’ views of us transfer to new groups and tasks? An expectation states approach”, Social Psychology Quarterly, Vol. 74 No. 3, pp. 267-290. Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996), Using the Balanced Scorecard as a Strategic Management System, Harvard Business School Press, Brighton. Kaur, R. (1993), “Managerial styles in the public sector”, Indian Journal of Industrial Relations, Vol. 28 No. 4, pp. 363-368. Kim, S. and Yoon, G. (2015), “An innovation-driven culture in local government: do senior manager’s transformational leadership and the climate for creativity matter?”, Public Personnel Management, Vol. 44 No. 2, pp. 147-168. Kirchmeyer, C. (1995), “Managing the work-nonwork boundary: an assessment of organizational responses”,Human Relations, Vol. 48 No. 5, pp. 515-536. Kotter, J.P. and Heskett, J.L. (1992), Corporate Culture and Performance, The Free Press, New York. Kozlowski, S.W.J. and Klein, K.J. (2000), “Amultilevel
  • 61.
    approach to theoryand research in organizations: Contextual, temporal, and emergent processes”, in Klein, K.J. & Kozlowski, S.W.J. (Eds), Multilevel Theory, Research and Methods in Organizations: Foundations, Extensions, and New Directions, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA, pp. 3-90. Kratina, S.H. (1990), “Organizational culture and head nurse leadership: the relationship to nurses’ job satisfaction and turnover in hospital settings”, Doctoral dissertation, Georgia State University- College of Education, Georgia. Krausz, M., Brandwein, T. and Fox, S. (1995), “Work attitudes and emotional responses of permanent, voluntary, and involuntary temporary-help employees: an exploratory study”, Applied Psychology, Vol. 44 No. 3, pp. 217-232. Larivière, V., Vignola-Gagné, E., Villeneuve, C., Gelinas, P. and Gingras, Y. (2011), “Sex differences in research funding, productivity and impact: an analysis of Quebec university professors”, Scientometrics, Vol. 87 No. 3, pp. 483-498. Lee, H.Y. (2008), “The association between organizational culture and leadership behaviour and organizational commitment, job satisfaction and employee performance-a Malaysian perspective” Doctoral dissertation, University ofMalaya, Kuala Lumpur. IJOA 26,4 648
  • 62.
    http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/02683940110385776 Liden, R.C., Wayne,S.J., Liao, C. and Meuser, J.D. (2014), “Servant leadership and serving culture: influence on individual and unit performance”, Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 57 No. 5, pp. 1434-1452. Liu, Y., Wei, Z. and Xie, F. (2014), “Dowomen directors improve firm performance in China?”, Journal of Corporate Finance, Vol. 28, pp. 169-184. Lok, P. and Crawford, J. (2001), “Antecedents of organizational commitment and the mediating role of job satisfaction”, Journal of Managerial Psychology, Vol. 16 No. 8, pp. 594-613. London, M., Larsen, H.H. and Thisted, L.N. (1999), “Relationships between feedback and self- development”,Group&OrganizationManagement, Vol. 24 No. 1, pp. 5-27. Lussier, R.N. (1990), Human Relations in Organizations: A Skill-Building Approach, Irwin Professional Publishing, Burr Ridge. Lysons, K. (2000), “Concerning corporate culture”, The British Journal of Administrative Management, No. 34, pp. 1-4. McColl-Kennedy, J.R. and Anderson, R.D. (2002), “Impact of leadership style and emotions on subordinate performance”,The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 13 No. 5, pp. 545-559.
  • 63.
    Madsen, S.R., Miller,D. and John, C.R. (2005), “Readiness for organizational change: do organizational commitment and social relationships in the workplace make a difference?”, Human Resource Development Quarterly, Vol. 16 No. 2, pp. 213-233. Magee, K.C. (2002), “The impact of organizational culture on the implementation of performance management”, Doctoral dissertation, Available from Dissertations and Theses database (UMI No. 3047909). Mgbere, O. (2009), “Exploring the relationship between organizational culture, leadership styles and corporate performance: an overview”, Journal of Strategic Management Education, Vol. 5 Nos 3/4, pp. 187-201. Mills, A.J. (2017), “Studying the gendering of organizational culture over time: concerns, issues, and strategies”, in Mills, A.J. (Ed.), Insights and Research on the Study of Gender and Intersectionality in International Airline Cultures, Emerald Pubishing, Bingley, pp. 71-91. Mintzberg, H. (1987), Crafting Strategy, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA, pp. 66-75. Misumi, J. and Peterson, M.F. (1985), “The performance- maintenance (PM) theory of leadership: review of a Japanese research program”, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 30 No. 2, pp. 198-223.
  • 64.
    Mowday, R.T., Porter,L.W. and Steers, R.M. (2013), Employee – Organization Linkages: The Psychology of Commitment, Absenteeism, and Turnover, Academic Press, New York. Northouse, P.G. (2015), Leadership: Theory and Practice, Sage Publications, Los Angeles. Ohmae, K. (1982), The Mind of the Strategist: The Art of Japanese Business, McGraw-Hill Professional, Boston. Peters, T.J., Waterman, R.H. and Jones, I. (1982), In Search of Excellence: Lessons from America’s Best- Run Companies, Harper Business, NewYork. Piccolo, R.F., Bono, J.E., Heinitz, K., Rowold, J., Duehr, E. and Judge, T.A. (2012), “The relative impact of complementary leader behaviors: which matter most?”, The Leadership Quarterly, Vol. 23 No. 3, pp. 567-581. Pool, S.W. (2000), “Organizational culture and its relationship between job tension in measuring outcomes among business executives”, Journal of Management Development, Vol. 19 No. 1, pp. 32-49, doi: 10.1108/02621710010308144. Rice, R.W., Richer, L.S. and Vitters, A.G. (1979), The Impact of Male and Female Leaders on the Group Performance, Morale, and Perceptions of West Point Cadets, State Univ of New York At Buffalo, New York. Employees’ performance of
  • 65.
    genders 649 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/02621710010308144 Roe, R.A. (1999),“Work performance: a multiple regulation perspective”, Vol. 14, pp. 231-336. International Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, (January), Rofcanin, Y., Las Heras, M. and Bakker, A.B. (2017), “Family supportive supervisor behaviors and organizational culture: effects on work engagement and performance”, Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, Vol. 22 No. 2, pp. 207-217, available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000036 Salloum, C., Azzi, G., Mercier-Suissa, C. and Khalil, S. (2016), “The rise of women and their impact on firms’ performance”, International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Small Business, Vol. 27 Nos 2/3, pp. 213-246. Sauer, S.J. (2011), “Taking the reins: the effects of new leader status and leadership style on team performance”,The Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 96 No. 3, pp. 574-587. Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research Methods in Business, 5th ed., Pearson Education Limited, Edinburgh Gate. Schermerhorn, J.R. and Nyaw, M.K. (1990), “Managerial
  • 66.
    leadership in Chineseindustrial enterprises”, International Studies of Management & Organization, Vol. 20 Nos 1/2, pp. 9-21. Sidani, Y.M. (2016), “Working women in Arab countries: a case for cautious optimism”, Handbook on Well-Being ofWorkingWomen, Springer, New York, pp. 689- 701. Siehl, C. and Martin, J. (1990), “Organizational culture: a key to financial performance?”, in Schneider, B. (Ed.),Organizational Climate and Culture, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, p. 241-281. Skakon, J., Nielsen, K., Borg, V. and Guzman, J. (2010), “Are leaders’ well-being, behaviours and style associated with the affective well-being of their employees? A systematic review of three decades of research”,Work & Stress, Vol. 24 No. 2, pp. 107- 139. Selznick, P. (2011), Leadership in Administration: A Sociological Interpretation, Quid Pro Books, New Orleans, Louisiana. Silverthorne, C. (2004), “The impact of organizational culture and person-organization fit on organizational commitment and job satisfaction in Taiwan”, Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 25 No. 7, pp. 592-599. Slocum, J.W. and Hellriegel, D. (2009), Principles of Organizational Behavior, South-Western Cengage Learning, Mason, OH. Tlaiss, H. and Kauser, S. (2011), “The impact of gender, family,
  • 67.
    and work onthe career advancement of Lebanese women managers”, Gender in Management: An International Journal, Vol. 26 No. 1, pp. 8-36. Trice, H.M. and Beyer, J.M. (1993),The Cultures ofWork Organizations, Prentice-Hall, New York. Tseng, S.M. (2010), “The correlation between organizational culture and knowledge conversion on corporate performance”, Journal of KnowledgeManagement, Vol. 14 No. 2, pp. 269-284. Van Den Besselaar, P. and Sanström, U. (2016), “Gender differences in research performance and its impact on careers: a longitudinal case study”, Scientometrics, Vol. 106 No. 1, pp. 143-162, available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-1775-3 Van den Brink, M., Brouns, M. and Waslander, S. (2006), “Does excellence have a gender? A national research study on recruitment and selection procedures for professorial appointments in the nether- lands”, Employee Relations, Vol. 28 No. 6, pp. 523-539. Wallach, E.J. (1983), “Individuals and organizations: the cultural match”, Training & Development Journal, Vol. 37 No. 2, pp. 28-36. Yesil, S. and Kaya, A. (2013), “The effect of organizational culture on firm financial performance: evidence from a developing country”, Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, Vol. 81, pp. 428-437. Yiing, L.H. and Bin Ahmad, K.Z. (2009), “The moderating effects of organizational culture on the
  • 68.
    relationships between leadershipbehaviour and organizational commitment and between organizational commitment and job satisfaction and performance”, Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 30 No. 1, pp. 53-86, doi: 10.1108/01437730910927106. IJOA 26,4 650 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000036 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-015-1775-3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/01437730910927106 Yukl, G. (1997), “Effective leadership behavior: a new taxonomy and model” Eastern Academy of Management International Conference,Dublin, (June), Zain, Z.M., Ishak, R. and Ghani, E.K. (2009), “The influence of corporate culture on organisational commitment: a study on a Malaysian listed company”, European Journal of Economics, Finance and Administrative Sciences, Vol. 17 No. 17, pp. 16-26. Websites http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/orgcultquest.html (accessed 25 April 2015). http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf (accessed 25 April 2015). www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf (accessed 25 April 2015).
  • 69.
    Further reading Alvesson, M.(2012),Understanding Organizational Culture, Sage, New York. Bigliardi, B., Ivo Dormio, A., Galati, F. and Schiuma, G. (2012), “The impact of organizational culture on the job satisfaction of knowledge workers”,Vine, Vol. 42 No. 1, pp. 36-51. Cummings, T. and Worley, C. (2014), Organization Development and Change, Cengage Learning, Melbourne. Fullan, M. (2014), Leading in A Culture of Change Personal Action Guide and Workbook, John Wiley & Sons, San Francisco. Klein, K.J. and Kozlowski, S.W. (2000), Multilevel Theory, Research, and Methods in Organizations: Foundations, Extensions, and New Directions, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco. Rauch, A., Wiklund, J., Lumpkin, G.T. and Frese, M. (2009), “Entrepreneurial orientation and business performance: an assessment of past research and suggestions for the future”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 761-787. Robbins, S. and Coulter, M. (2015),Management, 14th ed., Pearson Higher Education, Boston. Robbins, S., Judge, T.A., Millett, B. and Boyle, M. (2013), Organisational Behaviour, Pearson Higher Education AU, New Jersey. Ruiz, C.E., Wang, J. and Hamlin, R.G. (2013), “What makes
  • 70.
    managers effective inMexico?”, Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol. 34 No. 2, pp. 130- 146. Trompenaars, A. (1993), “The seven cultures of capitalism”, Value Systems of Creating Wealth in the United States, Japan, Germany, France, Britain, Sweden, and the Netherlands, Currency Doubleday, New York. Corresponding author Bassem E. Maamari can be contacted at: [email protected] For instructions on how to order reprints of this article, please visit our website: www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com/licensing/reprints.htm Or contact us for further details: [email protected] Employees’ performance of genders 651 http://implementer.com/implementer/newtools/orgcultquest.html http://humming.net.au/questionnaire.pdf http://www.palgrave.com/uploadedFiles/Leadership_Style.pdf mailto:[email protected] Reproduced with permission of copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. How organizational culture and leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders1. Introduction2. Literature review2.1 Organizational culture2.2 Leadership style2.3 Performance2.4 Effect of organizational culture on performance2.5 The effect of leadership on performance3.
  • 71.
    Methodology4. Results5. Analysis6.Implications, limitations and conclusionsReferences M I N D , B R A I N , A N D E D U C A T I O N Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction Meditation Technique for Teacher Burnout: A Qualitative Study Lia Schnaider-Levi1, Inbal Mitnik1, Keren Zafrani2, Zehavit Goldman3, and Shahar Lev-Ari1,4 ABSTRACT— An inquiry-based intervention has been found to have a positive effect on burnout and mental well-being parameters among teachers. The aim of the current study was to qualitatively evaluate the effect of the inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) meditation technique on the participants. Semi-structured interviews were con- ducted before and after the IBSR intervention and were analyzed using the interpretative phenomenological analy- sis method. Before the intervention, the teachers described emotional overload caused by two main reasons: (1) multi- ple stressful interactions with students, parents, colleagues, and the educational system, and (2) the ideological load of their profession—trying to fulfill high expectations of performance and the manifesting educational values. Fol- lowing the intervention, the teachers described a sense of centeredness and a greater ability to accept reality. They reported improvements in setting boundaries, thought flexibility, and self-awareness. These improvements assisted them in coping with the complex and dynamic nature of their profession. These positive effects suggest that IBSR is an effective technique in reducing teachers’ burnout and promoting mental well-being.
  • 72.
    1Department of HealthPromotion, School of Public Health, Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University 2Begin High School 3Blich High School 4Center of Complementary and Integrative Medicine, Tel Aviv Medical Center Address correspondence to Shahar Lev-Ari, Department of Health Promotion, School of Public Health, Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv 6997801, Israel; e-mail: [email protected] Burnout is defined as a response to a chronic emotional strain due to dealing extensively with other human beings, particularly when having to deal with recurring problems as well as reduced coping resources (Maslach, 2003; Maslach, Jackson, & Leiter, 1996). Its components are emotional exhaustion, defined as a lack of mental resources due to an emotional overload; depersonalization, defined as an alien- ated and negative attitude toward the surroundings; and decreased personal accomplishment, defined as reduced abil- ity to accomplish desirable results due to lack of external or internal resources (Awa, Plaumann, & Walter, 2010; Emery & Vandenberg, 2010; Friedman, 1993; Maslach, 2003; Maslach et al., 1996). Burnout has been researched intensively in the field of education, and various studies have described its prevalence among teachers (Brackenreed, 2011; De Heus & Diekstra, 1999; Friedman, 2000; Honkonen et al., 2006; Luk, Chan, Cheong, & Ko, 2009; Schaufeli & Buunk, 2002), as well as its significant personal and social implications, such as low level of performance, reduced commitment to teaching, high turnover (Friedman, 1993; Gold & Roth, 1993; Melamed,
  • 73.
    Shirom, Toker, Berliner,& Shapira, 2006; Sorek, Tal, & Paz, 2004), and physical morbidity (Ahola, Väänänen, Koskinen, Kouvonen, & Shirom, 2010; Bauer et al., 2006; Honkonen et al., 2006; Melamed et al., 2006; Shirom, Toker, Melamed, Berliner, & Shapira, 2013). Teachers need to maintain high levels of mental well-being in order to fit social expectations, professional expectations, and their own expectations (Awa et al., 2010; Pillay, Goddard, & Wilss, 2005). The optimal state of mental health, which is best described as “mental well-being,” related to health, optimism, contentment, hope, and hap- piness, is when an individual fulfills his/her capabilities and functions well under standard pressures of life so that he/she can be productive and effective and can contribute to society (Seligman & Csikszentmihalyi, 2000; World Health Volume 11—Number 2 © 2017 The Authors Journal Compilation © 2017 International 75 Mind, Brain, and Education Society and Wiley Periodicals Inc. IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers Organization, 2004). Promoting psychological well-being focuses on the individual’s positive and optimal functioning (Bolier et al., 2013; Keyes, 2007). Theorists have defined the nature of positive psychological functioning in a variety of ways; however, there is consensus around six common factors that need to be addressed in order to avoid mental weariness, frustration, anxiety, nervousness, depression, emotional exhaustion, and psychosomatic problems (Keyes, 2007; Ryff, 1989, 1995; Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee & Wallace, 2009; World Health Organization, 2004). These are self-acceptance, positive and reciprocal relationships
  • 74.
    with others, autonomyin thought and action (the ability to resist social pressure and to regulate behavior and thoughts according to personal standards), environmental mastery and competence (the ability to manage complex external surroundings, to choose or create contexts suitable to per- sonal needs and values), purpose in life, and personal growth and development. The umbrella term of well-being promotion includes sev- eral types of intervention, including approaches such as the psycho-behavioral methods used in the corporate business world (e.g., cognitive behavioral therapy, coaching), posi- tive psychology intervention (PPI) methods (e.g., practical gratitude, art therapy, music therapy), and mindfulness tech- niques (e.g., meditation, breathing practice; NCCAM, 2010; Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee & Wallace, 2009). Mindfulness-based interventions are designed to enhance the mind’s capacity to be aware of the present moment and to accept one’s current experiences without judgment or elaboration (Bishop et al., 2004; Kabat-Zinn, 1994). With- out compelling the suppression or alteration of emotions, mindfulness enhancement enables the individual to have greater control of thoughts and emotions while dismiss- ing old habits and automatic reactions (Chambers, Gullone, & Allen, 2009). Research has demonstrated that different forms of meditation can enhance well-being across diverse populations within (and beyond) the education sector. For example, student educators were taught simple meditation using sound as a focusing tool, and practiced it for 45 min per session, four times. Questionnaires filled by the par- ticipants who practiced this meditation have shown a sig- nificant reduction in their stress symptoms in the posttest measurements when compared to the control group in the domains of emotional, gastronomic distress, and behavioral manifestations (Elder, Nidich, Moriarty, & Nidich, 2014;
  • 75.
    Emery & Vandenberg,2010; Kemeny et al., 2012; Ospina et al., 2008; Winzelberg & Luskin, 1999). Practicing tran- scendental meditation was reportedly effective on psycho- logical measures, such as stress and exhaustion, among spe- cial education teachers in the United States (Elder et al., 2014). Mindfulness practice of one and a half hours once a week during 10 weeks among teachers in Spain significantly enhanced well-being measures and the effective functioning of teachers in stressful situations; positive effects persisted 4 months following the conclusion of the intervention pro- gram (Franco, Manas, Cangas, Moreno, & Gallego, 2010). The ability to acknowledge and consider the emotions of others was shown to improve among intervention recipients during an intensive study of U.S. teachers receiving mind- fulness training combined with emotional adjustment. The participants also showed a decrease in blood pressure in con- junction with increases in mindfulness practice (Gold et al., 2009). A study conducted in Germany involving the prac- tice of breathing techniques showed participating teachers demonstrated an improvement in 9 out of 11 functional and emotional measures (Loew, Götz, Hornung, & Tritt, 2009). An intervention involving the practice of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) and the practice of tai chi was stud- ied in a school in Boston after being recommended and results showed it to be an effective technique for increasing peace of mind and improving the quality of sleep, focus, and well-being measures (Wall, 2005). A direct link has been established between mindfulness- based techniques and enhanced brain activity in the frontal cortex areas that are responsible for focusing attention and positive prosocial emotional states, such as empathy, com- munication, and socialization (Davidson & McEwen, 2012; Goleman & Gurin, 1993). Davidson and McEwen (2012)
  • 76.
    described emotional capabilities,self-inspection, and mind- fulness as dynamic, acquired, and adaptive processes, which can be enhanced in the same manner as other skills in the fields of music, mathematics, and sports. Their study showed structural and functional changes in the brain as a result of cognitive therapy and training certain forms of meditation. Practicing mindfulness or meditation enables the indi- vidual to be less reactive to negative experiences and more focused on positive aspects as the consequence of enhancing the activities of specific brain areas (Davidson, 1992; Lutz, Slagter, Dunne, & Davidson, 2008). Taken as a whole, such studies demonstrate that, across multiple contexts and countries, well-being promotion tech- niques based on mindfulness can be used beneficially among teachers. However, broader and longer term research is still needed in order to establish the effectiveness of these techniques in burnout-related exhaustion prevention and treatment. Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction Inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) is a meditation technique developed by Byron Katie in 1986. Its aim is to identify the thoughts that cause stress and suffering in a systematic and comprehensive way, and to meditatively “investigate” them by a series of questions and turnarounds. This technique does not require any intellectual, religious, or spiritual preparation, but rather a will to deepen and 76 Volume 11—Number 2 Lia Schnaider-Levi et al.
  • 77.
    reach self-awareness (Katie& Mitchell, 2003). It has been practiced by many individuals worldwide (Landau et al., 2014; Lev-Ari, Zilcha-Mano, Rivo, & Geva, 2013). Its effec- tiveness was demonstrated on various psychological scales among cancer patients and cancer survivors. IBSR was also tested in a nonclinical population and it was shown to be effective in improving scales of depression and anxiety (Leufke, Zilcha-Mano, Feld, & Lev-Ari, 2013). A constant evaluation of current efforts and an examination of new efforts are required in order to maintain and develop mental well-being of teachers in the education system. System- atic and individual means must be combined in order to effectively treat exhaustion problems among teachers, with emphasis on mental health promotion (Flook, Goldberg, Pinger, Bonus, & Davidson, 2013). IBSR is classified as a meditation technique based on mindfulness and is there- fore applied as a mental well-being promotion technique. However, to the best of our knowledge, its effectiveness has not been tested among teachers in particular (Leufke et al., 2013). We hypothesized that IBSR has the potential of reducing exhaustion levels and increasing well-being levels among teachers. This would be consistent with the benefits seen from other types of mindfulness programs. METHODS Recruitment and Participants The current study is the qualitative part of a controlled trial designed to statistically and qualitatively assess the effects of IBSR on burnout and well-being levels among teachers. The study was carried out at a high school in a large city in Israel. All the teachers on its staff were eligible to participate in the study if they agreed to sign an informed consent form and had no previous experience with the IBSR technique. The study was carried out with the support of the school prin- cipal and was approved by the Israeli Ministry of Education
  • 78.
    (MOE). An advertisement forrecruiting teachers to participate in the study was published on the teachers’ billboard (at school and online). In addition, the invitation was announced dur- ing a teachers’ meeting. Teachers who were willing to par- ticipate met the main researcher at the school and were informed about study objectives and procedures. The first 27 teachers to sign the consent form were included in the 12-week IBSR intervention group in order to ensure a full group. The rest of the teachers (n = 27) were included in the control group. To reduce dropout rates from the control group, those who continued through until the end were told they would receive an IBSR kit (a book and a CD) at the end of the study. The assignment procedure was fully detailed in the advertisement. The intervention arm (n = 27) included two groups who met on different days of the week. All the participants (n = 54) completed four psychological questionnaires before and after the intervention. Before the intervention, all partic- ipants of one of the intervention groups (n = 11) were con- tacted by telephone and were informed about the qualitative part of the research. All of those teachers agreed to partici- pate. This led to a smaller sample appropriate for the analysis method chosen for this research (interpretive phenomeno- logical analysis; Smith & Osborn, 2003) as a relatively small sample size of between 6 and 12 is sufficient to arrive at conclusions (Baker & Edwards, 2014). Two teachers did not participate in the first interview due to a busy schedule and one teacher joined the intervention group one day before the beginning of the workshop, leaving insufficient time to complete the interview. A third teacher did not complete the second interview due to a busy schedule. The total number of subjects who completed all components of the qualitative study were eight.
  • 79.
    The participants ofthis study, all high school teachers in the same school, held different positions. The smaller sample is shown in Table 1. Intervention Method The first stage of the IBSR technique is to systematically identify the thoughts that cause stress and suffering, and to record the specific thoughts about various stressful sit- uations by using the Judge Your Neighbor worksheet (see the appendix). The next stage is an inquiry of the stressful thoughts by a series of questions and turnarounds. Partici- pants choose the main thoughts they had written down on the worksheet and investigate them by four guided ques- tions: (1) Is it true? (2) Can I absolutely know that it is true? (3) How do I react when I believe that thought? (4) Who would I be without the thought? This self-investigation enables the individuals to examine their emotional and phys- ical responses during stressful situations. This stage is med- itative, and the participants are guided to be in a state of witnessing awareness, in which they observe the thoughts that come into mind without trying to control or direct them (Katie & Mitchell, 2003). In the turnarounds, the participants experience a revised interpretation of reality. For example, if the original thought was “My pupils don’t like me,” possi- ble turnarounds can be “I don’t like my pupils” (turnaround to the other), “I don’t like myself” (turnaround to myself ), or “My pupils do like me” (turnaround to the opposite). The par- ticipants are guided to find three genuine examples in which the turnaround is as true as the original thought. By doing so, they can understand that they do not have to automati- cally believe the stressful thoughts, but can choose different interpretations of reality (Katie & Mitchell, 2003). Volume 11—Number 2 77
  • 80.
    IBSR Meditation forBurnout Among Teachers Table 1 Sample Group Pseudonym Age Educational field Years of experience Interviews completed (Before and after the intervention) Rosette 48 Math, special education homeroom teacher 7 Before + After Hen 45 English 12 Before + After Yehudit 56 English 15 Before + After Tamar 40 Arabic 10 After Yaela 42 Physics 8 Before + After Keren 45 Literature, homeroom teacher 18 Before + After Ricky 42 Drama 11 Before + After Paula 38 History, homeroom teacher 13 Before + After Shira 44 English, homeroom teacher 9 Before + After Neriya 35 Bible teacher 6 Before Shaked 39 Educational counselor 10 Before The IBSR intervention lasted 12 weeks and included weekly group meetings (3.5 hr/meeting) and weekly indi- vidual sessions with a facilitator by telephone (1 hr/session). All the sessions were standardized according to a train- ing manual, and each session was assessed afterwards for maintaining consistency during the program. The workshop was adapted specifically to homeroom teachers. The group forum training was designed to address teaching-related issues, such as self-esteem as a teacher, the student–teacher relationship, work under noise and pressure, professional development, and others. More personal issues were
  • 81.
    addressed in theindividual sessions on the telephone with the facilitators. Participants were included in the final study analysis if they had been present in at least 75% of the group meetings and completed 50% of the home practice. All of the participants complied with these basic terms. Data Collection The data were collected from semi-structured interviews which were conducted during the 2 weeks before and after the intervention, and each interview lasted for 1 hr. The goal of a semi-structured interview is to create an open dialogue between the interviewer and the interviewee, and to pro- vide the opportunity for people to tell their story openly and freely with minimal interference (Smith & Osborn, 2003). At the first interview, the participants were asked the follow- ing questions: “Can you describe your everyday experiences at school? What is your main motivation in teaching? What is important for you? What are your main difficulties? How do you cope with them?” In order to estimate their expec- tations from the workshop, they were also asked: “What benefits do you wish to achieve from the intervention?” At the second interview, they were asked to describe their gen- eral impressions: “Please tell me about your experience in the workshop.” Elaboration or clarification was requested as needed. The interviews were conducted and recorded by one of the researchers. The recordings were then transcribed by an objective third party who issued the textual interviews used in the research while ensuring that personal informa- tion remained confidential. Data Analysis The interviews were analyzed using the interpretative phe- nomenological analysis method (Smith & Osborn, 2003). This method aims to investigate people’s experiences from
  • 82.
    a subjective pointof view, while emphasizing the way they make sense of their personal and social world. It includes several phases. In the first phase of this study’s analysis, two of the researchers (the interviewer and the medical psychol- ogist) interpreted the transcripts. Each transcript was care- fully read several times, significant topics were marked, and attention was focused on language and the use of key words or metaphors. In the next phase, the main topics of each interview were identified and conceptualized into themes, as expressed by specific phrases that aimed to reflect the mean- ing of the text. Analytical or theoretical connections between the themes composed the superordinate themes. RESULTS The results of the analysis show the interview data provide a rich description of teachers’ reflections about the effects of the 12-week IBSR intervention on the individual teacher with an emphasis on the development of subsequent abili- ties to cope with the unique challenges of their profession. The results are separated into three parts: (1) themes that were revealed before the intervention; (2) themes that were revealed after the intervention; (3) the limitation of the work- shop, as described by some of the participants. Parts 1 and 2 consider the description of the psychological state and 78 Volume 11—Number 2 Lia Schnaider-Levi et al. the outcome behaviors of the participants in the classroom, in the school environment and at home, and provide some interpretation based on other published literature.
  • 83.
    Main Themes: Abstract Beforethe intervention, the teachers described multiple social interactions as being part of their daily routine. Despite the positive and supportive relations with their colleagues, they also described an emotional overload and difficulty in dealing with the complicated reality. Moreover, they expressed a sense of frustration due to their unful- filled expectations and the gap between their professional ideology and the daily reality. After practicing the IBSR, teachers described two main experiences—a more centered and focused self and a greater ability to accept reality. The workshop’s structured and systematic format was suitable in this context, and it was described by them as being highly beneficial. Details of teachers’ responses—before, during, and after the intervention— are presented in three separate panels over the next few pages. Pre-Intervention Interview Results Analysis of the interview data collected prior to delivery of the intervention revealed two superordinate themes, as described in Figure 1. They represent the complex and stressful dynamic of the profession as detailed by the teachers. The participants’ names and data remained confidential. Multiple Relationships The teachers described various interactions and dynamics as part of their daily work routine with colleagues, pupils, and the pupils’ parents. These relationships were described as personal and having an emotional involvement, rather than professional. Relations with colleagues and school management: support and understanding. Paula “There are a couple of teachers, who are much more than friends. … it’s relaxing, it helps. … You are not
  • 84.
    alone.” Rosette “We havea great staff, supportive. … Advice from a colleague is worth a lot … the cooperation is great.” Yehudit “She (the principal) is very nice. … I can always tell her how I feel.” Yaela “The principal and the staff are great and supportive … it feels like a family.” Interactions with pupils and parents were usually described as highly demanding and intensive, with considerable emotional involvement that made it challenging to set clear boundaries. Yehudit “Spoiled kids … unable to postpone gratification … unable to deal with difficulties. … Sometimes parents tell you, teach him, that is your job. … I tell them let’s do it together, I can’t do it without you.” Tamar “I beg them to stop disrupting the class. … it is very difficult. … I sometimes tell them to please be quiet, I want to speak … that is so insulting. … I teach them properly, they are always ready for tests … but sometimes it is very difficult to control them.” Ricki “I constantly cope with boundaries issues … pupils text me during weekends and holidays … it’s difficult for me to set any boundaries. … There is a conflict between the need to be available for them and the need to be with my family.” Keren “If a parent calls you in the evening, how can you not answer him!? I cannot do that, it concerns children, not computers and papers. I had pupils who tried to commit suicide. Others ran away from home … how can I ignore that!?” Rosette “I need to work harder on setting boundaries … they are
  • 85.
    not so clear… I need to be more assertive.” Fig. 1. Main themes before and after the IBSR intervention. After the intervention, the teachers detailed various tech- nical aspects about the workshop that enable them to expe- rience the emotional process, such as the group format and the weekly phones calls with the facilitators. They all emphasized the importance of the practical tools given to them during the workshop (e.g., the “three types of business,” the four questions). Given the teachers’ compli- cated and chaotic experiences and their lack of emotional resources, their need for a systematic and focused practice is understandable: The intervention was very systematic from the beginning. … It is a systematic process, which repeats itself. … I like it a lot. (Shira) Very clear rules were set, and suddenly you realize it works if you are consistent. (Paula) Volume 11—Number 2 79 IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers Expectations vs. Reality Positive attitude toward the profession was noted by most of the teachers. This included ideological reasons for choosing this profession and a positive perception regarding a teacher’s contribution and role. Rosette “Teaching is a way of life. It’s a great privilege. … The pupils’ success is our success. … It’s like therapy, you touch
  • 86.
    people’s lives.” Hen “Iwanted to pass on my knowledge. … It’s a childhood dream. I had a geography teacher, whom I appreciated a lot, the way she taught, her caring and interest.” Yehudit “Each teacher is an educator. … Not just preparing pupils to the final exams. … You need empathy, love for children. … Understanding their uniqueness. … They will learn only if you create a personal contract with them.” Overload: Their daily routine as teachers was described as highly demanding and stressful. Yaela “There is a lot of stress, many things to do … How can I function with all these tasks?!” Keren “When you enter the class you have to be focused. … with 40 pupils. … You have to be extra-focused and concentrated, to ignore your personal problems. … You always have stuff on your mind. … You don’t rest even at home. … No rest.” Paula “You need a lot of energy. … You work many hours and it is natural to be burned out. … The work is very difficult. … A stranger won’t understand it. … All my friends have nine-to- five desk jobs. The only noise they hear is the air conditioner … while I haven’t eaten anything the whole day.” Frustration: The busy schedule, full of tasks and commitments, limited their ability to deal with the meaningful educational issues. This gap between their ideology and personal expectations vs. their daily routine was experienced as a source of frustration and exhaustion.
  • 87.
    Hen “I havemany ideas … but it is difficult to accomplish them. … Time is so limited. … I start my day, from one lesson to the other. … I hardly have time to go to the bathroom. … There is so little energy available for new ideas … you can accomplish only 10 percent of them.” Ricki “All the bureaucracy. … I don’t do what I am supposed to do. … I am working so hard … I am exhausted … they expect me to achieve goals.” Keren “I was very motivated … I did so many things. … (Now) I wake up every morning and I don’t want to go to work. … I wish the day will be over as quickly as possible.” Yehudit “I don’t want things to concern me … to affect me. … I want to deal with my own business and not to get hurt … it will make things much easier for me.” After the Intervention After the workshop, two super ordinate themes emerged, which represented a more focused and structured perspective toward their profession and its unique aspects, as described by the teachers (Figure 1), accepting reality and centeredness. Accepting reality—increased awareness:—The teachers described an increased awareness of their reactions and perceptions of reality. This awareness helped them accept reality as is and avoid futile attempts to change or confront it, thereby reducing their level of
  • 88.
    frustration and stress.The teachers experienced a higher level of satisfaction with themselves as well as with their surroundings. Yaela “The workshop helped me to stop arguing with reality. … Today I truly understand how to love what exists and there is a lot to love! … The bad is always there, you just need to focus less on it … , when I don’t argue and accept myself … it is like going out of jail in some ways.” Neriya “When [pupils] talk—I don’t immediately freak out. You know what I mean? Until now every little twit drove me crazy. But now I say it’s okay, it’s okay for them to talk, so what if they are talking, keep teaching.” Shaked “The workshop helped me to focus my awareness on various situations … not to automatically complain but to understand when there is a genuine pain that I need to work on so it won’t hurt anymore … for example, when it is difficult for my children, it hurts me physically … so I tell myself that I need to think about the situation differently.” Shira “It [the intervention] confirmed that I am on the right track and that is important. … In the complexity of teaching, you need to adjust yourself … it confirmed that my instincts are correct.” Hen “One thought terribly bothered me. I sat down and devoted some time to it. I actually took the ‘Judge Your Neighbor’ sheet and applied The Work. Things I’m familiar with, I use the turnarounds on. Others which I’m not, like when I’m in a midday
  • 89.
    overload, I tellmyself to pay attention to bad feelings and take them on an inquiry.” Accepting reality—flexible thinking The participants described their improved ability to interpret and perceive various situations in a more flexible manner, with no rigid assumptions or emotional involvement. This was achieved mainly by the technique of the turnaround, which enabled the participants to acknowledge the subjectivity of their thoughts and beliefs. Shaked “Many times during stress … we have a thought that causes us to get stuck and it (the turnarounds) was very easy. … Now I turn the situation to myself or to the other, and it releases something in your way of thinking … it is important for me that the house will be clean, so my son does not have to do the dishes. … It changed the way I act in my house, with my children and with my husband.” 80 Volume 11—Number 2 Lia Schnaider-Levi et al. Yehudit “I understand that children are sitting in front of me in the classroom, not adults … and so my expectations should be different. … I don’t need to judge them according to my values; they are in a different place than me, so I need to treat them differently.” Paula “Mainly doubting your thoughts, instead of blaming someone else. Asking the questions, and the turnarounds, creates doubts
  • 90.
    and takes youelsewhere. Neutralizes all kinds of variables: when you are in the middle of a storm, you are certain it is intentional and devious, and then when you turn it around, you realize—wait, I contribute to this situation as well!” Centeredness: The teachers described a more focused and centered self, which helped them to deal better with the various relationships and dynamics in their daily routine. This experience was different from the former experience of splits and complexity, which was described by them before the intervention. During the workshop they were trained to set emotional boundaries in various daily interactions, in particular, the technique of “the three types of businesses,” which was described as highly practical and helpful. Ricki “We checked whose ‘business’ were they, and it was clear that they were the pupil’s. … I was frustrated that I cannot help her, but another teacher helped me understand that I am dealing with her business. … I could not help her because I was too emotionally involved … setting boundaries was what she needed the most.” Rosette “For me it was a problem that lasted for years … and then things surfaced here during the workshop. Being very clear, set boundaries, speak assertively. I left with a large toolbox. Sometimes I feel we are kind of slaves of our thoughts. … ” Yehudit “It really changed the way I act in the classroom … my pupils’ behavior affects me much less, which is a significant benefit for me. … I respond less to their behavior … emotionally. … Once if there was noise, if they didn’t listen … I used to get so
  • 91.
    upset and scream.… Now I don’t get nervous and aggressive. … Three months ago, I was crazy, bitter, nervous. … I used to react very intuitively … very aggressively. … Now I take my time. … I am more relaxed and I think. … I explore it my way.” Yaela “The thing that affected me the most was the issue of the ‘business.’ … Many times you discover you are not dealing with your own ‘business.’ … You deal with those of others and you neglect your own. … This workshop can help teachers to avoid misunderstandings with pupils … to reduce conflicts … using the four simple questions we learned. … Investigating our thoughts as teachers can reduce stressful situations in teaching. … I am much more attentive, I try to understand what the other person wants.” Limitations of the Workshop Although the teachers were satisfied with the intervention, they described several limitations of the workshop. First, most of them were skeptical about their ability to practice the technique without regular group meetings. They expressed a need to integrate it into their routine. Second, some teachers were concerned about the exposure of personal issues in front of their colleagues, with whom they have an ongoing professional relationship. DISCUSSION Before the intervention, the interviews revealed a state of emotional overload and exhaustion among the participants. This finding was described in previous studies as a charac- teristic of teaching and as a source of emotional stress for teachers (Sorek et al., 2004). A study by Friedman (2000) demonstrated that unaccomplished expectations and shat- tered dreams have a significant role in the process of burnout among teachers. After the intervention, the positive effects
  • 92.
    described above canbe evaluated by the theoretical frame- work of psychological well-being (Keyes, 2007; Ryff, 1989, 1995; Sin & Lyubomirsky, 2009; Tylee & Wallace, 2009; World Health Organization, 2004). This model includes six dimensions of wellness, manifested in the results of the study as follows. (1) Self-acceptance, demonstrated in the current study by the teachers having reported higher levels of self-awareness and a more peaceful inner self after the intervention, as well as by acknowledging their abilities as well as accepting their weaknesses. (2) positive and reciprocal relationships with others, expressed as the capability of empathy, affection, and intimacy. The teach- ers described better interactions with their surroundings after the intervention due to their enhanced ability to set boundaries with less emotional involvement and by hav- ing a more flexible attitude. In addition, the positive and close relationships that were formed with the rest of the participants helped the teachers to feel more acknowledged and appreciated, which improved their daily interactions at work. (3) Autonomy in thoughts and action, demon- strated by the ability to resist social pressure and to regulate behavior and thoughts by personal standards. The improved ability to set boundaries and sustain centered, self-helped teachers maintain their personal standards and values with less pressure from external surroundings. (4) Environmental mastery and competence, which translated into the ability to manage complex external surroundings and to choose or create contexts suitable to personal needs and values. The teachers’ increased ability to set boundaries with a more flexible position improved their ability to perform in the classroom and handle interpersonal dynamics. (5) Purpose in life, which replaced ideology and meaning as significant and inherent features of their profession by personal values and goals, and redefined them as a current resource of meaning and fulfillment. (6) Personal growth
  • 93.
    and development, asdefined by feelings of realizing one’s Volume 11—Number 2 81 IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers potential and openness to new experiences. The meditative process of the intervention focused on personal aspects and helped the teachers to acknowledge their abilities and inner strength, thereby initiating a process of personal development. Limitations of the Study We are aware of several limitations of this study. The partici- pants were all from a single high school in Israel. It evaluated only the short-term effects of a short mindfulness interven- tion. The data were collected by conducting two personal interviews with the researcher, which may have had an addi- tional effect on the participants’ responses. It included only one IBSR group from the two intervention groups. How- ever, the group was selected randomly which minimizes the risk of bias. In addition, as described in the Results section, the teachers themselves described several limitations of the workshop, such as the need for regular practice as an integral part of their work and their ambivalence about its implemen- tation in a professional setting with colleagues. To conclude, the current qualitative study demonstrated the positive effects of the IBSR intervention on unique aspects related to teaching. These results should be fur- ther evaluated in large-scale studies with longer follow-ups in order to widen the understanding of the technique’s potential efficacy as a tool for improving well-being among teachers.
  • 94.
    Acknowledgment—We thank EstherEshkol for editorial assistance. REFERENCES Ahola, K., Väänänen, A., Koskinen, A., Kouvonen, A., & Shirom, A. (2010). Burnout as a predictor of all-cause mortality among industrial employees: A 10-year prospective register-linkage study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 69(1), 51–57. Awa, W. L., Plaumann, M., & Walter, U. (2010). Burnout prevention: A review of intervention programs. Patient Education and Counseling, 78, 184–190. Baker, S.E., & Edwards, R. 2014. How many qualitative interviews is enough? (National Centre for Research Methods Review Paper). Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/ how_many_interviews.pdf Bauer, J., Stamm, A., Virnich, K., Wissing, K., Müller, U., Wirsching, M., & Schaarschmidt, U. (2006). Correlation between burnout syndrome and psychological and psychosomatic symptoms among teachers. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 79(3), 199–204. Bishop, S. R., Lau, M., Shapiro, S., Carlson, L., Anderson, N. D., Carmody, J., … Devins, G. (2004). Mindfulness: A proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology: Science and Prac- tice, 11(3), 230–241.
  • 95.
    Bolier, L., Haverman,M., Westerhof, G. J., Riper, H., Smit, F., & Bohlmeijer, E. (2013). Positive psychology interventions: A meta-analysis of randomized controlled studies. BMC Public Health, 13(119), 1–20. Brackenreed, D. (2011). Inclusive education: Identifying teach- ers’ strategies for coping with perceived stressors in inclusive classrooms. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 122, 16–22. Chambers, R., Gullone, E., & Allen, N. B. (2009). Mindful emotion regulation: An integrative review. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 560–572. Davidson, R. J. (1992). Anterior cerebral asymmetry and the nature of emotion. Brain and Cognition, 20(1), 125–151. Davidson, R. J., & McEwen, B. S. (2012). Social influences on neu- roplasticity: Stress and interventions to promote well-being. Nature Neuroscience, 15, 689–694. De Heus, P., & Diekstra, R. (1999). Do teachers burn out more easily? A comparison of teachers with other social professions on work stress and burnout symptoms. In R. Vandenberghe & A. M. Huberman (Eds.), Understanding and preventing teacher burnout: A sourcebook of international research and practice (pp. 269–284). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press. Elder, C., Nidich, S., Moriarty, F., & Nidich, R. (2014). Effect of
  • 96.
    transcendental meditation onemployee stress, depression, and burnout: A randomized controlled study. The Permanente Journal, 18(1), 19–23. Emery, D. W., & Vandenberg, B. (2010). Special education teacher burnout and ACT. International Journal of Special Education, 25(3), 119–131. Flook, L., Goldberg, B., Pinger, L., Bonus, K., & Davidson, R. J. (2013). Mindfulness for teachers: A pilot study to assess effects on stress, burnout, and teaching efficacy. Mind, Brain, and Education, 7, 182–195. Franco, C., Manas, I., Cangas, A. J., Moreno, E., & Gallego, J. (2010). Reducing teachers’ psychological distress through a mindfulness training program. Spanish Journal of Psychology, 13, 655–666. Friedman, I. (1993). Burnout in teachers: The concept and its unique core meaning. Educational and Psychological Mea- surement, 53, 1035–1044. Friedman, I. A. (2000). Burnout in teachers: Shattered dreams of impeccable professional performance. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 595–606. Gold, E., Smith, A., Hopper, I., Herne, D., Tansey, G., & Hulland, C. (2009). Mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) for primary school teachers. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 19, 184–189. doi:10.1007/s10826-009-9344-0 Gold, Y., & Roth, A. R. (1993). Teachers managing stress and pre-
  • 97.
    venting burnout: Theprofessional health solution. New York, NY: Psychology Press. Goleman, D., & Gurin, J. (Eds.). (1993). What is mind/body medicine? In D. Goleman & J. Gurin (Eds.), Mind/body medicine: How to use your mind for better health. Yonkers, NY: Consumer Reports Books. Honkonen, T., Ahola, K., Pertovaara, M., Isometsä, E., Kalimo, R., Nykyri, E., … Lönnqvist, J. (2006). The association between burnout and physical illness in the general population: Results from the Finnish Health 2000 study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 61(1), 59–66. Kabat-Zinn, J. (1994). Wherever you go, there you are: Mindfulness meditation in everyday life. New York, NY: Hyperion. 82 Volume 11—Number 2 http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/how_many_interviews.pdf http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/2273/4/how_many_interviews.pdf Lia Schnaider-Levi et al. Katie, B., with Mitchell, S. (2003). Loving what is: Four questions that can change your life. New York, NY: Three Rivers Press. Kemeny, M. E., Foltz, C., Cavanagh, J. F., Cullen, M., Giese- Davis, J., Jennings, P., … Ekman, P. (2012). Contemplative/emotion training reduces negative emotional behavior and promotes prosocial responses. Emotion, 12, 338–350. doi:10.1037/
  • 98.
    a0026118. Keyes, C. L.(2007). Promoting and protecting mental health as flourishing: A complementary strategy for improving national mental health. American Psychologist, 62, 95–108. Landau, C., Lev-Ari, S., Cohen-Mansfield, J., Tillinger, E., Geva, R., Mitnik, I., & Friedman, E. (2014). Randomized controlled trial of the inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) technique for BRCA1/2 mutation carriers. Psycho-Oncology, 24, 726–731. doi:10.1002/pon.3703 Leufke, R., Zilcha-Mano, S., Feld, A., & Lev-Ari, S. (2013). Effects of “The Work” meditation on psychological symptoms. Journal of Alternative Complementary Therapy, 19, 147–152. Lev-Ari, S., Zilcha-Mano, S., Rivo, L., & Geva, R. (2013). Prospec- tive pilot clinical trial of an inquiry-based stress reduction (IBSR) program for survivors of breast cancer. European Jour- nal of Integrative Medicine, 258, 487–494. Loew, T., Götz, K., Hornung, R., & Tritt, K. (2009). AFA breathing therapy to prevent burnout for teachers. Forschende Komple- mentärmedizin, 16(3), 174–179. Luk, A. L., Chan, B. P. S., Cheong, S. W., & Ko, S. K. K. (2009). An exploration of the burnout situation on teachers in two schools in Macau. Social Indicators Research, 95, 489–502. doi:10.1007/s11205-009-9533-7 Lutz, A., Slagter, H. A., Dunne, J., & Davidson, R. J. (2008).
  • 99.
    Atten- tion regulation andmonitoring in meditation. Trends in Cog- nitive Sciences, 12(4), 163–169. Maslach, C. (2003). Job burnout, new directions in research and intervention. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12(5), 189–192. Maslach, C., Jackson, S. E., & Leiter, M. P. (1996). Maslach burnout inventory manual (3rd ed.). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psy- chologists Press. Melamed, S., Shirom, A., Toker, S., Berliner, S., & Shapira, I. (2006). Burnout and risk of cardiovascular disease: Evidence, possible causal paths, and promising research directions. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 327–353. National Center for Alternative and Complementary Medicine (NCCAM). (2010). NCCAM Publication No. D347. Retrieved from http://nccam.nih.gov/health/whatiscam/ Ospina, M. B., Bond, K., Karkhaneh, M., Buscemi, N., Dryden, D. M., Barnes, V., … Shannahoff-Khalsa, D. B. A. (2008). Clinical trials of meditation practices in health care: Charac- teristics and quality. Journal of Alternative and Complemen- tary Medicine, 14, 1199–1213. doi:10.1089/acm.2008.0307. Pillay, H., Goddard, R., & Wilss, L. (2005). Well-being, burnout and competence: Implications for teachers. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 30(2), 22–33. Ryff, C. D. (1989). Happiness is everything, or is it?
  • 100.
    Explorations on the meaningof psychological well-being. Journal of Personal- ity and Social Psychology, 57, 1069–1081. Ryff, C. D. (1995). Psychological well-being in adult life. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 99–104. Schaufeli, W. B., & Buunk, B. P. (2002). Burnout: An overview of 25 years of research and theorizing. In M. J. J. Schabracq, A. M. Winnubst, & C. L. Cooper (Eds.), The handbook of work and health psychology (pp. 383–425). Chichester, England: John Wiley. Seligman, M. E. P., & Csiikszentmialayi, M. (2000). Positive psychol- ogy: An introduction. American Psychologist, 55, 5–14. Shirom, A., Toker, S., Melamed, S., Berliner, S., & Shapira, I. (2013). Burnout and vigor as predictors of the incidence of hyperlipi- demia among healthy employees. Applied Psychology: Health and Well-Being, 5(1), 79–98. Sin, N. L., & Lyubomirsky, S. (2009). Enhancing well-being and alle- viating depressive symptoms with positive psychology inter- ventions: A practice-friendly meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 65, 467–487. Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2003). Interpretive phenomenologi- cal analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology (pp. 56–57). London, England: Sage. Sorek, Z., Tal, H., & Paz, D. (2004). Overload in teachers’ work
  • 101.
    leads to a decreasein quality time and personal attention for pupils. A position paper for the promotion of an education plan. The Israeli Teachers Union in (in Hebrew). Tylee, A., & Wallace, A. (2009). Mental health promotion. In L. Gask, H. Lester, T. Kendrick, & R. Peveler (Eds.), Primary care mental health (pp. 351–365). London, England: The Royal College of Psychiatrists. Wall, R. B. (2005). Tai chi and mindfulness-based stress reduction in a Boston public middle school. Journal of Pediatric Health Care, 19(4), 230–237. Winzelberg, A. J., & Luskin, F. M. (1999). The effect of a meditation training in stress levels in secondary school teachers. Stress Medicine, 15(2), 69–77. World Health Organization. (2004). Promoting mental health: Concepts, emerging evidence, practice. Summary report. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization. Retrieved from http://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/42940 Volume 11—Number 2 83 http://nccam.nih.gov/health/whatiscam/ http://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/42940 IBSR Meditation for Burnout Among Teachers APPENDIX: JUDGE-YOUR-NEIGHBOR WORKSHEET* *Permission has been obtained for use of copyrighted material.
  • 102.
    84 Volume 11—Number2 Copyright of Mind, Brain & Education is the property of Wiley- Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. Qualitative Articles: Lim, J., Hepworth, J., & Bogossian, F. (2011). A qualitative analysis of stress, uplifts and coping in the personal and professional lives of Singaporean nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 67(5), 1022–1033. https://doi- org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2010.05572.x Lia, S., Inbal, M., Keren, Z., Zehavit, G., & Shahar, L. ( 2017). Inquiry-based stress reduction meditation technique for teacher burnout: A qualitative study. Mind, Brain, and Education , 75- 82. (this has already been completed) Quantitative Article: Maamari, B. E., & Saheb, A. (2018). How organizational culture and leadership style affect employees’ performance of genders. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 26(4), 630– 651. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1108/IJOA-04- 2017-1151 (Has already been completed) Jenny, G. J., Brauchli, R., Inauen, A., Füllemann, D., Fridrich, A., & Bauer, G. F. (2015). Process and outcome evaluation of an organizational level stress management intervention in
  • 103.
    Switzerland. Health PromotionInternational, 30(3), 573–585. https://doi-org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1093/heapro/dat091 Mixed Methods: Rumbold, J. L., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2018). Using a mixed method audit to inform organizational stress management interventions in sport. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 35, 27–38. https://doi- org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010 Antoni, C. H., Baeten, X., Perkins, S. J., Shaw, J. D., & Vartiainen, M. (2017). Reward management: Linking employee motivation and organizational performance. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16(2), 57–60. https://doi- org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.1027/1866-5888/a000187 O R I G I N A L R E S E A R C H A qualitative analysis of stress, uplifts and coping in the personal and professional lives of Singaporean nurses Joanne Lim, Julie Hepworth & Fiona Bogossian Accepted for publication 4 December 2010 Correspondence to J. Lim: e-mail: [email protected] Joanne Lim BA (Psychology) MSocSci
  • 104.
    (Health Practice) Research Fellow Schoolof Nursing and Midwifery, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia Julie Hepworth BA (Hons) PhD CPsychol (BPS) Postgraduate Research Coordinator School of Nursing and Midwifery, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia Fiona Bogossian BAppSci MPH PhD Director of Research School of Nursing and Midwifery, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia L I M J . , H E P W O R T H J . & B O G O S S I A N F . ( 2 0 1 1 )L I M J . , H E P W O R T H J . & B O G O S S I A N F . ( 2 0 1 1 ) A qualitative analysis of stress, uplifts and coping in the personal and professional lives of Singaporean nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing 67(5), 1022–1033. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2010.
  • 105.
    05572.x Abstract Aim. This paperis a report of a descriptive study of nurses’ experiences of daily stress and coping. Background. Much of the research on stress in nursing is quantitative and has focused on only work stressors. Moreover, few studies have examined the uplifting side of living and the role it may play in moderating stress. A theoretical framework on stress and coping, ‘hassles’ and ‘uplifts’ was used to examine nurses’ experiences across their personal and professional lives from a qualitative perspective. Methods. A purposive sample of Singaporean hospital nurses (n = 23) identified using a snowball sampling technique, participated in two sets of email interviews in 2009. The qualitative data were analysed using thematic analysis. Results. Three themes were identified as constituting daily hassles: (i) time pres-
  • 106.
    sures, (ii) natureof nursing work and (iii) multiple roles. Uplifts were expressed in relation to one main theme of feeling good extending across nurses’ personal and professional lives. Three themes were identified as ways of coping: (i) taking time out, (ii) seeking emotional support and (iii) belief systems. Conclusion. The interaction between personal and professional life plays a major role in Singaporean nurses’ experiences of stress and coping. However, stress may be ameliorated through effective management and strong familial support. Nurses and employers are recommended to use uplifts and identify ways of coping to minimize attrition and contribute to the development of a healthy workforce. Keywords: coping, interviews, nurses, nursing, qualitative, Singapore, stress Introduction Stress is widespread in the nursing profession with common stressors such as work overload and dealing with death and dying (Lambert et al. 2004, Sveinsdottir et al. 2006, Verhae-
  • 107.
    ghe et al.2008). For Singaporean nurses, major stressors are related to work including shortage of staff, high work demands and conflict at work (Lim et al. 2010). However, research to date has focused on work-related stressors without considering the contribution of family and social stressors in everyday living. These daily experiences of stressors are measured as ‘hassles’ within Lazarus and 1022 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd J A N JOURNAL OF ADVANCED NURSING Folkman’s (1984, 1987) theoretical framework on stress and coping. On the other hand, daily experiences that bring joy and happiness are measured as ‘uplifts’ and are believed to predict positive affect (Kanner et al. 1981). Research has also overlooked the existence of uplifting situations that may ease stressful experiences (Lavee & Ben-Ari 2008). In terms of coping, Singaporean nurses frequently use problem orientation skills, seeking social support and relax-
  • 108.
    ation techniques (Limet al. 2010). As Folkman and Lazarus (1988) state, seeking social support can be both an emotion- focused and a problem-focused strategy. This research seeks to explore daily hassles and uplifts faced by nurses and to understand nursing stress and coping strategies using Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress and coping. Background There are two main approaches to the measurement of stress: the life events (Rahe et al. 1964, Holmes & Rahe 1967, Rahe 1978) and the daily hassles (Kanner et al. 1981, Lazarus 1984, Lazarus & Folkman 1989). The life events approach concentrates on traumatic events such as the death of significant others and job loss, while the daily hassles approach emphasizes the influence of everyday living from daily hassles and life events. This study employed Lazarus’s concept of daily hassles that are appraised as salient and harmful or threatening to the endorser’s well
  • 109.
    being (Lazarus 1984).On the other hand, daily uplifts are experiences and conditions of daily living that have been appraised as salient and are positive or favourable. Kanner et al. (1981) stated that uplifts are likely to play an important role in coping and may buffer the presumed adverse effects of hassles. Lazarus (1966, 1999) was a pioneer in stress and coping research and the transactional model developed by Lazarus and Folkman (1984) is a benchmark for the measurement of stress and coping that is widely employed in research (see Machleit et al. 2005, Lavee & Ben-Ari 2008). The model integrates stress, appraisal and coping theories with a central focus on individual responses to psychologically stressful situations and/or environments. According to Lazarus (1984, p. 19), stress is; ‘any situation in which internal and/or external demands are appraised as taxing or exceeding the adaptive or coping resources of an individual’. Coping refers to the person’s cognitive and behavioural efforts to manage
  • 110.
    those taxing demandsof the person–environment interaction (Folkman et al. 1986a). Accordingly, stress in nursing would be represented in terms of the presence of disruptive environmental factors, such as excessive workload or demands from patients, the appraisal of these factors as potentially threatening by the nurse and the secondary appraisal of the nurse’s availability of coping resources. If the demands exceed the nurse’s coping resources, which may include personality factors and the availability of social support, there may be negative conse- quences. Stress and coping instruments typically have a quantitative focus and some have been revised in response to criticism of their weak psychometric properties, unstable factor struc- tures and lack of cross-validation (De Ridder 1997, Maybery & Graham 2001, Maybery et al. 2002). Additionally, these instruments suffer from low internal inconsistency, a lack of test–retest reliability and inadequate research on construct
  • 111.
    and predictive validity(Steed 1998, Hahn & Smith 1999, Folkman & Moskowitz 2004). Therefore, a qualitative methodological approach was considered important to explore nurses’ experiences of stress and coping beyond traditional stress and coping measurements. Additionally, by drawing on Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984) theoretical framework, it was possible to conduct a study that described nurses’ stress together with uplifts and coping strategies across their personal and professional lives whereby a much fuller picture of stress could be described. The Study Aim/s The aim of the study was to describe nurses’ experiences of daily stress and coping. Design This research builds on a previous quantitative study (Lim et al. forthcoming) that employed Lazarus and Folkman’s (1989) Hassles and Uplifts Scale and Folkman and Lazarus’s
  • 112.
    (1988) Ways ofCoping Questionnaires to examine stress and coping strategies in Queensland and Singaporean nurses. However, the response rate for Singaporean nurses (19Æ5%) was lower than Queensland nurses (30%; Lim et al. forth- coming) and may be attributed to disinterest in surveys in Asian cultures (Harzing 1997, King 2006). Consequently, a qualitative approach was adopted to explore further the Singaporean nurses’ experiences of daily hassles and uplifts and their coping strategies. A postpositivist paradigm informed the qualitative methodology because the purpose of the research was to obtain a snapshot of the day-to-day reality of these nurses in order to gain an understanding of their subjective experiences (Guba & Lincoln 1994). JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1023 Therefore, the interview data were treated as examples of
  • 113.
    participants’ everyday experiences. Sample/participants Apurposive sample of Singaporean nurses was identified using a snowball sampling approach (Atkinson & Flint 2001) whereby the initial participants identify potential additional participants through their networks who will provide ‘infor- mation-rich’ cases. The snowball sampling approach began with the lead author obtaining permission from two nurses in Singapore to assist with recruitment. To encourage participa- tion, we included the incentive of entering all participants’ email addresses into a lucky draw to win a S$100 shopping voucher. To prevent study emails being treated as spam, the subject field included study details. Recruitment commenced in May 2009 and was completed by November 2009. As the snowballing progressed, twenty-three nurses were recruited and participated in the first interview. With the exception of two, all the nurses participated in the second interview, and no reason was given for non-participation. The sample size was
  • 114.
    determined by the‘saturation’ of interview content (Pope et al. 2000), and by this, we mean that when no new information was being given in the interviews, the sampling ceased. Data collection As one of the key aims of qualitative research is to understand phenomena from the participants’ viewpoint (Wilkinson et al. 2004), the semi-structured interview was selected to collect data about nurses’ experiences of stress and coping. Data were collected in 2009 via open-ended questions sent to participants by email; a method justified by evidence (Choi 2008) that Singaporeans prefer email communication. Email interviews have several advantages including their time and cost efficiency, and enable researchers to access a diverse population (Meho 2006). Additionally, asynchronous com- munication maintains participants’ anonymity, while they have the freedom of self-disclosure (Opdenakker 2006). In this study, participants were required to answer the questions asynchronously by replying to initial prompts. The interview
  • 115.
    schedule for thefirst set of interviews was informed by previous quantitative research (Lim et al. forthcoming) that identified nurses’ experiences of stress, and required a qualitative approach to clarify nurses’ daily experiences of stress and coping. The lead researcher (JL) sent follow-up emails in order to clarify the participants’ meaning of any specific use of language/concepts (see Table 1). The second interview was developed using questions formulated from the responses from the first interview in order to explore further the stress, uplifts and coping (see Table 2). Each participant’s interview data were saved as an individual word document, stored on the first author’s secure computer and all interviews were later printed and analysed individually as well as across the set of interviews. Ethical considerations A university ethics committee approved the study stating that the project complied with the provision contained in the
  • 116.
    National Statement onEthical Conduct in Human Research and complied with the regulations governing experimentation Table 1 Interview schedule for first interview 1a. Can you tell me about your everyday hassles? 1b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses experience ‘too many responsibilities’, ‘problems getting along with fellow workers’, and ‘job dissatisfactions’, ‘troubling thoughts about the future’, ‘not getting enough sleep’ and ‘not having enough time’ as major hassles. Can you talk about your own experiences in these areas? 2a. Can you tell me what makes you feel uplifted? 2b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses experience laughing, relating well with friends and meeting your responsibilities. Can you talk about your own experiences in these areas? 3a. If you are stressed, what do you do to cope? 3b. Research has indicated that Asian nurses seek support from their friends and families. Can you talk about this in terms of your
  • 117.
    own experience? 4. Couldyou please give me your approximate age (under 30; 31 or older)? Table 2 Interview schedule for second interview 1. Could you tell me what ‘being lucky’ means to you? Do you think that the hassles or uplifts you experienced are influenced by luck? If so, please describe an example. 2. Some people have told me that ‘no disturbances from superiors/ relatives’ means a lot to them. Can you please describe an example or time when you were disturbed by relatives or superiors? 3. People have talked about having ‘too many responsibilities’ as being stressful. Can you please describe what it means to you to be for example, a good worker, good mother, good wife, good daughter and good daughter-in-law.
  • 118.
    4. What is‘money’ to you? Does having or not having money have any impact on you (good and bad ways)? 5. Do you go shopping as a means of stress relief? When you make the purchase, how do you feel and how long does this feeling last for? 6. When you are stressed with a particular issue, what do you do to help you manage the situation? 7. If you could change anything in the world to make it less stressful for you, what three things would you do? J. Lim et al. 1024 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd on humans. The participant information sheet was emailed to each nurse individually and included clear statements about the voluntary nature of study participation and that they were free to leave the study at any time, and that confiden-
  • 119.
    tiality would bemaintained. It was also made clear to participants that study participation was not in any way linked to their employment. Participants were also sent written consent forms by email and they returned signed forms to the lead researcher (JL) by email. Data analysis The interview transcripts were initially analysed by the lead researcher (JL) as data were being collected whereby she noted prominent features in each transcript. Subsequently, individual interviews were systematically analysed using thematic analysis based on Pope et al.’s (2000) five stages of analysis: (1) familiarization – transcripts were read and re- read several times in order to list key ideas and recurrent themes, (2) Identifying a thematic framework – identify key issues and preliminary topics and constant comparison of data to establish analytical categories, (3) Indexing – refine and reduce categories into broader themes, (4) Charting – rearrange data according to the thematic framework where
  • 120.
    they relate and(5) Mapping and interpretation – define concepts and find associations between themes to provide explanations for the findings. The purpose of thematic analysis is to represent directly an individual’s point of view through descriptions of experi- ences, beliefs and perceptions (Luborsky 1994). By drawing on Pope et al.’s approach, it was possible to identify key themes and sub-themes in the first instance and refine these after multiple readings of the transcripts and through consultation with co-researchers. Validity and reliability/rigour In order to maximize the validity of the analytic interpreta- tions, two of the researchers independently analysed the individual interview transcripts and the identification of themes and sub-themes across the interviews. This approach was taken to both sets of interviews. When inconsistent interpretations arose between the researchers, they were referred to the third researcher for discussion until a
  • 121.
    consensus was reached.The systematic approach to the analysis provides additional rigour to the study. The trans- parency of the research design and analysis contributes to the establishment of an ‘audit trail’, which documents the steps and decisions undertaken from the transcripts of raw data through to the final interpretation (Wolf 2003). Results Sample The purposive sample comprised of 23 Singaporean female nurses aged between 22 and 55 years (see Table 3 for demographic characteristics). The majority of participants worked full-time, had been employed for a minimum of at least 2–5 years and worked in the similar nursing setting of restructured hospitals in Singapore, which are government owned, privately managed and may or may not have attached private clinics. The majority of nurses in this study were single and did not have children. Summary of the theoretical framework and major themes
  • 122.
    The study findingswere interpreted in relation to Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress and coping. Seven main themes about stress, uplifts and coping were identified together with 23 subthemes (see Table 4). Illustrative quotes are reported verbatim. Sources of stress Three themes were identified from the data: (i) time pressures, (ii) nature of nursing work and (iii) multiple roles. Theme 1: Time pressures Nurses experienced considerable time pressures, which they expressed in relation to five sub-themes: (1) the work Table 3 Demographic characteristics of Singaporean nurses (n = 23) n % Hospital setting Public 3 13Æ1 Private 5 21Æ7 Restructured 15 65Æ2 Employment status
  • 123.
    Full-time 23 100 Part-time0 0 Years of experience Less than 1 1 4Æ3 2–5 16 69Æ6 More than 6 6 26Æ1 Marital status Single 12 52Æ2 Married 11 47Æ8 No. of children 0 16 69Æ6 1–2 6 26Æ1 >3 1 4Æ3 JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1025 commute, (2) too many patients, (3) workflow, (4) col- leagues’ disrupting work and (5) work/home responsibilities. Nurses’ commute to work was perceived to be an unpleasant but unavoidable part of everyday life as Susan
  • 124.
    states: I hatethe morning darkness, crowded buses and among other things...I hate the hassles of having to wake up early...[sigh]...’.For Susan, and for some of the other nurses, this commute added a significant length of time to their working day, which had an impact on both their personal and professional lives. A heavy patient load also contributed to time pressures resulting in nurses not having enough time to carry out all the tasks required by patients. Yasmin states: ‘Too many patients to handle in a day and the time scheduled for each patient is limited.’ The pressure on nurses was amplified when col- leagues such as doctors, nurse researchers or interpreters interrupted their patient schedule: [a hassle is when]When work does not flow well due to the overlook of other departments or mistake in workflow because it’ll cause interruption in work and cause delays. (Hebe) Doctors coming in late for consultation which will then hold back the
  • 125.
    clinic session andangry patients demanding a reason for seeing Doctors later than their appointment time. (Betty) As well as managing a changing appointment schedule, nurses dealt with an emotional backlash from patients. For those nurses who had family commitments as mothers and daughters, the significance of time pressures was height- ened because they had to fulfil work and home responsibil- ities and meet family expectations. Xania and Ally describe their breadth of duties: I have so many things to do in a day. Work is already hard and got to take care of family too. Going to work every morning, getting my children ready for school and dropping them off, getting to work on time, picking my children from school. (Xania) We have so many things to do everyday, going to work, fulfilling work duties, rush home to fulfil home duties, cook, clean, prepare for the next day. Time is always not enough. (Ally)
  • 126.
    Theme 2: Natureof nursing work The nature of nursing work included five sub-themes (1) too many responsibilities, (2) workload, (3) working relation- ships, (4) lack of recognition and (5) demanding patients and relatives. Jessie describes multiple nursing responsibilities and how they become burdensome: I am facing too many responsibilities at work. I have to manage a pool of patients on hand, monthly and quarterly reports to submit to three different departments, supervise my juniors at work, and teach 2 new staffs at work. With the shortage of staff, nurses were also expected to fulfil non-nursing responsibilities: We bear too much responsibilities because not only are we nursing the patients, we have PR to do, service recovery etc. Plus we have
  • 127.
    individual assignments inthe ward and I’m in charge of the pharmaceutical section. (Julia) The workload was very heavy due to the shortage of staff. The staff nurses had to be in charged of everything, from the patients’ food to the different procedures the patients are suppose to go for that day…. be responsible for any mistakes done by the junior nurses who were in the same team. (Hebe) They also identified the importance that their work relation- ships had for efficiency and their morale: Table 4 Main and sub-themes for stress, uplifts and way of coping Main themes Sub-themes Sources of stress Time Travelling to work Too many patients Workflow
  • 128.
    Doctors late forappointments Work/home responsibilities Nature of nursing work Too many responsibilities Demanding patients and relatives Workload Working relationships Lack of recognition Multiple roles Work Personal Sources of uplifts Feeling good Professionally Appreciation of the nurse: patients’ gratitude and pay increments Good, reliable
  • 129.
    relationships at work Patient’shealth improving Personally Personal activities Money Laughing Good social relationships Ways of coping Taking time out Breaks at work Rest and relax Shopping Seek emotional support Family – Husband Colleagues Belief systems Role of luck Fatalistic thinking
  • 130.
    Spiritual interventions J. Limet al. 1026 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd Getting along with workers is a big issue at my workplace. People just seem to be backstabbing and playing politics all the time. (Ally) Poor teamwork with superior. I have a unapproachable superior, whom will look for us to help her to do her work and yet when we need help, she is no where to be found. And when she see that we are busy, she’ll ask us to do documentation audit which can be done on some other day when there is lesser patients. Not promoted even though promotion long due. (Casy) Nurses complained of a lack of recognition and advancement at work in spite of performing well: We had to do OT everyday and were not appreciated by our managers. Little recognition was given to the staff. (Hebe)
  • 131.
    Job dissatisfactions –they include no recognition from the organi- zation and career advancement. (Tanya) I have been working for 2 year and not able to upgrade yet. (Lisa) Amid nurses’ anxieties and worries, patients and/or relatives could be particularly demanding: Finicky relatives make for a nurse’s nightmare especially those wealthy relatives. Some come in large numbers and they monitor your every movement. They expect us to take care of the patient as though she is the only patient in the ward. (Jemma) Theme 3: Multiple roles Multiple roles were also a source of hassle across nurses’ personal and professional lives. In the extract below, Rachel describes the multiple roles that nurses in the hospital setting have to fulfil: Nurses have too much patient load and extended roles to play especially in the ward. A senior staff are required to be in
  • 132.
    numerous projects work, infectioncontrol officer of the area, prepares schedule for students, roster for staff, giving talks and seminars, preceptoring, acting nurse manager, ordering requisites and handling PR [public relations] case or students which can be very hectic. (Rachel) Additionally, in their personal lives, nurses had to meet the Singaporean cultural expectations of them as daughters, parents and/or spouses. Ally illustrates how these expecta- tions can be overbearing and stressful for women: This is like the worst kind of stress that we are all facing now especially for Chinese. People always see in women, wife- material, mother-material….. I have to be a good wife, a good daughter, and an extremely good daughter-in-law. I have to also excel in my work in order to impress my in-laws and make my parents proud. I have to do my best in everything, from taking care of my family and my
  • 133.
    in-laws, to earninggood money to prove that I’m good and smart. I really hate it why we must impress others and put all sort of stress on ourselves. … we still need to take care of ourselves, be pretty and look good so that our husbands will not strayed. Somehow I have to do everything perfectly …. I don’t like it that I have to please people that I don’t like just because I have to do it. It’s ridiculous. (Ally) Sources of uplifts One main theme was identified as being the source of uplifts, ‘feeling good’ across nurses’ personal and professional lives. Theme 1: Feeling good For these nurses, feeling good in the professional arena meant that they experienced uplifts through being appreciated, having reliable working relationships and patients’ health improvements: It can be just a ‘thank you’ from a patient that you had attended to which means that they appreciate your service. (Yasmin)
  • 134.
    When receive complimentsfrom patients and manager. When we hear that there will be bonus or increment, it will definitely enlighten our day! (Jolene) With heavy workloads, nurses commented how important collegial work was to resolve everyday situations and that positive working relationships lightened nurses’ mood: I feel great when work problems are solved and when we have good teamwork at the office. (Whitney) So far I’ve been lucky in that we’ve got good team mates and nurses in outpatient here are supportive and fun to talk to so however bad days we had, we managed to get by quite happily... (Betty) Improvements in patients’ health were a major uplift at work as Jemma describes: There is no better uplift than to see your patients cured (as in successful surgery/treatment) and discharged from hospital. This
  • 135.
    piece of newsbrings a bright and broad smile on them. They will be so grateful for all the care and attention rendered by nurses during their stay. (Jemma) In terms of feeling good personally, nurses experienced uplifts through leisure activities, having disposable income, laughing with their friends and social relationships that relieved stress. Watching drama series that I like. Playing games on internet. Cooking for my friends. Shopping. (Ally) If I am really stressed out with my work, I will call my friends to go out for a drink, go clubbing, to de-stress..If time allow, will go spa,…. Now I enrolled into yoga class and guess it also help to de- stress and uplift my feelings and I think it work well. (Jolene) JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1027
  • 136.
    Money is everythingto me... Of course having money have impact on me in goods way. For me I see money as an uplift... I can buy what I want which also help the economy. haha.. I can buy what I need and no need to keep bothering other people to lend me... (Yoko) Another way in which nurses’ relieved stress at work was through humour and laughing together: Laughter helps to lift up the ever building tension at work and a stress reliever whether or not you manage to clear your work to meet datelines. (Rachel) Sharing a joke and laughing is evidence of enjoying one’s work. Friendship is very important because nurses rely on one another to uplift their day and their work for obvious reasons. Stating it clearly and crudely, we are dealing with the sick and the terminal. So at times sharing a light moment with fellow colleagues makes a great
  • 137.
    difference to thekind of job we are doing. Otherwise the day will be night and the night will be nightmare. (Jemma) Nurses in this study also enjoyed spending time and relating well with friends and family for companionship and support: Having good time with friends and family, like eating out, nice food and entertainment. Just hanging out with my partner. Relating well with friends help me feel better in the day as there are common grounds between us and you know that you are not alone. (Ally) Ways of coping When nurses talked about coping, their responses included three themes: (i) taking time out, (ii) seeking emotional support and (iii) belief systems. Theme 1: Taking time out Taking time out through short breaks at work, snack breaks, rest and relaxing activities helped nurses to cope.
  • 138.
    We have thislocker that are stashed with lots of snacks and goodies that most of us will snack on in between cases in the OT. This help us to relief hunger as well as stress. (Yvette) Out of the working environment, nurses relaxed by listening to music, meditation and going to the spa. Sleeping was also a common way for nurses to get away from stress. An additional common coping strategy among nurses was taking time out to go shopping as Ally describes below: Shopping and not thinking about it, just switch off and relax. Shopping to relieve stress for me is to shop simply anything I like. It’s a very bad habit to use shopping to de-stress but I love shopping. … Somehow all your troubles are gone. But when the bills arrived, that’s when the pain sets in…. every time I feel stressed up, I still revert to shopping. (Ally)
  • 139.
    Theme 2: Seekemotional support For these nurses, family members, husbands and other nurses were all sources of emotional support: If I find I’m being too stress, I will talk things out with my parents and siblings when I asked them out for dinner or over my lunch time. Usually to ask them for their opinions or feedback cause sometimes when I’m too stress I can’t think so by asking them they may give me a better solutions to act upon or I just want their moral support. (Rachel) Husband plays an important role in my life..whenever I have trouble and problem, I will talk to him and seek for his support and encouragement. (Jolene) As nurses we need to shoulder pain and sadness together. I once get scolded by a patient though it has really nothing to do with me at all!
  • 140.
    I seek comfortby sharing my ordeal with my team. Some showed their anger, some showed their sympathy, some even vengeful. So it’s touching to know that you are really not alone and that as nurses, every one of us is the same. And we know will support each other through thick and thin of life. (Susan) Theme 3: Belief systems Nurses also drew on individual belief systems in terms of the role of luck, fatalistic thinking and spiritual interventions to cope with stress. By drawing on luck, nurses were able to make sense of the changing patterns of their work, both good and bad, and saw themselves as part of a larger context over which they had less control. Yes, anything that happens from day to day is all depends on luck. For instance, if you are lucky everything will go well and smoothly throughout the day and anything crop up there will always be a
  • 141.
    miracle or guidingangel to help you. (Jolene) I believe some things happened for a reason. For e.g. when something bad happens, I always say it is bad luck. Maybe not doing well at work, I blamed it on bad luck. Bad relationships with work colleagues can be considered bad luck as well. (Ally) Nurses attributed hassles and uplifts to being an inevitable part of life, and as the main reason for why they had to accept the societal norms. Obviously too many responsibilities will consequently result in being stressful. The responsibilities that we assume in life as a person in different roles inadvertently translate into stress marks. This is life and life is about being responsible. (Jemma) J. Lim et al. 1028 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd It is normal that we are expected to be a good wife and mum.
  • 142.
    This is the roleof woman. I have to always meet the expectation of the society. (Xania) Religion also played an important role in nurses’ coping especially when they believed that either they did not have another source of support or that the only real power was through spiritual intervention: Think it through, ask people around me who can help. If not, I’ll ask for divine intervention. (Esther) There’s no one I can talk to openly except God. (Xania) Discussion Study limitations This study has two main limitations: sampling and the use of email interviews. First, because snowball sampling relies on the initial contacts to identify additional research partici- pants, it may have attracted a homogenous group. While collecting data from similar information-rich cases is valu- able, subsequent research may explore stress and coping in a
  • 143.
    more diverse sample.Second, internet filters may have screened recruitment emails and the potential exists for the lucky draw to have been treated as junk mail. There were two losses in the second interview, so data from the initial interview could not be confirmed further with these individ- uals. A possible threat to authenticity in email interviews may occur if the participant was unable or unwilling to elaborate on an answer that was not clear in the original submission (Hamilton & Bowers 2006). Possible explanations for the lack of completion of the second interview could include time pressures, not checking emails frequently, or feeling that they had nothing more to add to initial response. As Bampton and Cowton (2002) have noted, participants may also choose not to commit to an interview process with the possibility of unpredictability and insecurity. The three themes of stress showed that Singaporean nurses experienced stress in areas across their personal and profes- sional lives and contrasts with previous work-focused studies
  • 144.
    (e.g. Boey etal. 1997 and Chan et al. 2000). Despite the widespread availability of domestic help in Singapore (Barr 2000), nurses found juggling home and work duties burdensome. To some extent, this paradox is explained by the expectation on Singaporean women to be actively involved in domestic responsibilities (Lim et al. 2003). This is in contrast with Winwood et al. (2006)’s findings that domestic responsibilities were not related to fatigue and recovery but shift work was the main casual factor for long- term stress and fatigue in a sample of Australian nurses. Boey et al. (1997) also found that family demands were least stressful for the nurses; however, they were the most significant when related to anxiety, depression and a sense of inadequacy. Time pressures were a prominent hassle among nurses especially the work commute. Most Singapore hospitals are not located by public transport particularly with the Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) rail system, which is the major form of
  • 145.
    transport (Statistics Singapore2006). Even when located near MRT stations, it often requires a walk of at least 15 minutes and can be inconvenient or dangerous for nurses working early morning or late shifts. This would require nurses to take buses and interchange with either another bus or train before they arrive at their workplace with an average journey time of 51 minutes (Statistics Singapore 2006). In order to minimize travelling hassles, hospitals may consider providing shuttle bus services at specific train stations to eliminate this stressor. Employers may also consider providing transport subsidies for nurses working shifts. Singaporean nurses described good working relationships, particularly with their nursing colleagues, but doctors and administrative staff complicated their work. This finding is similar to Boey et al.’s (1997) research that also reported interpersonal conflicts to be one of the work stressors reported by Singaporean nurses. A possible explanation for this could be the lack of communication across positions in
  • 146.
    the Asian communitywhere the working culture is hierar- chical and power-centred (King 2006). In-service pro- grammes targeting interpersonal relationships may help by promoting better communication, formation of work groups and frequent discussions between healthcare personnel. Interpersonal relationships could also become stressful when patients and/or relatives were demanding. Similar to Lateef et al. (2001) and Yang et al. (2001, 2002), they frequently experienced patient-related difficulties and aggres- sive patient behaviour. Consumers often have high expecta- tions of hospitals, however, service quality in Singapore is found to be generally below expectations (Lim & Tang 2000). Finding fault and complaining about everything are part of the Kiasu values many Singaporeans possess (King 2006, Barr & Skrbis 2008). Therefore, nurses were in the forefront of complaints and/or unpleasant behaviour from health consumers who were dissatisfied with their care. Nurses also experienced stress about job security, which is
  • 147.
    consistent with previousresearch (Chan & Morrison 2000, Tan & Tan 2004). These studies showed that Singaporean nurses experienced a high level of work stress, job dissatis- faction and insecurity. Concern about future job prospects and security is common in Singapore as employees often JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1029 complain of low pay and high workload (Sullivan & Gunasekaran 1994). The cultural expectation that Singaporean women will fulfil multiple roles at home and work was a major source of stress. Singaporeans are socialized to be multi-faceted indi- viduals, and expected to perform at optimum in all aspects in order to succeed (Singapore21 2003). Apart from the many roles at home and work, nurses are expected to excel in these roles (see Quah 1998).
  • 148.
    The findings onpsychological and social stress experienced by Singaporean nurses need to be addressed accordingly as Winwood and Lushington (2006) reported psychological work demands to have an adverse impact on nurses’ sleep quality and to impair recovery from work strain, which may result in serious maladaptive stress outcomes. In terms of uplifts, nurses enjoyed feeling good personally and professionally. At work, nurses appreciated patients’ gratitude for their health care and recognition by hospital management through promotion and pay increments. Nurses also valued good working relationships, in line with Lateef et al.’s (2001) findings where 92Æ4% of nurses felt that having good relationship was the most important factor at work. Personally, nurses enjoyed participating in individual and social leisure activities in their spare time. Activities such as surfing Internet, watching films, visiting spas and undergoing facials were all uplifting for these nurses. According to Kau et al. (2004), Singaporeans rely on leisure and play to feel
  • 149.
    socially connected withpeople and to achieve a balance in their lives. Laughter was also a source of an uplift, which is often seen as a stress-coping method (Iwasaki et al. 2005). In nurses’ personal and professional lives, money was an important uplift confirming the findings by Lim et al. (forthcoming) where Singaporean nurses reported uplifts such as ‘having enough money’ and ‘getting money the unexpected ways’. This is not surprising as Singapore has long been characterized as a ‘money-faced’ society where money matters most to many Singaporeans (Perera 1996). The three themes about coping strategies showed that nurses relied heavily on taking time out, emotional support and personal beliefs. They valued resting and relaxing by taking short breaks at work, practising meditation, listening to music and going for short walks, which is similar to those strategies reported in previous research (Boey et al. 1997). Nurses in this study also engaged in shopping for stress relief. Iwasaki et al. (2005) noted feeling recharged or rejuvenated
  • 150.
    through leisure wassignificant for women juggling family/ home demands and work responsibilities. Seeking social support was a common strategy among nurses, although in this study, they sought emotional rather than instrumental support from their families and colleagues. Singaporeans are very family oriented, which helps them feel appreciated and treasured and they often turn to family for help or advice (Kau et al. 2004). Studies by Boey (1998, 1999) ascertained that family support plays an important, positive role in managing Singaporean nurses’ stress. It is interesting to note that Singaporean nurses did not receive sufficient instrumental or emotional support from the work- place. Singaporean nurses also coped by drawing on their own personal beliefs whether these were formal religious or cultural beliefs, and commonly attributed events to luck. Similarly, a study conducted with Singaporean medical staff showed that superstitious beliefs were widespread in daily life
  • 151.
    especially with theaim of attracting good luck and avoiding bad luck in the working environment (Lim et al. 2007). What is already known about this topic • Nurses experience work-related stressors such as work overload, shortage of staff and dealing with death and dying. • Past research has overlooked the contribution of family and social stressors on nurses’ overall experiences of stress and coping. • Nurses use problem orientation and social support, particularly family support, as coping strategies. What this paper adds • An expanded understanding of how stress and coping are experienced by Singaporean nurses in their personal and professional lives. • Uplifts may have a moderating effect on nurses’ experiences of stressors. • Emotional support is crucial in nurses’ coping of stressors in their personal and professional lives. Implications for practice and/or policy • Individuals and employers should focus on the resolution of work and family conflicts to strengthen
  • 152.
    nurses’ morale andminimize specific stressful experiences. • Nurses’ daily stress may be reduced through the identification and recognition of possible uplifts in everyday living that ameliorate unpleasant experiences. • Workplace and individual interventions that promote effective coping strategies may contribute to the prevention of workforce attrition. J. Lim et al. 1030 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd Singaporean nurses in this study also sought spiritual interventions to help them get through difficult situations, although at times they chose to do nothing because of a belief in fatalism. Instead of actively confronting the problem, Singaporean nurses may well feel better by drawing on spirituality to help regulate their emotions. This study is unique in that it employed a qualitative research design using email interviews to describe Singapo-
  • 153.
    rean nurses’ experiencesof stress and coping, how these manifest across both nurses’ personal and professional lives. Furthermore, the study included an exploration of the uplifting aspects of daily living that may counteract the detrimental effects of everyday stress. In terms of methods, several measures were undertaken to maximize participation such as incentivizing and clearly communicating the intent of emails in the subject heading. Having the first researcher from the same cultural background also helps in the understanding of cultural differences and the development and conduct of meaningful research (Suh et al. 2009). The Internet and other social networking tools are emerg- ing mechanisms for participant recruitment and data collec- tion worldwide (Dillman et al. 2009, Suarez-Balcazar et al. 2009). Given the cultural behaviours of Singaporeans with respect to research participation (Fang 2001, Teo 2001), this method may be more suited to studies of Asian cultural groups. Research on Asian populations should use culturally
  • 154.
    appropriate research methodsrecognizing that cultural behaviours play an important role in the decision to partic- ipate in research. Further research should also explore Singaporeans’ preference for research methods including postal surveys, and face-to-face, telephone and e-interviews. Conclusion In contrast with existing research on nurses and work-related stress, this study concludes that experiences of stress across both personal and professional lives are a major concern for these Singaporean nurses. By drawing on Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984, 1987) transactional model of stress and coping, we were able to explore a broader range of what constitutes stress and its alleviation including uplifts and coping strategies. It is recommended that hospital management considers the exposure to a broader range of stressors than just work- related stress. Hospital management should address these in work practices such as identifying uplifts in performance
  • 155.
    planning. They shouldalso focus on building stronger rapport by providing social networking opportunities where nurses can find emotional support from peers and supervi- sors. It is anticipated that implementing these recommenda- tions allows retention of quality nurses and promotes a healthier workplace. Funding This research received no specific grant from any funding agency in the public, commercial or not-for-profit sectors. Conflict of interest No conflict of interest has been declared by the authors. Author contributions JL, JH & FB were responsible for the study conception and design. JL performed the data collection. JL & JH per- formed the data analysis. JL was responsible for the drafting of the manuscript. JH & FB made critical revisions to the paper for important intellectual content. JH & FB supervised the study.
  • 156.
    References Atkinson R. &Flint J. (2001) Accessing hidden and hard-to- reach populations: snowball research strategies. Social Research Update 33. Retrieved from http: //sru.soc.survey.ac.uk/SRU33.pdf on 19 January 2009. Bampton R. & Cowton C.J. (2002) The E-Interview. Forum Quali- tative Social Research 3(2), Art. 9. Barr M.D. (2000) Lee Kuan Yew and the ‘‘Asian Values’’ debate. Asian Studies Review 24(3), 309–334. Barr M.D. & Skrbis Z. (2008) Constructing Singapore: Elitism, Ethnicity and the Nation-Building Project. Nordic Institute of Asian Studies, Denmark. Boey K.W. (1998) Coping and family relationships in stress resis- tance: a study of job satisfaction of nurses in Singapore. Interna- tional Journal of Nursing Studies 35, 353–361.
  • 157.
    Boey K.W. (1999)Distressed and stress resistant nurses. Issues in Mental Health Nursing 19, 33–54. Boey K.W., Chan K.B., Ko Y.C., Goh L.G. & Lim G.C. (1997) Work stress and psychological well-being among the nursing profession. Singapore Medical Journal 38(6), 256–260. Chan E.Y. & Morrison P. (2000) Factors influencing the retention and turnover intentions of registered nurses in a Singapore hospi- tal. Nursing and Health Sciences 2, 113–121. Chan K.B., Lai G., Ko Y.C. & Boey K.W. (2000) Work stress among six professional groups: the Singapore experience. Social Science and Medicine 50, 1415–1432. Choi A. (2008) Internet in Singapore: findings from a national sur- vey. Observatorio 6, 151–168. De Ridder D. (1997) What is wrong with coping assessment? A
  • 158.
    review of conceptualand methodological issues. Psychology and Health 12(3), 417–431. JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 1031 Dillman D.A., Smyth J. & Christian L.M. (eds) (2009) Internet, Mail and Mixed-Mode Surveys: The Tailored Design Method. John Wiley Co, New Jersey. Fang Y. (2001) Turnover propensity and its causes among Singapore nurses: an empirical study. International Journal of Human Resource Management 12(5), 859–871. Folkman S. & Lazarus R.S. (1988) Ways of Coping Questionnaire: Sampler Set, Manual, Test Booklet, Scoring Key. Consulting Psy- chologists Press, Redwood City. Folkman S. & Moskowitz J.T. (2004) Coping: pitfalls and
  • 159.
    promise. Annual Review ofPsychology 55, 745–773. Folkman S., Lazarus R.S., Dunkel-Schetter C., DeLongis A. & Gruen R.J. (1986a) Dynamics of a stressful encounter: cognitive apprai- sal, coping and encounter outcomes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 50, 992–1003. Guba E.G. & Lincoln Y.S. (eds) (1994) Competing Paradigms in Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks, California. Hahn S.E. & Smith C.S. (1999) Daily hassles and chronic stressors: conceptual and measurement issues. Stress Medicine 15, 89– 101. Hamilton R.J. & Bowers B.J. (2006) Internet recruitment and email interviews in qualitative studies. Qualitative Health Research 16, 821–835. Harzing A.-W. (1997) Response rates in International Mail Surveys: Results of a 22-Country Study. International Business Review
  • 160.
    6(6), 641–665. Holmes T.H. &Rahe R.H. (1967) The Social Readjustment Rating Scale. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 11, 213–218. Iwasaki Y., Mackay K. & Mactavish J. (2005) Gender-based analogues of coping with stress among professional managers: leisure coping and non-leisure coping. Journal of Leisure Research 37(1), 1– 28. Kanner A.D., Coyne J.C., Schaefer C. & Lazarus R.S. (1981) Com- parisons of two modes of stress measurement: daily hassles and uplifts versus major life events. Journal of Behavioural Medicine 4, 1–23. Kau A.K., Jung K., Tambyah S.K. & Tan S.J. (2004) Understanding Singaporeans: Values, Lifestyles, Aspirations and Consumption Behaviours. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd., Singapore.
  • 161.
    King R. (2006)The Singapore Miracle: Myth and Reality. Insight Press, Western Australia. Lambert V.A., Lambert C.E., Itano J., Inouye J., Kim S., Kuniviktikul W., Sitthimongkil Y., Pongthavornkamol K., Gasemgitvattana S. & Ito M. (2004) Cross-cultural comparison of workplace stressors, ways of coping and demographic characteristics as predictors of physical and mental health among hospital nurses in Japan, Thailand, South Korea and the USA (Hawaii). International Journal of Nursing Studies 41, 671–684. Lateef F., Ng A. & Anantharaman V. (2001) Stress among nurses in the emergency department. Singapore Nursing Journal 28(1), 22– 26. Lavee Y. & Ben-Ari A. (2008) The association of daily hassles and uplifts with family and life satisfaction: does cultural orientation make a difference? American Journal of Community Psychology
  • 162.
    41, 89–98. Lazarus R.S.(1966) Psychological Stress and the Coping Process. McGraw-Hill, New York. Lazarus R.S. (1984) Puzzles in the study of daily hassles. Journal of Behavioural Medicine 7(4), 375–389. Lazarus R.S. (1999) Stress and Emotion: A New Synthesis. Free Association Books, London. Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1984) Stress, Appraisal and Coping. Springer-Verlag, New York. Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1987) Transactional theory and research on emotions and coping. European Journal of Personality 1, 141– 169. Lazarus R.S. & Folkman S. (1989) Hassles and Uplifts Scale Sampler Set. Mind Garden, USA. Lim P.C. & Tang N.K.H. (2000) A study of patients’ expectations
  • 163.
    and satisfaction inSingapore hospitals. International Journal of Health Care Quality Assurance 13(7), 290. Lim V.K.G., Teo T.S.H. & Loo G.L. (2003) Sex, financial hardship and locus of control: an empirical study of attitudes towards money among Singaporean Chinese. Personality and Individual Differences 34, 411–429. Lim E., Oh V., Quek A.M. & Seet R.C. (2007) Take a bao if you are not superstitious. Annals Academy of Medicine Singapore 36, 217– 220. Lim J., Bogossian F. & Ahern K. (2010) Stress and coping in Singaporean nurses: a literature review. Nursing and Health Sciences 12, 251–258. Lim J., Bogossian F., Ahern K. & Kellett S. (forthcoming) Compar- ison of daily stress in Queensland and Singaporean Nurses. Research in Nursing and Health. Luborsky M.R. (ed.) (1994) The Identification and Analysis of
  • 164.
    Themes and Patterns.Sage, USA. Machleit K.A., Meyer T. & Eroglu S.A. (2005) Evaluating the nature of hassles and uplifts in the retail shopping context. Journal of Business Research 58, 655–663. Maybery D.J. & Graham D. (2001) Hassles and uplifts: including interpersonal events. Stress and Health 17, 91–104. Maybery D., Maybery M., Bresnan R., Croft B., Graham R., Macaulay J., McQualter S., Mitchell E., Sherwell K. & Szakacs E. (2002) Responding to daily event questionnaires: the influence of the order of hassle and uplift scales. Stress and Health 18, 19–26. Meho L.I. (2006) E-mail interviewing in qualitative research: a methodological discussion. Journal of the American Society for Infromation Science and Techonology 57(10), 1284–1295. Opdenakker R. (2006) Advantages and disadvantages of four inter- view techniques in qualitative research. Forum Qualitative
  • 165.
    Social Research 7(4), Art.11, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114- fqs0604118. Perera A. (1996) The Simple Guide to Customs and Etiquette in Singapore. Global Books Ltd, England. Pope C., Ziebland S. & Mays N. (2000) Qualitative research in health care: analysing qualitative data. British Medical Journal 320, 114–116. Quah S.R. (1998) Family in Singapore: Sociological Perspectives, 2nd edn. Times Academic Press, Singapore. Rahe R.H. (1978) Life change measurement clarification. Psycho- somatic Medicine 40, 95–98. Rahe R.H., Meyer M., Smith M., Kjaer G. & Holmes T.H. (1964) Social stress and illness onset. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 8, 35–44. Singapore21 (2003) Singapore 21: Together We Make the Difference.
  • 166.
    Singapore Government, Singapore. StatisticsSingapore (2006) General Household Survey, Statistical Release 2: Transport Overseas Travel, Households and Housing J. Lim et al. 1032 � 2011 Blackwell Publishing Ltd Characteristics. Department of Statistics, Ministry of Trade and Industry, Singapore. Steed L.G. (1998) A critique of coping scales. Australian Psychologist 33(3), 193–202. Suarez-Balcazar Y., Balcazar F.E. & Taylor-Ritzler T. (2009) Using the Internet to conduct research with culturally diverse popula- tions: challenges and opportunities. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology 15, 96–104. Suh E.E., Kagan S. & Strumpf N. (2009) Cultural competence in qualitative interview methods with Asian immigrants. Journal of
  • 167.
    Transcultural Nursing 20,194–201. Sullivan G. & Gunasekaran S. (1994) Motivations of migrants from Singapore to Australia. Field report series no. 28. Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore. Sveinsdottir H., Biering P. & Ramel A. (2006) Occupational stress, job satisfaction, and working environment among Icelandic nurses: A cross-sectional questionnaire survey. International Journal of Nursing Studies 43, 875–889. Tan K.K. & Tan K.A. (2004) How do nurses perceive nursing in Singapore? Singapore Nursing Journal 31(1), 30–44. Teo T.S.H. (2001) Demographic and motivation variables associated with Internet usage activities. Internet Research: Electronic Net- working Applications and Policy 11(2), 125–137. Verhaeghe R., Vlerick P., Backer G.D., Maele G.V. & Gemmel P. (2008) Recurrent changes in the work environment, job
  • 168.
    resources and distress amongnurses: a comparative cross-sectional survey. International Journal of Nursing Studies 45, 382–392. Wilkinson S., Joffe H. & Yardley L. (eds) (2004) Qualitative Data Collection: Interviews and Focus Groups. Sage, London. Winwood P.C. & Lushington K. (2006) Disentangling the effects of psychological and physical work demands on sleep, recovery and maladaptive chronic stress outcomes within a large sample of Australian nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing 56(6), 679– 689. Winwood P.C., Winefield A.H. & Lushington K. (2006) Work- re- lated fatigue and recovery: the contribution of age, domestic responsibilities and shiftwork. Journal of Advanced Nursing 56(4), 438–449. Wolf Z.R. (2003) Exploring the audit trail for qualitative investiga-
  • 169.
    tions. Nurse Educator28(4), 175–178. Yang Y., Koh D., Ng V., Lee C.Y., Chan G., Dong F. & Chia S.E. (2001) Salivary cortisol levels and work-related stress among emergency department nurses. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine 43, 1011–1018. Yang Y., Koh D., Ng V., Lee C.Y., Chan G., Dong F., Goh S.H., Anantharaman V. & Chia S.E. (2002) Self perceived work related stress and the relation with salivary IgA and Iysozyme among emergency department nurses. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine 59(12), 836–841. The Journal of Advanced Nursing (JAN) is an international, peer-reviewed, scientific journal. JAN contributes to the advancement of evidence-based nursing, midwifery and health care by disseminating high quality research and scholarship of contemporary relevance and with potential to advance knowledge for practice, education, management or policy. JAN publishes research reviews, original research reports and methodological and theoretical papers.
  • 170.
    For further information,please visit JAN on the Wiley Online Library website: www.wileyonlinelibrary.com/journal/jan Reasons to publish your work in JAN: • High-impact forum: the world’s most cited nursing journal and with an Impact Factor of 1Æ518 – ranked 9th of 70 in the 2010 Thomson Reuters Journal Citation Report (Social Science – Nursing). JAN has been in the top ten every year for a decade. • Most read nursing journal in the world: over 3 million articles downloaded online per year and accessible in over 7,000 libraries worldwide (including over 4,000 in developing countries with free or low cost access). • Fast and easy online submission: online submission at http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jan. • Positive publishing experience: rapid double-blind peer review with constructive feedback. • Early View: rapid online publication (with doi for referencing) for accepted articles in final form, and fully citable. • Faster print publication than most competitor journals: as quickly as four months after acceptance, rarely longer than seven months. • Online Open: the option to pay to make your article freely and openly accessible to non-subscribers upon publication on Wiley Online Library, as well as the option to deposit the article in your own or your funding agency’s preferred archive (e.g. PubMed). JAN: ORIGINAL RESEARCH Stress and coping of Singaporean nurses
  • 171.
    � 2011 BlackwellPublishing Ltd 1033 Process and outcome evaluation of an organizational- level stress management intervention in Switzerland GREGOR J. JENNY1,2*, REBECCA BRAUCHLI1,2, ALICE INAUEN1,2, DÉSIRÉE FÜLLEMANN2, ANNEMARIE FRIDRICH2 and GEORG F. BAUER1,2 1Center for Organizational and Occupational Sciences, Research Group Public and Organizational Health, ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland and 2Institute of Social and Preventive Medicine, Division of Public and Organizational Health, University of Zurich, Hirschengraben 84, CH-8001 Zürich, Switzerland *Corresponding author. E-mail: [email protected] SUMMARY This field study evaluates the process and outcome of an or- ganizational-level stress management intervention (SMI) in eight companies, taking into account the lessons learned from previous evaluation research. It utilizes the RE-AIM evaluation framework to capture the Reach and Adoption of the intervention in the companies, the appraisal of the Implementation process and the project’s Effectiveness and Maintenance with a range of qualitative and quantitative methods. It applies an adapted research design in the context of a field study involving entire organizations, retrospectively assigning study participants to comparison groups. The results of a longitudinal analysis (n ¼ 1400) showed that the SMI had a positive impact on the participants’ job demands and resources, when controlled for baseline levels.
  • 172.
    Qualitative data analysisrevealed that the companies had built capacities for ongoing health promotion and showed what issues must be borne in mind when implementing such projects. The study also showed that participation in such interventions alone does not suffice to achieve the desired impact, but that the individual participants’ appraisal of the intervention and the collective involvement of the teams must be further researched to fully understand how change occurs. Key words: evaluation; health promotion programs; occupational stress; organizational change INTRODUCTION A stressful working environment has been acknowl- edged as an emergent health issue (European Agency for Safety and Health at Work, 2010). Much evidence has been accumulated on the link between adverse psychosocial working condi- tions and a number of health and business out- comes (Bond et al., 2006), calling for stress management interventions (SMIs). To be effect- ive, SMI should target both individual and or- ganizational levels, considering the needs and capacities of both employees and the organiza- tion (Nielsen et al., 2010). Expanding SMI to the organizational-level represents an advance from single-measure interventions to a dynamic pro- cess of organizational change, ultimately enab- ling companies to manage health themselves. Further, the exclusive focus on stressors has been expanded, including job resources as a factor that mitigates the pathogenic effects of stressors while unfolding a distinct motivational potential (Bauer and Jenny, 2012). Simultaneously, such
  • 173.
    SMI are notlimited to employees with a high risk of disease and long-term sickness for whom intensive and behavior-tailored programs are derived. They target the overall working popula- tion with an average health distribution, aiming to preserve and enhance their health status. In this context, SMI follow a salutogenic approach Health Promotion International, Vol. 30 No. 3 doi:10.1093/heapro/dat091 # The Author (2014). Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: [email protected] Advance Access published 6 January, 2014 573 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 aiming at strengthening resources and slowly but steadily building a sustainable health-promoting working environment. The literature on the
  • 174.
    effectiveness of SMIshows that employees benefit from individual-level SMI (Richardson and Rothstein, 2008). However, there is still a lack of studies evaluating the effects of organizational-level interventions and the results of the few existing ones vary (LaMontagne et al., 2007). A systematic review by Bambra et al. (Bambra et al., 2007) found that some of the par- ticipatory organizational-level interventions improved employee health problems such as general complaints, emotional exhaustion and musculoskeletal disorders by increasing job control. Bond et al. (Bond et al., 2006) also found significant effects of organizational-level inter- ventions on business outcomes (i.e. decreased absenteeism, lower staff turnover, better object- ive and subjective performance ratings). In sum, organizational-level interventions have the po- tential to produce positive effects, but they appear to show diverse and partially contradict- ing results in terms of the combination of inter- vention elements and effect magnitudes over a range of outcomes. This is attributed to the het- erogeneity of the studies in terms of sample sizes, time lags, intervention components, effect mea- sures, study context, etc. [cf. (Biron et al., 2012)]. Further, the dynamics of change in organizations limit the ecological validity of predefined inter- ventions implemented under controlled condi- tions in pre-assigned intervention and control groups. Moreover, such research is often limited to short follow-up periods such as 3 – 12 months (Zapf et al., 1996), leaving long-term effects as well as the routinization of the interventions unnoticed [cf. (Taris and Kompier, 2003)]. As SMI are interventions into complex social
  • 175.
    systems, Kompier andKristensen (Kompier and Kristensen, 2000) acknowledge that most SMI studies require non-traditional research designs. Semmer (Semmer, 2006) argues in favor of chan- ging the focus from outcome variables to work characteristics as determinants of health and well- being, and notes that more detailed analyses and documentation of context and process factors in- fluencing intervention success are needed, rather than simply criticizing (supposedly) poor designs. This view is also echoed and advanced by Nielsen and Randall (Nielsen and Randall, 2012), who include information on the intervention process as a relevant moderating variable explaining the variance in the effectiveness of the intervention. Randall et al. (Randall et al., 2005) argued that measurement of the intervention process can be used to adapt and shape the design of the effect- iveness evaluation: Intervention exposure and ap- praisal serve to retrospectively assign employees to intervention and control groups and thus support quantitative outcome evaluations where controlled quasi-experimentation is not possible (Randall et al., 2005). If such ‘less-than-optimal’ designs are applied, then strong theoretical inter- vention evaluation frameworks (Chen, 1990) and mixed methods (Leech and Onwuegbuzie, 2009) should be used to capture the intervention context and process in order to plausibly attribute observed effects to the implemented intervention and cross-validate the results. Aim and scope of the present study The main purpose of the present study is to evalu-
  • 176.
    ate the processand outcome of an organizational- level SMI in the field, consisting of several inter- vention elements and involving entire companies. Building on the lessons learned from previous re- search as described above, this study captures the process of implementation with both qualitative and quantitative methods, includes both job demands and resources as proximate outcomes, and utilizes the criteria of the well-established RE-AIM evaluation framework (Glasgow et al., 2003). This framework emphasizes not only the effectiveness and maintenance of intervention projects, but also their reach, adoption and imple- mentation quality. Further, this study applies an adapted research design, retrospectively assigning study participants to comparison groups (Randall et al., 2005). The research questions addressed by this study are as follows (see Figure 1): (i) To what extent were the single intervention elements adopted by the company units? To what extent were the company employees reached? (ii) Were the single intervention elements appraised favor- ably by the participants? How are the different facets of the appraisal related to each other (i.e. outcome expectancies, coherence, company fit and voluntariness of participation)? (iii) Was the overall intervention assessed favorably in retro- spect? Does this retrospective impact assessment relate to longitudinal changes in job resources and demands? (iv) To what extent is the retrospective impact assessment related to the reach within company units? (v) What factors facilitated or hindered the overall implementation process, and was maintenance of the SMI assured? 574 G. J. Jenny et al.
  • 177.
    D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 byguest on 02 A ugust 2019 METHOD Implementation of the SMI The SMI was implemented in eight medium- sized and large companies in diverse sectors (in- dustrial production companies, a food processing company, a public administration service and hos- pitals) and two language regions of Switzerland from 2008 to 2010. The company employee numbers in the year 2008 ranged from 323 to 1050 (M ¼ 589). These companies responded to a broad project call by the initiators and funding body (see Acknowledgements) and committed themselves to the program. Figure 1 illustrates the implementation steps covering a period of 3 years. The program started with a kickoff meeting with top management, ensuring backup from the top decision-makers. Internal project leaders were appointed and a steering group was established, designed to bring in the employees’ perspective and support the implementation of the program.
  • 178.
    A baseline employeesurvey was conducted in mid-2008, followed by an intermediate survey in 2009 (not shown in Figure 1) and a final survey at the end of 2010. Results were immediately and automatically fed back to individual participants in the form of a ‘traffic-light’ display and detailed percentile ranks with regard to benchmark values, including tips on the highlighted topic. One-day courses plus a half-day refresher course �6 months later were provided by external consul- tants, targeting (i) employees, (ii) managers and (iii) teams. (i) Employee-level stress management courses conveyed basic knowledge and training on stress, stress appraisal, coping strategies and cog- nitive restructuring, building up motivation and planning the transfer to daily work – life. These courses built on scientific evidence as well as prac- titioner manuals (Kaluza, 2004). (ii) Managerial- level courses on health-promoting leadership showed how to integrate a health perspective into everyday leadership routines. Participants learnt how to recognize psychosocial health issues at work, receiving information and being trained in groups on the handling and reflection of their survey results. They then developed concrete steps and deepened their knowledge on a particu- lar issue, such as teamwork, communication and information skills, feedback, work design (focus- ing on participation and resources), social support, delegation of tasks and/or change. (iii) Team-level working groups (health circles/team reflections) were designed as workshops for teams to address their job demands, resources and Fig. 1: Illustration of the implementation steps aligned with the
  • 179.
    evaluation methods andresearch questions (RQ). Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 575 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 potential individual- and organizational-level solutions, building on participatory reflection, discourse and group work (Schröer and Sochert, 2000). During the intervention period, regular communication measures were applied, and infor- mation events held on the progress of the project as well as on topics such as work – life balance. Participants took part in the intervention during working hours. Participation in employee-level courses was mandatory for those teams with high levels of job demands. The companies also obliged their managers to participate in managerial-level courses (the hierarchical level defined by the com- panies themselves). Since the baseline and follow- up analyses in the companies were more intensive and thus costly in this intervention study than in case of routine SMI, the companies received them at no charge. However, to assure their commitment to the intervention, the companies had to pay for
  • 180.
    all courses andworkshops. Evaluation research design The present study utilized the criteria of the RE-AIM evaluation framework (for detailed in- formation see Glasgow et al., 2003). These criteria were originally developed to evaluate the public health impact of health-promoting interventions and have found widespread application in these communities, as documented on www.re-aim.org: Reach captures the rate of participation and repre- sentativeness of participants, Effectiveness mea- sures the desired changes in indicators and consistency of changes, Adoption captures the pro- portion and representativeness of the participating companies or units, Implementation assesses the extent to which interventions were delivered as intended and Maintenance assesses the extent to which the interventions are sustained in enterprises and individuals. Figure 1 illustrates the evaluation design in line with the implementation steps. Following a mixed methods approach (Leech and Onwuegbuzie, 2009), qualitative and quantitative measurements were applied to capture the effect- iveness of the project as well as the overall imple- mentation process and the implementation of single intervention elements. With regard to the ef- fectiveness outcome, the main focus was placed on work characteristics as determinants of health and the proximate target of the SMI, as suggested by Semmer [Semmer, 2006; see also (Bauer and Jenny, 2012)]. For this purpose, a job resources/ demands-ratio (R/D-ratio) was computed, i.e. an integrated measure dividing job resources by job
  • 181.
    demands reflecting thesynergetic effects of posi- tive and negative aspects of the job [cf. (Schaufeli et al., 2009)]: Two standardized factor scores of job demands and resources were computed using a regression-based method and transformation to positive values. The factors were derived from S-Tool measures (see below for details), which were selected and tested for company invariance, i.e. their factorial structure and correlation with health outcomes were similar for all companies (Brauchli et al., 2013; Brauchli et al., manuscript submitted). Regression-to-the-mean phenomena and differential effects attributable to a variance in baseline levels (Flaxman and Bond, 2010) were accounted for by separately studying effects in sub- groups and controlling for baseline levels. Data sources A key instrument for quantitative data collection was a newly developed online employee survey called S-Tool completed by participants at three measurement points. S-Tool was developed by the University of Berne (Chair N. Semmer) in collaboration with consultants and Health Pro- motion Switzerland and consists of scientifically reliable and valid scales measuring job demands, resources, well-being and health (for in-depth details on the selected scales utilized, see Brauchli et al., 2013, Brauchli et al., manuscript submitted). Short evaluation questionnaires were distributed at refresher sessions of the employee- and managerial- level courses. These questionnaires were discussed with fellow researchers and the external consultants during experience-exchange groups and were pre- tested with a convenience sample of 15 employees
  • 182.
    for comprehensibility, contentvalidity and rele- vance of the items. Qualitative data were collected via structured face-to-face interviews with key persons (led by the consultants), telephone inter- views with line managers and group discussions with the steering group members (both led by the evaluation researchers) at the beginning and end of the project. Sample Eight companies comprising a total of 58 units participated in the study. The company units were made up of self-defined subsystems within the companies, i.e. clusters of teams departmen- talized according to the respective organizational charts. The baseline employee survey carried out in 2008 yielded a sample of 3532 participants (re- sponse rate: 71%). Follow-up surveys in 2009 576 G. J. Jenny et al. D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 www.re-aim.org www.re-aim.org www.re-aim.org
  • 183.
    www.re-aim.org (n ¼ 3193;63%) and 2010 (n ¼ 2496; 50%) yielded fewer participants. The panel of employ- ees who took part in both the baseline and final surveys (n ¼ 1530) consisted of 520 women (34.0%) and 1010 men (66.0%), with an average baseline age of 39.6 years (SD ¼ 10.5). Of these, 51.7% had a higher education (college or univer- sity), 33.1% held a leadership function and mean organizational tenure was 9.6 years (SD ¼ 9.3). Logistic regression analyses were applied to test whether participation in the final survey was pre- dicted by demographic and study variables, assessed at the baseline. The results showed that men (OR ¼ 0.74, p , 0.001) and participants with a leadership function (OR ¼ 0.65, p , 0.001) had a lower drop-out rate. Additionally, participants with better job resources (OR ¼ 0.79, p , 0.001) remained longer on the panel. It can therefore be concluded that attrition does not constitute a severe problem, although there is a minor selective drop-out rate with respect to gender, managerial position and job resources. The qualitative data are based on a sample of 5 – 20 key persons in each company for structured face-to-face interviews, 5 – 10 group discussion members and 5 – 8 line man- agers in each company for structured telephone interviews. The interview partners were selected by the consultants and the internal project leaders, who consisted of employees with a leading function from each company unit. Group discussion members consisted of the members of the steering group, acting as a ‘sounding board’ for employee perspectives and the implementation process.
  • 184.
    Measures Research question 1:To assess both adoption and reach, participation rates were calculated by using self-reports in the intermediate and final employ- ee survey, and participation lists were distributed during employee- and managerial-level courses as well as team-level working groups. The calcula- tion was based on average company sizes from 2008 to 2010, since company size and structure varied over time. Research question 2: To evaluate the implementation of the single intervention ele- ments, participants of employee and managerial- level courses rated (a) their outcome expectancies with two items on the anticipated impact of the course on the company and themselves, (b) the course’s coherence with three items on its com- prehensibility, manageability and meaningfulness and (c) its company fit with two items on per- ceived company investment in health promotion and culture on a seven-point Likert-scale. Additionally, a single item on the voluntariness of participation was assessed (‘yes, more or less, no’). Research question 3: In the final employee survey, a five-item scale with good internal con- sistency (Cronbach’s a ¼ 0.88) was included, retrospectively assessing the impact of the overall intervention with its combined intervention ele- ments, irrespective of individual participation in courses (Fridrich et al., manuscript in preparation; see also Randall et al., 2005, Nielsen and Randall, 2012; Fridrich et al., 2013). The scale was intro- duced by giving a short reminder of the project and its activities (see Note to Figure 3 for items).
  • 185.
    Retrospective impact assessmentwas linked to the R/D ratio as the proximate effectiveness outcome. Job resources were covered by the following scales: Supportive leadership (Udris and Rimann, 1999; five items, a ¼ 0.82), interpersonal fairness of man- agers (Colquitt, 2001; four items, a ¼ 0.81), manager and peer support (Frese, 1989; two single items), manager and peer appreciation (Jacobshagen et al., 2005; two single items), task identity (Udris and Rimann, 1999; single item) and job control (Semmer et al., 1995; six items, a ¼ 0.87). Job demands were covered by the following scales: Time pressure and work interruption (Semmer et al., 1995; both four items, a ¼ 0.83), qualitative overload (Udris and Rimann, 1999; three items, a ¼ 0.78), and uncertainty at work (Semmer et al., 1995; four items, a ¼ 0.75). Research question 4: To analyze the relationship between the retrospective impact assessment and the reach within company units, mean levels of indi- vidual retrospective impact assessment were com- puted for each unit. Research question 5: To evaluate the overall implementation and mainten- ance, 10 factors of successful change processes (Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006) were used to structure the qualitative data collection. Gerkhardt and Frey (Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006) conducted a review of several studies on relevant factors of change pro- cesses, such as that of Kotter (Kotter, 1995), deriv- ing a set of success factors of change processes in organizations. These factors were used to systemat- ically condense the qualitative data broadly assessed with open questions on, (a) the implementation context, i.e. individual and organizational resources, readiness for change, attitudes towards stress and health promotion, similar parallel activities in the
  • 186.
    companies, etc., (b)the implementation process, i.e. communication, cooperation, participation, mea- sures developed, leadership involvement, etc. and (c), the outcomes, i.e. change in job resources and Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 577 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 demands including leadership behavior as well as awareness of stress and coping with it. The consul- tants who conducted the interviews were equipped and trained with the same interview materials and guidelines. Maintenance was qualitatively eval- uated as a change in organizational capacities for health promotion, i.e. structural, strategic and cul- tural facets of the organization that support both salutogenic working processes and targeted health- promoting activities. Data analysis Characteristics of (non-)participants with respect to demographic and study variables were tested via t-/x2 analyses. Outcome expectancies were
  • 187.
    analyzed in relationto the course coherence, fit and the voluntariness of participation. Retrospective impact assessment was split into two groups based on a mid-scale cutoff value, i.e. low/medium impact versus high impact, and used as a grouping variable for the longitudinal analysis of changes in the R/D ratio (repeated General Linear Model). To account for regression-to-the-mean phenomena and differ- ential effects attributable to baseline values, the analysis was separately carried out for groups with unfavorable, favorable and very favorable R/D ratios at the baseline measurement. Further, as described above, mean values of retrospective impact assessment were computed on a unit level to compare subgroups of units with high (þ1 SD) and low (21 SD) impact assessments with regard to the reach of intervention elements in their units. All quantitative analyses were performed with SPSS 19. The qualitative analysis of the overall im- plementation process collected in the face-to-face and telephone interviews as well as the group dis- cussions was systematically aggregated on the basis of factors of successful change processes derived by Gerkhardt and Frey (Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006), as mentioned above. Priority was given to the qualita- tive data collected by the evaluators and this was cross-checked against the data collected by the con- sultants. The changes in organizational capacities for health promotion with regard to project main- tenance are described in qualitative terms. RESULTS Adoption by units and individual reach of single intervention elements
  • 188.
    Fifty-six of the58 company units adopted at least one of the intervention elements. Eight-four percent of the units adopted employee-level courses, 95% managerial-level courses and 91% team-level working groups. Individual reach (average of company means) was 19% for employee-level courses, 88% for managerial- level courses and 34% for team-level working groups. Moreover, 16% attended supplemental information events, while 20 and 9%, respective- ly, took part in additional training or private courses. In regard to representativeness, partici- pants in the employee-level courses had notably higher demands at baseline, t(1298) ¼ 23.68, p , 0.001, compared with the non-participants. This can be explained partly by the selection of participants on the basis of an unfavorable job resources/demands profile of the corresponding teams. Participants in managerial-level courses did not differ from non-participating managers in regard to job demands and resources. This can again be explained partly by the obligation to attend these courses, and thus by the high partici- pation rate. However, participating managers had higher job tenure, t(566) ¼ 24.11, p , 0.001, and were older, t(570) ¼ 25.74, p , 0.001, than non-participants. Small differences were also seen for team-level working groups, where the partici- pants only had a higher level of education, x2(4) ¼ 84.28, p , 0.001, compared with non-participants. Participation rates in the employee surveys, which are considered as an important project element relevant to change (Inauen et al., 2011), are described in the sample section. They showed high reach at the beginning (71%), however, decreasing
  • 189.
    to 50% atthe end of the project. Appraisal of courses and relationship with facets of appraisal Coherence of both employee- and managerial- level courses were rated high (M ¼ 6.12/6.11, SD ¼ 0.84/0.76, n ¼ 506/366). Company fit was rated lower with M ¼ 5.29/5.30 (SD ¼ 1.13/1.25, n ¼ 444/354) and outcome expectancies with M ¼ 4.91/4.92 (SD ¼ 1.12/1.04, n ¼ 499/373). Thirty-three percent of participants in employee- level courses (n ¼ 505) and 48.1% of participants in managerial-level courses (n ¼ 368) indicated voluntary participation. Comparisons of groups of employees with low versus high outcome expect- ancies (tertiles) indicated that for employee-level courses, 82% of the participants with low ratings participated (more or less) involuntarily in the workshop, compared with 48% in the group with high ratings, x2(2) ¼ 59.57, p , 0.001. This pattern could also be seen for managerial-level 578 G. J. Jenny et al. D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019
  • 190.
    courses, x2(2) ¼8.16, p � 0.05. In both employee- and managerial-level courses, the two groups with low and high outcome expectancies also differed in their ratings of company fit, t(313) ¼ 25.34, p , 0.001, and t(237) ¼ 26.94, p , 0.001, respect- ively, and coherence of courses, t(358) ¼ 28.37, p , 0.001, and t(249) ¼ 26.59, p , 0.001, respect- ively. This means that participants with high outcome expectancies also perceived a better company fit of measures as well as a higher coher- ence of course contents. Retrospective impact assessment and related longitudinal changes in the R/D-ratio In the total panel sample (n ¼ 1400), 24.9% of the respondents (average of company means) attribu- ted a high impact to the overall intervention with its combined intervention elements. Related longi- tudinal changes in the R/D-ratio for employees and managers were split according to their initial R/D-ratio, resulting in six panels as displayed in Figure 2. Over the course of time, both employees and managers with an unfavorable baseline R/D-ratio (Panels 3 and 6 in Figure 2) attributing a high impact to the project at follow-up improved their situation to a favorable R/D-ratio compared with the low/medium impact group, with F(1,239) ¼ 12.49, p , 0.001, for employees and F(1,143) ¼ 12.62, p ¼ 0.001, for managers. Those with a favorable baseline R/D-ratio (Panels 2 and 5 in Figure 2) attributing a high impact to the project at follow-up also showed an improvement in their R/D ratio, for employees F(1,206) ¼ 5.71,
  • 191.
    p ¼ 0.018,and managers F(1,115) ¼ 3.49, p ¼ 0.064. Those with a very favorable baseline R/D-ratio (Panels 1 and 4 in Figure 2) attributing a high impact to the project at follow-up could maintain their situation in regard to the R/D-ratio, whereas it deteriorated for the comparison group that attributed a low/medium impact to the project, for employees F(1,319) ¼ 8.96, p ¼ 0.003, and managers F(1,162) ¼ 0.71, p ¼ 0.400, respectively. From this, one can conclude that consistent im- provement or maintenance in the R/D-ratio may be observed over a 2-year period for those who retrospectively attributed a high impact to the project at the final follow-up survey, with the excep- tion of managers with a very favorable R/D-ratio. Relation of reach within units to mean levels of retrospective impact assessment Company units with a high mean level of retro- spective impact assessment (þ1 SD, n ¼ 10) compared with units with a low mean level (21 SD, n ¼ 11) differed significantly in their reach of intervention elements (see Figure 3): units with a high mean level revealed four times higher reach (78 versus 18%) of team-level working groups, t(19) ¼ 5.60, p , 0.001, three times higher reach (32 versus 11%) of employee- level courses, t(19) ¼ 3.19, p ¼ 0.005, two times higher reach (25 versus 12%) of presentations, t(19) ¼ 1.71, p ¼ 0.104, but no differences in reach of managerial-level courses and private or other courses. Assessment of the overall implementation
  • 192.
    and maintenance The followingissues emerged as relevant for the majority of the companies from the qualitative data collected through the interviews and group discussions (structured according to Gerkhardt and Frey, 2006; see Methods). (Factor 1) Compre- hensive diagnosis: The employee survey domi- nated perceptions of the project to a great extent, generating visibility in regard to job demands and resources. Automated feedback and personal tips were appreciated, stimulating discussion and change, especially at the beginning of the project. The participants saw it as a sign of respect that they were asked to express their views and opi- nions. However, especially with managers, the survey also raised fears and discomfort, as poor— or even excessively good—results of their respect- ive teams could potentially lead to sanctions or stigmatization. Lastly, it proved difficult to inter- pret changes in the results of the three survey waves without the help of the consultants and qualitative information on the overall organiza- tional dynamics. (Factor 2) Definition of goals/ vision: The project was considered a long-term in- vestment with initially broad goals, although some of the companies already had specific health management policies and actions in place. Employee expectations were relatively vague, to some extent raising expectations which could not be met and thus leading to perceptions that the effort involved was too high. (Factor 3) Shared problem awareness: The importance of health and stress to organizations was largely recog- nized—also with regard to older workers—and awareness of manager behavior and health was
  • 193.
    particularly raised andfirmly established. However, there was no general consensus on the priority of this issue: thus hospital physicians showed little interest in the subject and in Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 579 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 production units, ergonomics and safety was viewed by some as being more important than stress. Conflicts arose where employees were laid off, job insecurity was at its height, and more work was demanded with fewer resources, so that the stress management project was dismissed as a farce or marketing exercise. (Factor 4) Guiding coalition and drivers: The majority of companies showed strong commitment by their senior man- agement and firm anchoring of the project. In some companies, implementation was disrupted by changes at executive level, and especially in in- ternal project management, which was a critical driving force. In any case, managers played a central role in the project: Where managers faced up to the results (even critical ones), engaged in
  • 194.
    dialogue and pursuedchanges with their team while receiving support and direction from their superiors, the process could unfold. The steering group could facilitate this process if it was well- anchored in the company, had the necessary resources and autonomy, and consisted of people with influence and credibility. (Factor 5) Communication: Primarily, existing communica- tion channels were utilized to draw attention to the project. As communication was especially intense prior to the employee surveys, the project tended to be particularly associated with this broad survey. When electronic media was used, there was a risk that information would be lost in the flood of e-mails. Owing to company-specific adaptations to the project as well as parallel change projects, the SMI did not have a distinct- ive, recognizable profile in all companies. (Factor 6) Time management: Employees reacted sensi- tively to delays between the employee survey and subsequent action. The survey results also lost sig- nificance rapidly in companies that were simultan- eously undergoing extensive restructuring. (Factor 7) Project organization and responsibil- ities: The steering group enabled employees to contribute opinions and ideas from different Fig. 2: Change in R/D-ratio (estimated marginal means) separated for baseline-level R/D ratios for employees/ managers. 580 G. J. Jenny et al. D ow
  • 195.
    nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 byguest on 02 A ugust 2019 company sites and units as well as to provide frank feedback. Coordination of project activities required considerable effort by internal project management and collaboration with other stake- holders such as Human Resources, Health and Safety, etc. As expected, high time pressures led to requests to reduce the length of courses, low problem awareness led to a refusal to participate, and a shortage of funds led to cancellation of courses. Depending on company culture and the type of issues to be discussed, bringing people to- gether at one table helped to build bridges between rival departments. (Factor 8) Providing resources and helping people to help themselves: Existing structures were used, and working time was made available by management. Because managers in some companies were obliged to report on their team’s results, they were forced to engage personally with the vocabulary and inter- pretation, rather than having this done for them by consultants. Finally, the project offered all employees who completed the survey an oppor- tunity for self-reflection with the aid of tips and benchmarks. (Factor 9) Quick wins and motiv- ation: Various incentives and giveaways such as
  • 196.
    mugs with theproject logo were provided to mo- tivate employees to participate in the employee surveys. However, it was argued that too little was done for those with good results, i.e. in the form of advice about how to maintain their situation. (Factor 10) Process flexibility: The opportunity to adapt the implementation process to the company was welcomed. Even so, the project was some- times felt to be insufficiently flexible, the hospitals in particular would have liked more specific solu- tions to their working environment. Likewise, all-day courses were perceived as too long for the production units, and special solutions had to be developed for field services. Maintenance: The project raised awareness in all branches, and espe- cially in the industrial sector, of the links between psychosocial working conditions and health, and in particular of the impact of manager behavior on employee health, recognizing the strategic im- portance of the subject. For example, manage- ment forums were established where younger and older managers could interact, leadership issues were systematically developed, managers took part in retreats, and coaching services were used. Furthermore, formal changes were made to Fig. 3: Reach of intervention elements within company units (incl. standard deviation) for units with low and high mean levels of retrospective impact assessment. Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 581 D ow
  • 197.
    nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 byguest on 02 A ugust 2019 structures: e.g. team meetings with adapted agendas evolved, work was more consciously organized and planned with respect to job demands, resources and health, roles were clari- fied and rules of communication were developed. Direct, smaller changes were made in infrastruc- ture (e.g. relaxation rooms) and traditional health- promoting activities (e.g. Nordic walking groups) were introduced or expanded. Among the more informal changes, greater transparency and open- ness were reported, influencing emotional dimen- sions and corporate climate—which is a precondition for talking openly about stress, burnout and psychosocial issues in general and about leadership problems—supported by team events such as after-work drinks and barbecues, regular communal lunch breaks or cross-unit events promoting mutual appreciation and collab- oration. By creating positions for people in charge of health promotion issues and continuing the steering group, health circles and team reflection sessions, the project’s elements were formally em- bedded in corporate structures. At a strategic level, the project’s elements were either embed- ded in related areas of responsibility (e.g. Environment, Health and Safety), or combined
  • 198.
    with other optimizationprocesses that targeted employee commitment and productivity. The em- bedding process also called for ongoing monitor- ing and controlling: since the employee survey is a very comprehensive instrument designed for in-depth analysis conducted every 2 – 3-years, some companies introduced their own short-term ‘barometers’ and health checks, although not always systematically. As a result, these compan- ies developed changes in their self-observation and self-reflection processes and activities. DISCUSSION The main purpose of the present study was to evaluate the process and outcome of an organizational-level SMI in the field with both qualitative and quantitative methods. It utilized the RE-AIM evaluation framework (Glasgow et al., 2003), based on a ratio of job resources and demands as the proximate outcome (R/D-ratio), and applied an adapted research design, retro- spectively assigning study participants to com- parison groups (Randall et al., 2005). First, the study analyzed the adoption and reach of the inter- vention elements. The project was designed to leave no one ‘untouched’, and succeeded in this aim: people participated in employee-, managerial- and/or team-level courses or working groups and surveys in nearly all company units, thus guaran- teeing a high adoption of the project at unit level. However, as the second research question revealed, participation in the implementation process was not enough: comprehensible and manageable courses considered to fit the corporate strategy and
  • 199.
    culture were correlatedwith high outcome expecta- tions at the time of the course [cf. (Nielsen and Randall, 2012)]. Also, voluntariness of participa- tion correlated with high outcome expectations, raising the question of how to motivate people who needed the courses but lacked interest in them. Next, a quarter of the employees responding to the surveys retrospectively attributed a high impact to the overall intervention (third research question), a factor consistently related to longitudinal changes in the R/D ratio controlled for initial baseline values. Furthermore, the fourth research question showed that company units with high mean levels of retrospective impact assessment also displayed a much greater reach of team-level working groups compared with units with low mean levels. This result suggests that team-level working groups are an important, if not a central, intervention element: within these working groups, teams engaged in a participatory, health-oriented problem- solving process which also builds or strengthens interpersonal relations [cf. (Karanika-Murray and Biron, 2013)]. Thus, when researching the ef- fectiveness of such participatory, organizational- level SMI, we have to consider that change occurs within teams and is not limited to ‘partici- pants’, but extends to all team members. The overall qualitative analyses of the implementa- tion process (fifth research question) showed that successful implementation requires perse- verance, strong coalitions, constant fine-tuning and support (but also obligation), as well as sys- tematic training and reflection, until the company has established its own health-promoting routines [cf. (Ipsen and Andersen, 2013)]. The project pro- vided support not only for employees with a high
  • 200.
    risk of disease,but for the broader workforce, whose members already cope more or less suc- cessfully with their day-to-day work. The S-Tool survey was part of this support process: it created visibility and thus the grounds for the manageabil- ity of stress. The issues surveyed were largely per- ceived as legitimate and relevant to all branches (Inauen et al., 2011). In particular, the process also raised awareness for the role of job resources with regard to both stress buffering and distinct 582 G. J. Jenny et al. D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 motivational potential, and the importance of strengthening and/or maintaining these resources by applying corresponding measures [cf. (Salanova et al., 2012)]. This further raises the issue of gain and loss cycles: employees with high job resources can use them to further strengthen their health and resources, whereas those whose situation is already difficult may suffer a vicious cycle of poor health leading to poorer mobiliza- tion of resources, in turn leading to even worse
  • 201.
    health [cf. (Hakanenet al., 2008)]. The question also arises as to whether anyone experienced ‘losses’ as a result of the project, for instance those who were laid off due to repeated poor results of employee surveys, were stigmatized or experienced negative team dynamics as a result of the project. There is considerable reluctance in the field of health promotion to discuss this ques- tion, as workplace health promotion is often asso- ciated with the notion of ‘win – win’. Finally, the project was conducted at a time of unstable polit- ical and economic conditions which jeopardize the implementation of SMI. Most of the compan- ies were coping with intensive environmental change during the time of project implementa- tion: the industrial sector faced a global economic crisis, forcing them to restructure, lay off staff, introduce management changes and short-time work, thus inducing considerable insecurity for employees as well as the SMI project. Nevertheless, the project helped to initiate and permanently anchor health-oriented optimization processes in some corporate strategies, structures and cultures, enabling these companies to perceive and develop their health capacities. Strengths This study applied multiple methods and the well-established RE-AIM framework to capture and analyze both the implementation process and effectiveness of the project. In doing so, it yielded both qualitative and quantitative results relating to the dynamics of SMI projects that can be used for future project design. These plausible and consistent results generated on the
  • 202.
    levels of individuals,units and companies have high external validity, as they were generated in the field of heterogeneous companies, depicting near-to-real-life change processes implemented by consultants. Limitations The most obvious limitation in terms of trad- itional study designs is the lack of pre-assigned intervention and control groups for quantitative longitudinal analysis. This was addressed with an adapted study design and by using an evaluation framework providing consistent information from multiple sources gathered to produce an overall picture. The study’s results suggest that change occurs within teams and may therefore not be limited to participants of single intervention courses. As regards this dynamic participatory change process triggered by organizational-level SMI, the roles of affective and cognitive process appraisals and outcome expectancies also need to be elaborated in greater theoretical and empirical depth, and corresponding measures need to be further developed and validated. This will help to address the problems of the invisibility of the dy- namics released by a combination of intervention elements in teams and units, as the sheer impossi- bility of capturing these dynamics by quantitative methods remains unaddressed. Accordingly, future research will have to devise manageable approaches that link limited quantities of process data on adoption, reach and implementation directly to a longitudinal effectiveness analysis. Finally, researchers should explore how selective drop-outs impact both the change process and the
  • 203.
    study results, aswe observed that men, employees with better resources and leaders dropped out less frequently from the panel. CONCLUSIONS The future dissemination of organizational-level SMI requires the key success factors for im- plementation as well as the potential impact to be studied. To utilize and understand the full dy- namics of health-oriented change processes under real-life conditions, we need to involve entire organizations in our research. The present study showed that such research is feasible if it builds on a clear intervention and evaluation framework which structures the collection and analysis of rich qualitative and quantitative data. With regard to the implementation process, for example, the facets of course appraisal showed meaningful interrelations, opening possibilities for quality assurance in future implementations of organizational-level SMI. In evaluating the Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 583 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019
  • 204.
    effectiveness, for example,the adaptive study design retrospectively split employees into two groups, depending on whether they attributed a high or a medium/low impact to the project, a split which consistently related to longitudinal 2-year changes in the R/D ratio used as the proximate outcome. Using this indicator instead of grouping employees into participants/non-participants might address an issue of misclassification, as participa- tion alone does not assure a positive impact: organizational-level SMI triggers changes in groups, from which non-participants also potential- ly benefit. As regards the practical implementation of SMI, this study showed that organizational-level SMI requires considerable perseverance to develop awareness and change in the broader workforce, with a healthy profile on average, through surveys, empowerment courses and par- ticipatory team workshops. Although short-term activities can reach narrowly defined risk groups, the development of sustainable health-promoting organizational structures, strategies and cultures requires a broadened time frame as well as a focus on both job demands and resources. This invest- ment can be optimized by reducing the scope and frequency of surveys, developing a readiness for change and coherent change patterns by involving managers and employees in the course planning, and integrating training, working groups and dis- cussion forums into the daily (team) work. This integration and involvement in the intervention design could enhance outcome expectancies
  • 205.
    through a betterperceived fit between the project and the organizational structure, strategy and culture, especially in sectors such as healthcare and manufacturing with less flexible working sche- dules. Finally, such a continuous health-oriented optimization process should be equipped with tools for long- and short-term observation, as well as to support reflection and action relating to job resources, demands and health. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This work was supported by Health Promotion Switzerland and the Swiss Assurance Association, who launched and financed the SWiNG project. The following consulting firms implemented this project: IfA (Institute for occupational medicine), iafob (Institute for work research and organiza- tional consultancy) and vivit AG. The Winterthur Institute for Health Economics was assigned to perform ROI calculations on the basis of the present study. REFERENCES Bambra, C., Egan, M., Thomas, S., Petticrew, M. and Whitehead, M. (2007) The psychosocial and health effects of workplace reorganisation. 2. A systematic review of task restructuring interventions. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 61, 1028 – 1037. Bauer, G. F. and Jenny, G. J. (2012) Moving towards posi- tive organisational health: challenges and a proposal for a research model of organisational health development. In Houdmont, J., Leka, S. and Sinclair, R. (eds),
  • 206.
    Occupational Health Psychology:European Perspectives on Research, Education and Practice. Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford, UK, pp. 126 – 145. Biron, C., Karanika-Murray, M. and Cooper, C. L. (2012) Organizational interventions for stress and well-being— an overview. In Biron, C., Karanika-Murray, M. and Cooper, C. J. (eds), Organizational Stress and Well-Being Interventions: Addressing Process and Context. Routledge, London, pp. 1 – 17. Bond, F. W., Flaxman, P. E. and Loivette, S. (2006) A Business Case for the Management Standards for Stress. HSE Books, Sudbury. Brauchli, R., Schaufeli, W. B., Jenny, G. J., Füllemann, D. and Bauer, G. F. (2013) Disentangling stability and change in job resources, job demands, and employee well- being—a three-wave study on the Job-Demands Resources model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 83, 117 – 129. Chen, H. T. (1990) Theory-Driven Evaluations. Sage, Newbury Park, CA. Colquitt, J. A. (2001) On the dimensionality of organiza- tional justice: a construct validation of a measure. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 386 – 400. European Agency for Safety and Health at Work. (2010) ESENER—European Survey of Enterprises on New and Emerging Risks. European Union, Luxembourg. Flaxman, P. E. and Bond, F. W. (2010) Worksite stress man- agement training: moderated effects and clinical signifi- cance. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 15,
  • 207.
    347 – 358. Frese,M. (1989) Gütekriterien der Operationalisierung von sozialer Unterstützung am Arbeitsplatz. Zeitschrift für Arbeitswissenschaften, 43, 112 – 121. Fridrich, A., Jenny, G. J. and Bauer, G.F. (2013) Appraisal of Single Intervention Elements of a Comprehensive Stress-Management Intervention at the Workplace. Presentation at the APA Work, Stress and Health Conference, May 16 – 19, Los Angeles, CA. Gerkhardt, M. and Frey, D. (2006) Erfolgsfaktoren und psy- chologische Hintergründe in Veränderungsprozessen: Entwicklung eines integrativen psychologischen Modells [Success factors and psychological backgrounds of change processes: development of an integrative psychological model.]. OrganisationsEntwicklung, 25, 48 – 59. Glasgow, R. E., Lichtenstein, E. and Marcus, A. C. (2003) Why don’t we see more translation of health promo- tion research to practice? Rethinking the efficacy-to- effectiveness transition. American Journal of Public Health, 93, 1261 – 1267. 584 G. J. Jenny et al. D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A
  • 208.
    ugust 2019 Hakanen, J.J., Perhoniemi, R. and Toppinen-Tanner, S. (2008) Positive gain spirals at work: from job resources to work engagement, personal initiative and work-unit innovativeness. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 73, 78 – 91. Inauen, A., Jenny, G. J. and Bauer, G. F. (2011) Design principles for data- and change-oriented organisational analysis in workplace and other setting-based health pro- motion. Health Promotion International, 27, 275 – 283. Ipsen, Ch. and Andersen, V. (2013) A multi-level and par- ticipatory model for prevention of work-related stress in knowledge work. In Bauer, G. F. and Jenny, G. J. (eds), Salutogenic Organizations and Change. The Concepts Behind Organizational Health Intervention Research. Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 127 – 148. Jacobshagen, N., Amstad, F. T., Semmer, N. K. and Kuster, M. (2005) Work-Family-Balance im Topmanagement [Work-family balance in top management]. Zeitschrift für Arbeits-und Organisationspsychologie, 49, 208 – 219. Kaluza, G. (2004) Stressbewältigung: Trainingsmanual zur Psychologischen Gesundheitsförderung. [Coping with Stress: Training Manual for Psychological Heallth Promotion]. Springer, Berlin. Karanika-Murray, M. and Biron, C. (2013) The nature of change in organizational health interventions: some observations and propositions. In Bauer, G. F. and Jenny, G. J. (eds), Salutogenic Organizations and Change. The
  • 209.
    Concepts Behind OrganizationalHealth Intervention Research. Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 239 – 258. Kompier, M. A. J. and Kristensen, T. (2000) Organisational work stress interventions in a theoretical, methodological and practical context. In Dunham, J. (ed), Stress in the Workplace: Past, Present and Future. Whurr Publishers, London, pp. 164 – 190. Kotter, J. P. (1995) Leading change—why transformation efforts fail. Harvard Business Review, 73, 59 – 67. LaMontagne, A. D., Keegel, T., Louie, A. M., Ostry, A. and Landsbergis, P. A. (2007) A systematic review of the Job-stress intervention evaluation literature, 1990 – 2005. International Journal of Occupational and Environmental Health, 13, 268 – 280. Leech, N. L. and Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2009) A typology of mixed methods research designs. Quality & Quantity, 43, 265 – 275. Nielsen, K. and Randall, R. (2012) The importance of em- ployee participation and perceptions of changes in procedures in a teamworking intervention. Work & Stress, 26, 91 – 111. Nielsen, K., Taris, T. W. and Cox, T. (2010) The future of or- ganizational interventions: addressing the challenges of today’s organizations. Work & Stress, 24, 219 – 233. Randall, R., Griffiths, A. and Cox, T. (2005) Evaluating or- ganizational stress-management interventions using adapted study designs. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 14, 23 – 41.
  • 210.
    Richardson, K. M.and Rothstein, H. R. (2008) Effects of oc- cupational stress management intervention programs: a meta-analysis. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 13, 69– 93. Salanova, M., Llorens, S., Cifre, E. and Martı́nez, I. M. (2012) We need a hero! Towards a validation of the healthy & resilient organization (HERO) model. Group & Organization Management, 37, 785 – 822. Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B. and Van Rhenen, W. (2009) How changes in job demands and resources predict burnout, work engagement, and sickness absenteeism. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 30, 893 – 917. Schröer, A. and Sochert, R. (2000) Health Promotion Circles at the Workplace. A New Approach to Workplace Health Promotion. BKK, Essen. Semmer, N. K. (2006) Job stress interventions and the or- ganization of work. Scandinavian Journal of Work Environment & Health, 32, 515 – 527. Semmer, N. K., Zapf, D. and Dunckel, H. (1995) Assessing stress at work: a framework and an instrument. In Svane, O. and Johansen, C. (eds), Work and Health: Scientific Basis of Progress in the Working Environment. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, Luxembourg, pp. 105 – 113. Taris, T. and Kompier, M. (2003) Challenges of longitudinal designs in occupational health psychology. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment, and Health, 29, 1 – 4. Udris, I. and Rimann, M. (1999) SAA und SALSA: Zwei
  • 211.
    Fragebogen zur subjektivenArbeitsanalyse [SAA and SALSA: two questionnaires for subjective work analysis]. In Dunckel, H. (ed), Handbuch Psychologischer Arbeitsanalyseverfahren. Ein Praxisorientierter Überblick. vdf Hochschulverlag, Zürich, pp. 397 – 419. Zapf, D., Dormann, C. and Frese, M. (1996) Longitudinal studies in organizational stress research: a review of the literature with reference to methodological issues. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 1, 145 – 169. Evaluation of an organizational-level SMI 585 D ow nloaded from https://academ ic.oup.com /heapro/article-abstract/30/3/573/623719 by guest on 02 A ugust 2019 << /ASCII85EncodePages false /AllowTransparency false /AutoPositionEPSFiles true /AutoRotatePages /PageByPage /Binding /Left /CalGrayProfile () /CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CalCMYKProfile (U.S. Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) /sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CannotEmbedFontPolicy /Warning /CompatibilityLevel 1.5
  • 212.
    /CompressObjects /Off /CompressPages true /ConvertImagesToIndexedtrue /PassThroughJPEGImages false /CreateJobTicket false /DefaultRenderingIntent /Default /DetectBlends true /DetectCurves 0.1000 /ColorConversionStrategy /LeaveColorUnchanged /DoThumbnails false /EmbedAllFonts true /EmbedOpenType false /ParseICCProfilesInComments true /EmbedJobOptions true /DSCReportingLevel 0 /EmitDSCWarnings false /EndPage -1 /ImageMemory 524288 /LockDistillerParams false /MaxSubsetPct 100 /Optimize true /OPM 1 /ParseDSCComments true /ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false /PreserveCopyPage true /PreserveDICMYKValues true /PreserveEPSInfo true /PreserveFlatness true /PreserveHalftoneInfo false /PreserveOPIComments true /PreserveOverprintSettings false /StartPage 1 /SubsetFonts true /TransferFunctionInfo /Preserve /UCRandBGInfo /Remove /UsePrologue false
  • 213.
    /ColorSettingsFile () /AlwaysEmbed [true ] /NeverEmbed [ true /Courier /Courier-Bold /Courier-BoldOblique /Courier-Oblique /Helvetica /Helvetica-Bold /Helvetica-BoldOblique /Helvetica-Oblique /Symbol /Times-Bold /Times-BoldItalic /Times-Italic /Times-Roman /ZapfDingbats ] /AntiAliasColorImages false /CropColorImages true /ColorImageMinResolution 150 /ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleColorImages true /ColorImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /ColorImageResolution 175 /ColorImageDepth -1 /ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 /ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286 /EncodeColorImages true /ColorImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterColorImages false /ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG2000 /ColorACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.40 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
  • 214.
    >> /ColorImageDict << /QFactor 0.40 /HSamples[1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1] >> /JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 20 >> /JPEG2000ColorImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 15 >> /AntiAliasGrayImages false /CropGrayImages true /GrayImageMinResolution 150 /GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleGrayImages true /GrayImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /GrayImageResolution 175 /GrayImageDepth -1 /GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 /GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286 /EncodeGrayImages true /GrayImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterGrayImages false /GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG2000 /GrayACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.40 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1] >> /GrayImageDict << /QFactor 0.40 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1]
  • 215.
    >> /JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight256 /Quality 20 >> /JPEG2000GrayImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 15 >> /AntiAliasMonoImages true /CropMonoImages true /MonoImageMinResolution 1200 /MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleMonoImages true /MonoImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /MonoImageResolution 175 /MonoImageDepth 4 /MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50286 /EncodeMonoImages true /MonoImageFilter /CCITTFaxEncode /MonoImageDict << /K -1 >> /AllowPSXObjects true /CheckCompliance [ /None ] /PDFX1aCheck false /PDFX3Check false /PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false /PDFXNoTrimBoxError true /PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000
  • 216.
    0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true /PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXOutputIntentProfile(None) /PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () /PDFXOutputCondition () /PDFXRegistryName () /PDFXTrapped /False /CreateJDFFile false /Description << /ENU () >> >> setdistillerparams << /HWResolution [600 600] /PageSize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice Contents lists available at ScienceDirect Psychology of Sport & Exercise journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/psychsport
  • 217.
    Using a mixedmethod audit to inform organizational stress management interventions in sport James L. Rumbolda,∗ , David Fletcherb, Kevin Danielsc a Academy of Sport and Physical Activity, Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom b School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences, Loughborough University, United Kingdom c Norwich Business School, University of East Anglia, United Kingdom A R T I C L E I N F O Keywords: Appraisals Emotions Coping Individual-level Organizational-level Team building A B S T R A C T Objectives: The purposes of this study were twofold: to conduct a mixed method organizational-level stress audit within a sport organization and to explore recommendations for organizational stress management. Design and method: Semi-structured interviews, focus groups and surveys were conducted with 47 participants (professional sportsmen, coaches, sport science support and administrative staff) who represented a professional sport organization. Content analysis was employed to analyze the data. Results and conclusions: The findings indicated a wide range of
  • 218.
    organizational stressors (e.g.,cultural and academy issues), appraisals and coping behaviors (e.g., emotion-focused behaviors), and stressor outcomes (e.g., emotional responses) for sport performers. Content analysis and survey data supported the categorization of stress management recommendations at both an individual- (e.g., coping education) and organizational-level (e.g., improving communication channels) for particular target groups (e.g., players, staff, team). The identifi- cation of stress audit factors and recommendations have important implications for the optimization of orga- nizational functioning within professional sport. Consistent with organizational psychology research, applied considerations for mixed method and multi-level intervention approaches are discussed. 1. Introduction The growing body of literature concerning organizational stress suggests that it may be a critical factor in determining well- being and performance development in sport (Fletcher & Arnold, 2017). Based on a transactional conceptualization (Lazarus, 1991; McGrath, 1976), or- ganizational stress has been defined as “an ongoing transaction between an individual and the environmental demands associated primarily and directly with the organization within which he or she is operating” (Fletcher, Hanton, & Mellalieu, 2006, p. 329). For young athletes as- piring to develop within professional sport, they are typically required to manage a range of environmental demands within their sport
  • 219.
    orga- nization, such astraining load, logistics, poor team cohesion, and the prospect of being released (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Fletcher, Hanton, Mellalieu, & Neil, 2012). The management of these organizational stressors is important for reducing the negative spillover that may occur between ongoing exposure to organizational (e.g., leadership styles, selection), performance (e.g., opponents, social evaluation), and per- sonal stressors (e.g., parental expectations, romantic relationships); which collectively may be detrimental to well-being (Duong, Tuckey, Hayward, & Boyd, 2015). For those performers operating in sport or- ganizations, the successful management of organizational stress may not only facilitate the maximization of well-being and performance development at an individual-level, but it is also likely to support the effective functioning of teams and institutions at an organizational-level (Wagstaff, Fletcher, & Hanton, 2012). Despite this, organizational stress management interventions, which aim to improve the psychosocial environment and enhance the well-being of personnel (Nielsen, Randall, Holten, & Rial González, 2010) are currently limited in sport psychology research (Rumbold, Fletcher, & Daniels, 2012).
  • 220.
    This limited evidence-base isproblematic for advancing sport psychologists’ knowledge of how best to develop effective organizational stress man- agement interventions. According to the organizational psychology literature, one of the key ingredients for increasing the likelihood of effective stress man- agement interventions in organizations is the systematic and careful assessment of stress processes prior to intervention development (Bowling, Beehr, & Grebner, 2012). To reliably understand the context of organizational stress as a means to inform appropriate stress man- agement initiatives, it is necessary to conduct an organizational- level http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010 Received 9 March 2017; Received in revised form 2 October 2017; Accepted 28 October 2017 ∗ Corresponding author. Academy of Sport and Physical Activity, Sheffield Hallam University, Collegiate Crescent, Sheffield, South Yorkshire, S10 2BP, United Kingdom. E-mail address: [email protected] (J.L. Rumbold). Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 Available online 07 November 2017 1469-0292/ © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. T
  • 221.
    http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/14690292 https://www.elsevier.com/locate/psychsport http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010 mailto:[email protected] https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2017.10.010 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.1016/j.psychsport. 2017.10.010&domain=pdf stress audit;one that is able to identify the individual and group needs of those operating in organizations (Nielsen et al., 2010), so that in- itiatives can be developed to modify environmental demands and/or a person's resources. A stress audit is traditionally a generic term which describes a number of approaches which aim to identify potential en- vironmental demands (i.e., stressors), assess which have the greatest negative impact and identify any individuals, and groups who are most at risk (Rick, Briner, Daniels, Perryman, & Guppy, 2001). Although there have been a range of measures that have been adopted for au- diting stressors in organizations (e.g., Biron, Ivers, Brun, & Cooper, 2006), it has long been acknowledged that a comprehensive audit, based on a transactional stress conceptualization (Lazarus, 1991), should reflect the sequence of events and stress processes that occur
  • 222.
    across individuals intransacting with their environment (McGrath, 1976). In this way, it is believed that an organizational-level stress audit should identify key organizational stressors, appraisal and coping strategies, stressor outcomes, at risk groups, and attitudes towards available options for stress management (Dewe, O'Driscoll, & Cooper, 2010). Qualitative research has previously explored a plethora of organi- zational stressors that are encountered by sport performers. From a research synthesis of 34 studies, Arnold and Fletcher (2012) identified 640 distinct stressors that were labelled hierarchically in to the fol- lowing categories: leadership and personnel, cultural and team, logis- tical and environmental, and performance and personal issues. A host of these stressors have been linked to the identification of threat and harm appraisals (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2012), negative emotional re- sponses (e.g., Fletcher, Hanton, & Wagstaff, 2012), and the enactment of different coping behaviors (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2014). These findings have also been complemented by quantitative research that has shown relationships between athletes' perceptions of developmental,
  • 223.
    team, and culturalstressors within sport organizations and negative affect (Arnold, Fletcher, & Daniels, 2017). Although the findings from both methods have enabled the identification of organizational stress processes in sport and some of their relationships, it is posited that these methods in isolation may limit our ability to confidently develop tai- lored stress management programs for individuals and groups who operate in culturally rich organizations (Nielsen et al., 2010). In this regard, the adoption of mixed methods may facilitate a pragmatic stress auditing approach for developing stress management programs for specific organizations (Bowling et al., 2012). One of the key benefits of conducting a mixed method stress audit is to triangulate understanding of attitudes from individuals and groups whose organizational roles may differ (Mazzola, Schonfeld, & Spector, 2011). This is vital for establishing common stressful incidents for specific individuals and target groups in an organization (Bowling et al., 2012). In addition, by incorporating methods such as focus groups, individuals may be empowered to collaboratively discuss their needs with other organizational members (Kohler & Munz, 2006). This is ad-
  • 224.
    vantageous in developingstress management interventions at an in- dividual- and organizational-level, as members will have both in- dividual and collective attitudes, preferences and motives. Furthermore, participatory methods, which treat members as active agents of change and encourage the commitment of management, are necessary (but not sufficient) conditions for successful organizational interventions (Daniels, Gedikli, Watson, Semkina, & Vaughn, 2017). This approach motivates groups to identify common issues and design solutions. Without the participation of various personnel, a tailored program for tackling organizational stress cannot be appropriately de- signed (Elo, Ervasti, Kuosma, & Mattila, 2008). To combat the challenges of gaining as many perspectives and re- commendations from organizational members as possible, researchers have called for greater use of mixed methods (Elo et al., 2008; Mazzola et al., 2011; Nielsen et al., 2010) to facilitate triangulation and com- plementarity of findings (Greene, 2008; Moran, Matthews, & Kirby, 2011). This is important for exploring the existence of common organizational stress processes and intervention recommendations that may not be easily achieved from the sole adoption of
  • 225.
    quantitative or qualitative methods.Moreover, the incorporation of qualitative with quantitative methods allows for understanding of contextual issues and what matters to individuals in their own language (Daniels et al., 2017; Nielsen, Abildgaard, & Daniels, 2014). According to Bowling et al. (2012, p. 79), “research should give more attention to developing techniques used to diagnose the need for stress interventions”. The current research seeks to address some of the conceptual challenges of stress audit models previously used to inform the development of or- ganizational programs. By adopting a mixed method, the study at- tempts to understand sport performers' experiences of organizational stress in greater depth from the perspective of various members (e.g., sport performers, coaches, staff). This approach aims to explore the contextual and cultural complexities that are not explicitly evident in current organizational stress audit models. Taking these points together, the primary purpose of this study was to conduct a mixed method organizational stress audit of competitive performers who operate within a sport organization. A secondary pur- pose was to identify stress management recommendations for
  • 226.
    perfor- mers and teamsoperating in this organization. The exploration of or- ganizational stress processes and recommendations may facilitate the future tailoring of both individual- and organizational-level initiatives. This study makes a unique conceptual contribution to auditing orga- nizational stress, by offering a mixed method framework from which organizational interventions in sport can be advanced. 2. Method 2.1. Research design A mixed method design was adopted for serving the following philosophical aims. Firstly, the authors believe that it is important to integrate techniques that can more thoroughly investigate a phenom- enon of interest (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2011, p. 286). Gaining multiple sources of information from various individuals (e.g., sport performers, staff) is fundamental for exploring the convergence and divergence (cf. Greene, 2008) of organizational stress experiences for sport performers. Furthermore, the researchers sought to educate and modify an organi- zation's current practices regarding stress management. In doing so, it was necessary to represent the democratic values and recommendations
  • 227.
    of organizational members,to progress towards participatory action in the future. To achieve this purpose, the study was founded on a prag- matist perspective with a critical realist ontology (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009) whilst employing methods that parallel under- standing of stress in organizations (Lazarus, 1991). 2.2. Participants and procedure The organizational sample (N = 47) consisted of staff (head coach, assistant coach, sport science support, and administrative staff; n = 7) and a male professional rugby union academy playing squad (n = 40). The ages of staff and rugby players ranged from 22 to 56 years (M = 36.71, SD = 11.35) and 15–19 years (M = 17.13, SD = 0.97) respectively. The largely male sample (i.e., 98% male) represented multiple job roles of individuals who operated on a full-time basis in this professional rugby union academy. The participating organization was selected due to the successful profile of the organization, the consistently high level of competition that the players and team oper- ated at, and due to its close proximity to the senior professional team's training facilities. The purpose of this academy was to recruit, develop and support professional youth players' transition in to the senior team.
  • 228.
    Following institutional ethicalapproval, managers and head coaches of sport organizations in the United Kingdom were initially contacted by email and informed of the purposes and requirements of the research being conducted. Once consent was provided by the manager of the J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 28 sport organization and its members, a concurrent triangulation mixed methods design was followed, such that qualitative and quantitative stress audit data were collected concurrently (Creswell & Piano Clark, 2011). Data collection began prior to the beginning of pre- season training. This represented a period whereby most of the playing squad had not returned from the previous end of season break. At this time, interviews and surveys were completed with staff (n = 7) and key players (n = 6) from the playing squad who had returned early for pre- season conditioning. Key players were identified by the head coach and assistant coach as individuals who demonstrate leadership and have
  • 229.
    considerable input into the team's functioning and development. The benefit of this approach was that exclusive participation was gained from key subgroups and decision makers who operate in distinct roles, and, hold an influence in planning an organizational-level intervention (Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004). Once the remaining players had returned for pre-season training, it was identified that the squad was characterized as three sub- groups (e.g., under-17, under-18, and under-19 age groups). Sub-groups are important for delimiting future intervention programs to those most at risk of organizational strain (Bradley & Sutherland, 1994). The ex- istence of organizational stressors and outcomes may also be apparent for specific players who share similar needs (Briner & Reynolds, 1999). Thus, to promote discussion on the common issues that sub- groups experience (Krueger & Casey, 2009), three focus groups with survey data collection were steered with the remaining participants (n = 34). The focus group approach contrasts that to previous research on orga- nizational stress in sport, which has often utilized face-to-face inter- views or diary methods (e.g., Didymus & Fletcher, 2012; Fletcher,
  • 230.
    Hanton, Mellalieu etal., 2012). The benefit of conducting focus groups in organizational settings is that team members who are familiar with one another are able to openly share ideas and discuss sensitive issues like stress in a comfortable and relaxed setting (Liamputtong, 2011). In comparison to one-to-one interviews or diary methods, focus groups enable cultural insights in to the sources of individual and group behaviors (Morgan, 1996). This is highly relevant when exploring the social and contextual complexities of organizational stress (Daniels, Harris, & Briner, 2004). In organizational contexts, focus groups have proven beneficial in understanding and identifying recommendations to tackle barriers to well-being and productivity. Moreover, focus groups can help to determine which recommendations are easiest to adopt and easiest for organizations to enforce (Krueger & Casey, 2009, p. 12). In- terviews, focus groups and survey data collection were conducted face- to-face by the first author. Before the completion of each interview and survey, participants were given written and verbal information as to the purposes and outcomes of the study. Following assurances of voluntary participation, anonymity, and the freedom to withdraw at any stage,
  • 231.
    participants had theopportunity to ask questions before completing an informed consent form. Interview guide. A semi-structured interview guide was initially used to facilitate each session. Each interview and focus group took place in a private meeting room at the training ground of the organi- zation. The interview guide was generated from a range of sources. In line with previous stress audits that have been conducted in organiza- tional psychology (e.g., Biron et al., 2006; Rick et al., 2001), the main components of the stress audit included: an exploration of organiza- tional stressors, appraisals and coping behaviors, stress outcomes, and stress management recommendations. In addition, question content was devised based on relevant research conducted in sport (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Fletcher et al., 2006) and organizational psychology (Dewe et al., 2010). Prior to beginning interviews, partici- pants were verbally informed that they will be asked about players' experiences of the academy environment and how they perceived var- ious issues that occurred. This included providing examples of organi- zational stressors (e.g., the training environment, player and staff re- lationships) using Arnold and Fletcher (2012) taxonomic classification.
  • 232.
    The interview guidebegan with introductory questions (e.g., Could you tell me about something that has happened within the academy re- cently which has gone well?). These questions intended to build rapport and provide time for the participants to consider the area in question (Silverman, 2014). The main questions explored players' exposure to organizational stressors in their environment and suggestions for im- proving organizational functioning and performance. Where relevant, probes were offered to consider how the players attempted to appraise or cope with any issues that arose (e.g., What did you tend to think about when these issues occurred?/How did you deal with that at the time?), and any potential outcomes that occurred (e.g., How did you feel about these demands at the time?/What effect did that have?). The same probes were reworded for coaches and staff, to allow for their perspective on players' experiences of organizational stress. Finally, all participants were encouraged to summarize their views and elaborate on any relevant issues. The first author then clarified the participants' intervention recommendations for specific target groups and requested feedback on the interview process.
  • 233.
    Prior to theinterviews being conducted, the guide was piloted with an amateur athlete who operated in a separate organization. Subsequently, several questions were reworded to enhance their clarity (Silverman, 2014). Additional questions were also integrated after several themes emerged from attending a meeting at the sport organi- zation (cf. Liamputtong, 2011). These themes related to communica- tion, social support, decision making and time management. The in- terviews and focus groups ranged from 52 to 96 min (M = 69.30, SD = 11.86) and 63–79 min in duration (M = 71.90 min, SD = 8.16) respectively. Stress management survey. At the end of each interview, players and staff were asked to complete a short stress management survey (Bradley & Sutherland, 1994) which had been adapted for the sport organization. This served the purpose of triangulating individuals' in- terview responses and evaluating their readiness for developing stress management programs (Nielsen, 2013). The survey presented a list of 14 possible intervention programs, which included the following: building confidence; improved social support; managing emotions po-
  • 234.
    sitively; problem solving;relaxation training; team building; and team performance appraisal systems. To outline what was meant by each survey term, examples of psychological intervention techniques asso- ciated with each option were offered to the participants. Players and staff were then asked to select one of three responses (yes/no/don't know) to each of the following four statements: (1) I feel I would per- sonally benefit from; (2) I would personally participate in; (3) I feel that the academy would benefit from; and (4) I would recommend the academy to participate in. The survey list was generated from a pre- interview staff meeting and the stress management literature in sport (for a review, see Rumbold et al., 2012). Participants were also en- couraged to suggest additional programs that may have emerged from the interviews and focus groups. 2.3. Data analysis Content analysis was deemed the most appropriate for interpreting the data for several reasons. Firstly, it allows the exploration of inter- view transcripts and survey responses for recurrent instances in relation to the research questions (Silverman, 2014). Secondly, it is suitable for
  • 235.
    exploring common organizationalprocesses from both interview and focus group data (e.g., Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004). Thirdly, due to the multi-method nature of data collection, a method of analysis was re- quired to yield a ‘typology’ (Creswell & Piano Clark, 2011) that could triangulate and supplement the interpretation of findings from the in- terview and survey data (Greene, 2008; Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009). During the initial stages, the first author immersed himself in the data by adopting a reflective approach. This involved re-reading post-in- terview notes that had been taken at the time of interviewing, listening to each of the interview recordings to gain clarification of participant tones and meanings, and reading and re-reading the written transcripts J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 29 whilst noting initial ideas. Following this, segments of quotes that re- presented similar meanings were inductively coded as raw-data themes. Raw-data codes which represented common themes were grouped into
  • 236.
    lower-order themes. Theselower-order themes were then clustered into higher-order themes. In light of established organizational stress fra- meworks (e.g., Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Dewe et al., 2010; Fletcher, Hanton, Mellalieu et al., 2012), the majority of higher-order themes were deductively clustered into general dimensions. 2.4. Research quality and rigor Integrative mixed method research requires a strong audit trail and reflexive stance to be presented (Bergman, 2011). In line with Teddlie and Tashakkori (2009) criteria for evaluating inference quality, a variety of steps were taken to maximize the design quality and inter- pretive rigor. Design quality refers to the extent to which appropriate procedures have been conducted to answer the research question(s). In this way, the study design was deemed suitable for answering the purpose(s) of the research. Since the function of the research was to develop a tailored organizational intervention, it was critical to trian- gulate participants' stress management recommendations with players' experiences of organizational stress. The authors were cognizant of implementing design components with the fidelity to capture partici-
  • 237.
    pants' perceptions oforganizational stress processes and attitudes to- wards stress management. In this way, the first author was diligent in devoting significant time and thoroughness in conducting the inter- views, focus groups and completion of surveys. A self-reflexive diary was completed throughout the data collection and the first author en- gaged critical friends in discussions during the data collection of in- terviews, focus groups and surveys. These critical friends provided a sounding board to encourage reflexivity and challenge the construction of knowledge and interpretations made. By gathering multiple types of qualitative and quantitative data, we engaged dialogically with para- digm differences (Greene, 2008) to generate a more contextual under- standing of organizational issues. Interpretive rigor refers to how interpretations have been made in relation to the results obtained (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009). We at- tempted to adhere to interpretive consistency by closely relating a large dataset of organizational stress processes in sport performers with participant recommendations for future stress management interven- tions. These stress processes and recommendations were interpreted on
  • 238.
    the basis ofa large organizational sample (N = 47), and, were con- sistent with relevant theories and frameworks in this area (Dewe et al., 2010; Fletcher et al., 2006; Lazarus, 1991). Regarding the latter, the conceptual contribution to organizational stress audit research should also be considered, along with the extent to which the research is heuristically and practically significant for empowering organizational members to engage in action or change. We present a multi- vocality of quotations from different participants, to enable readers to consider whether they reach similar conclusions. Interpretive conclusions are also evident where staff perceptions complement players' experiences of organizational stress. Interpretive distinctiveness was achieved by de- briefing participants through presentation and discussion of the find- ings to assess participants' agreements with the inferences made. In- tegrative efficacy was achieved by comparing the inferences made regarding players' experiences of organizational stress with the con- clusions made in relation to player and staff intervention re- commendations. Finally, in considering the interpretive correspon- dence of the research, we feel that the inferences made align to the purposes of conducting a stress audit of sport performers
  • 239.
    operating in a sportorganization and exploring intervention recommendations. 3. Results and discussion A total of 645 raw data themes emerged from the qualitative tran- scripts, which were inductively abstracted into 186 lower-order themes and 76 higher-order themes. These higher-order themes then formed 14 general dimensions which were deductively categorized in to the fol- lowing components of the organizational-level stress audit: organiza- tional stressors, cognitive appraisals and coping behaviors, organiza- tional stressor outcomes, and stress management recommendations. Tables 1–3 illustrate the higher-order themes and general dimensions of each stress audit component. Example lower-order themes are also provided for each higher-order theme. In addition, Table 4 displays participants' survey responses in relation to offering recommendations for stress management programs. In view of the quantity and wide ranging themes to emerge from the stress audit, space precludes an exploration of all themes and their complexity. Therefore, a selection of quotes are provided and discussed in relation to relevant literature.
  • 240.
    3.1. Organizational stressors Consistentwith a synthesis of organizational stressors in sport per- formers (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012), the four general dimensions of or- ganizational stressors were: leadership and personnel issues, cultural and academy issues, logistical and environmental issues, and perfor- mance and personal issues. Leadership and personnel issues. Leadership and personnel is- sues, which were the most frequently cited organizational stressors for players, consisted of the stressors that were related to the direction and support of the organization. The higher-order themes within this di- mension were: external expectations, feedback, referees, retention, support staff, coach behaviors, and the coaches' personality and attitudes. Within external expectations, “coaches' expectations” for players to conform to the organization's core values (e.g., work hard, learn quickly) was regularly cited as a key stressor for first year players: “I think the big thing I noticed [when starting at the academy] was you had to learn quickly, the culture of the club as well. I think the coaches are big on setting that culture, just coming in, working hard, no excuses about a
  • 241.
    thing” (Player 6).“I think the expectation to develop quickly makes them [players] stressed sometimes and they need to be able to just enjoy it a bit more … instead of it just being drudgery, hard work, hard work you know (Staff 6)". Within feedback, a common issue that contributed to a range of stressor outcomes was “receiving negative feedback” from others. The following quote (Player 3) illustrates how negative feedback can be harmful for decision making and team morale, and, how game reviews may help to manage feedback: At half time, the coaches scream and shout but it doesn't help if they pick out [blame] individuals because the individuals are just going to think about that [making mistakes] the next time they go out. Every decision the players make … Like, [a coach] was just saying “All forwards played really well. Backs were ****” … Like, yeah, have a scream and shout, kick a few bottles around but then talk about the game properly … I think people after that game were pretty dejected for a couple of weeks. Cultural and academy issues. Cultural and academy issues com- prised the stressors that were associated with the atmosphere and be- havioral norms in the organization. The higher-order themes within this dimension were: academy atmosphere, communication, cultural
  • 242.
    norms, players’ personality andattitudes, and roles. Within academy atmosphere, one commonly cited raw data theme related to player year group “cliques in the squad”. The emergence of this theme supports previous research which has identified cliques as a common organizational stressor encountered by sport performers (Fletcher, Hanton, Mellalieu et al., 2012). However, the specific structure of the current organization also gave rise to “academy hierarchies”, which are less reported in the extant literature. Hierarchies were visible throughout the institution, as there were structured divisions between an academy and senior team organization. Within the academy, the playing squad was divided in to three sub-groups based on birth year. As the following quote illustrates J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 30 Table 1 Organizational stressors encountered by professional academy players. Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes General Dimension
  • 243.
    Coaches’ expectations Externalexpectations Leadership and Personnel Issues Receiving negative feedback Feedback Poor referee decisions Referees Job uncertainty Retention Ambiguous injury diagnoses Support staff Conflicting coaching styles Coach behaviors Unapproachable coaches The coaches’ personality and attitudes Academy hierarchies Academy atmosphere Cultural and Academy Issues Poor communication between players Communication Culture of Intimidation Cultural norms Hostile teammates Players’ personality and Attitudes Role ambiguity Roles
  • 244.
    Lack of individualdevelopment sessions Training environment Logistical and Environmental issues Fluctuating game preparation Competition environment Inadequate changing rooms Facilities and equipment Fierce competition for selection Selection Long away game journeys Travel Moving to the academy to train Academy transitions Performance and Personal Issues Balancing academy and education Work-life interface Lack of food preparation Diet and recovery Isolation from being injured Player injury Lack of finances Finances J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 31
  • 245.
    Table 2 Cognitive appraisalsand coping behaviors of professional academy players. Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes General Dimension Player threat appraisals of making the transition to professional rugby Threat appraisals Cognitive appraisals Benefit appraisals of the academy training program Benefit appraisals Challenge appraisals of player injury Challenge appraisals Harm appraisals of negative feedback Harm appraisals Working harder due to feedback Increased effort Problem-focused coping Instructional support from teammates Informational support Practicing ‘what if scenarios’ Planning
  • 246.
    Talking to teammatesto solve issues Talking to teammates Working on changing technique Changing behavior noitartnecnocdesaercnIgnisucoF Encouragement from teammates Receiving encouragement Emotion-focused coping Talking to teammates for support Seeking social support noitazilausiVyregamI Creating tasks to prevent boredom Creating tasks Listening to music Relaxation klat-fleSklat-fleS Accepting selection decisions Acceptance Rationalizing negative feedback Self-rationalization Reappraisal-focused coping Re-evaluating injury with physiotherapists Rationalizing with others Avoiding conflict Behavioral avoidance Avoidance coping
  • 247.
    Trying to forgetmistakes Blocking Player denial over injury Denial Drinking alcohol prior to being released by the academy Substance abuse J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 32 from a group of second year players, hierarchies and cliques in the squad were closely associated with a “culture of intimidation”; seen by many as a reason for poor communication between players: They [first year players] need to be brought down a peg (Player 25) … Yea, they think they're all big timers (Player 24) … They don't ever speak to anyone else (Player 26). I think that's the same with the third year [players] (Player 25) … I think they'll [first year players] calm down when we [second year players] start the ‘contact game’ [physical intimidation] with them (Player 23) [group laughter]. Logistical and environmental issues. Logistical and environ-
  • 248.
    mental issues encapsulatedthe stressors that were associated with the organization's management of training and competition. The higher order themes within this dimension were: training environment, compe- tition environment, facilities and equipment, selection, and travel. The most cited themes were identified within training environment, which in- cluded a “lack of individual development sessions” and “high training intensity”. Whilst training environment is a regularly encountered stressor for professional sport performers (Kristiansen, Murphy, & Roberts, 2012; Nicholls, Backhouse, Polman, & McKenna, 2009), one explanation in this specific organizational context is that there is a daily coach expectation for players to demonstrate their skill improvement in training, to improve their chances of being selected to the senior pro- fessional team. Within facilities and equipment, a number of players cited “inadequate changing rooms” as a potential reason for poor commu- nication between players during training and competition. The fol- lowing quote (Player 2) demonstrates how “inadequate changing rooms” may negatively impact on communication between players: I think something that is quite bad is our changing rooms. You've got
  • 249.
    a first yearchanging room, a second year changing room, a third year changing room and there's no one [squad] together … it's very much three separate changing rooms … It comes to a game situation where a first year needs to tell a third year something or vice versa and they're hesitant to say it. Performance and personal issues. Performance and personal issues consisted of the stressors relating to a player's professional career and personal development. The higher-order themes within this dimension were: academy transitions, work-life interface, diet and recovery, player injury, and finances. Within academy transitions, “moving to the academy to train”, “transition to a higher standard of rugby”, and “transition to a higher training intensity” were seen to be key issues that were believed to ad- vance or compromise a player's career development. These themes are consistent with research highlighting the non-elite to elite transition as a key stressor for sport performers (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012). In the current study, academy transitions provided a richer account for why “cliques in the squad”, “high training intensity” and “fierce competition for selection” may be common issues. Player 1 describes the difficulties a
  • 250.
    player can face whenmoving to the academy to train: It was a shock to the system to be honest … I mean there were times, like I was waking up in the morning thinking, "do I really want to be here?" Quite a lot. I mean I'm not playing rugby [not being selected], you've just moved away from home, moved to a new place so sometimes my motivation levels were really, really low. Some games [game days], like Saturday mornings in November when its abso- lutely pissing it down [heavy rain] and you've got to get two buses in to town, two more buses to the academy at six o'clock in the morning, and you're not playing [not being selected]. It does get you down when you've moved away from home to be here. Table 3 Organizational stressor outcomes experienced by professional academy players. Lower-order themes (examples only) Higher-order themes General Dimension snoitomeevitageNregnA Emotional outcomes snoitomeevitisoPtnemeticxE Reduced confidence Confidence Intrapersonal
  • 251.
    outcomes noitavitom-eDdetavitom-eD Reduced concentration Concentration Playersbeing unable to make appropriate decisions Decision making peelSpeelsfokcaL Reduced team communication Communication Performance-related outcomes Making mistakes Individual performance Reduced team performance Team performance Players being released Retention J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 33 3.2. Cognitive appraisals and coping behaviors
  • 252.
    The general dimensionsfor cognitive appraisals and coping beha- viors were: cognitive appraisals, problem-focused coping, emotion-fo- cused coping, reappraisal-focused coping, and avoidance coping. Cognitive appraisals. Cognitive appraisals consisted of the primary appraisals of organizational stressors that players encountered. These primary appraisals reflected players' evaluations of the personal sig- nificance of stressors in relation to the attainment of personal goals or well-being (Lazarus, 1991). The higher-order themes in this dimension were: threat appraisals, benefit appraisals, challenge appraisals, and harm appraisals. It was apparent that players typically developed threat ap- praisals of various organizational stressors. Although sport performers may appraise events as challenging (Didymus & Fletcher, 2012), our results support the finding that organizational stressors are typically appraised by sport performers as preventing the attainment of goals or positive well-being (Didymus & Fletcher, 2014). Specifically, it was perceived that players felt threatened by “making the transition to professional rugby”, “negative feedback”, “asking for advice”, “job uncertainty”, “academy hierarchies”, “unfriendly teammates”,
  • 253.
    and “competition for playingpositions”. The following quotes from players and staff illustrate players' typical threat appraisals of players due to competition for positions: “Who are these other lads?” … you're thinking, “Oh he's going to take my position”, you're talking about it for weeks (Player 37) … If anyone comes in at your position you're going to think **** [feel threatened] (Player 32). There is definitely a positional threat for the players. “If he's going to be my threat [for selection] then I'm going to make sure I knock him down and keep him down as long as possible” (Staff 6). Problem-focused coping. Problem-focused coping consisted of the behaviors that were elicited to resolve stressors. It was evident that some players used a range of behaviors and drew on resources, such as social support, to achieve coping functions, such as problem solving. This supports research which has conceptualized coping behaviors and functions as interrelated (Daniels, Beesley, Wimalasiri, & Cheyne, 2013; for a review, see; Skinner, Edge, Altman, & Sherwood, 2003). The higher-order themes within problem-focused coping were: increased effort, informational support, planning, talking to teammates, changing
  • 254.
    behavior, and increasedconcentration. One player (Player 3) explained how planning through “practicing what if scenarios” in training was effective in dealing with opponents in games: We [the playing team] knew we had a good line out [during the game] because we had some good [training] sessions drilling the line out in a [practice] game environment … I think those sessions were good because when we played [club], they needed a drop goal to win and they had about 8 scrums. It was just the mentality [of working hard]. I think me and [teammate] hit 55 scrums one after the other, in one [training] session … stuff like that is good and players will know what they can do [under pressure]. Emotion-focused coping. Emotion-focused coping captured the most frequently cited behaviors that were used by players to manage or express their emotions. The higher-order themes were: receiving en- couragement, seeking social support, visualization, creating tasks, relaxa- tion, self-talk, and acceptance. The most common themes related to re- ceiving encouragement, which consisted of “encouragement from teammates”, “encouragement from staff”, and “encouragement from house parents”. Receiving emotional support from teammates and coaches is a common resource used to cope in organizations (Kristiansen et al., 2012). This is because social support offsets the
  • 255.
    negative effect ofstressors on well-being (Cohen, Sherrod, & Clark, 1986). From the focus groups, it emerged that more experienced players offered encouragement to help players manage their emotions: I think I got [received] that [encouragement] actually, when I was a first year (Player 37). Yeah, in our first year [at the organization] there were a lot of third years [players] for us to [receive] get help from. Like, if you looked nervous they would sit down and say “don't worry, you'll be fine, you're here for a reason, they [the coaches] wouldn't have chosen you otherwise” (Player 34). Reappraisal-focused coping. Reappraisal-focused coping con- sisted of the behaviors that were used by players to reappraise the re- levance and importance of organizational stressors. The higher- order themes were self-rationalization and rationalizing with others. Rationalizing with others appeared to reflect a coping resource that was rarely adopted by players. Moreover, the professional academy players in this study appeared to lack the confidence to seek support from staff and teammates to help rationalize particular stressors. In light of these findings, sport performers in this organization may benefit from the development of greater support seeking behaviors to promote
  • 256.
    colla- boratively reappraising organizationaldemands. The following quote illustrates the influence of rationalizing with physiotherapists to help a player (Player 1) re-appraise the significance of an injury: I had a small stress fracture in my left foot … for the first week I didn't really manage it very well … Then you kind of get your head around it and think that this could work in a positive way and that's due to [the support of] the coaches and physiotherapy team. They kind of put it into your mind all the positives you're going to get out of being injured at this time. Avoidance coping. Avoidance coping consisted of the behaviors that were used to actively avoid solving problems or managing emo- tions. The higher-order themes were: behavioral avoidance, blocking, denial, and substance abuse. Although the function of avoidance coping is believed to be maladaptive for long-term well-being, it could be adaptive in the short-term (Kristiansen et al., 2012); however, this may depend on the behaviors enacted to fulfill this coping function (Skinner et al., 2003). Although a limited number of themes were cited, academy staff reported a range of avoidance behaviors commonly displayed by
  • 257.
    players, such as“lying to avoid conflict”, “denial over incurring an injury” and “drinking alcohol to disengage from having their profes- sional contract terminated”. 3.3. Organizational stressor outcomes Organizational stressor outcomes refer to the symptoms of exposure to demands. The four general dimensions were: emotional responses, intrapersonal outcomes, and performance -related outcomes. Emotional responses. Emotional responses consisted of a wide range of negative emotions and positive emotions. The most highly cited lower-order themes were “anxiety”, “anger”, and “fatigue”. This finding is consistent with previous research that has explored emotional re- sponses to organizational-related demands in elite (Arnold & Fletcher, 2015; Arnold et al., 2017; Fletcher, Hanton, & Wagstaff, 2012) and professional sport performers (Nicholls et al., 2009). This can be ex- plained in so far that anxiety and anger represent a basic set of states by which threat and harm appraisals are commonly associated (Lazarus, 1999). From the interviews, it was evident that the academy had bred a culture of fear amongst the players, with anxiety being a typical re- sponse to “receiving negative feedback from others” and the
  • 258.
    formation of “academy hierarchies”.In addition, players typically experienced intense anxiety from selection stressors such as “call ups [to the senior squad] at short notice”: “All of a sudden you need to be on the bench for the first [senior] team and then you've got 5 or 6 days to learn all of the calls [tactics] and you think ******* hell” (Player 6). Intrapersonal outcomes. Intrapersonal outcomes consisted of the organizational stressor outcomes that were associated with a player's cognitive functioning. The higher-order themes were: confidence, de- motivation, concentration, decision making, and sleep. Both players and staff suggested that “reduced confidence” is experienced primarily by first year players, who are attempting to adapt to academy transitions J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 34 (e.g., “moving to the academy to train”) and cultural norms (e.g., “ne- gative motivational climate”). In some cases, it was acknowledged that intrapersonal outcomes were often a result of negative emotional re-
  • 259.
    sponses to specificstressors. The following quote by a coach (Staff 6) illustrates the collective consequences of a negative motivational cli- mate, which can lead to heightened levels of anxiety and reduced confidence for players: We've got two small guys and the motivation [from a coach] is constantly, “You're too small for this game, I don't know why you're here, you might as well go home now” … the lads [players] just cower like this [shy away] and don't say anything back … So that's why when it comes to situations which need somebody to be con- fident and speak up they won't do it because they fear they'll just get ridiculed. When things have been shouted at them on the touchline you can see it [in their body language], just like, “oh ****”, heads down, it really affects them, they won't turn around and say, “Okay, I made a **** up [a mistake] but I'll put it right”, in response to “You're ******* coming off if you do that again! [shouting]”. Performance-related outcomes. The higher-order themes within this general dimension were: communication, individual performance, team performance, and retention. Within individual performance, “reduced skill development” was considered a consequence from training- related stressors, such as a “lack of individualized sessions” and “longer
  • 260.
    training sessions”. Inaddition, players spoke of making technical and tactical errors in training due to a fear of receiving further negative feedback from coaches. Players and staff also felt that the organization could consider reducing the longer duration of some training sessions, which are often counterproductive to concentration and skill develop- ment: “I saw it several times last year … I've done 45 min [coaching], it's been quality intense stuff but [coach] does another 45 min on line outs and scrums. The lads are just exhausted and it's counterproductive [for skill development]" (Staff 3). “Rather than doing an hour and a half session, do two 45 min sessions where it's just detail … Really intense … And then you're not [fatigued], because towards the end of sessions, you get really tired and then your concentration goes” (Player 2). 3.4. Stress management recommendations In line with organizational stress management frameworks (Dewe et al., 2010; Richardson & Rothstein, 2008), participants provided a series of organizational-level and individual-level recommendations to maximize sport performers' well-being and performance development. Fig. 1 illustrates the target groups by which stress management
  • 261.
    in- itiatives were recommendedthroughout the organization. Higher-order themes are presented for each target group, along with example lower- order themes. To corroborate these interview responses, stress man- agement survey recommendations were also completed at the end of each interview (see Table 4). These survey responses reflected the average proportion of players and staff that believed them and the or- ganization would benefit from and participate in particular stress management programs to facilitate players' ability to manage organi- zational stress in the future. Organizational-level recommendations. Organizational-level in- terventions are typically developed to remove or modify specific or- ganizational characteristics that individuals and groups encounter, such as stressors (Dewe et al., 2010).The fourteen higher-order themes within organizational-level recommendations were: communication channels; facilities management; work appraisals; talent development; game reviews; game preparation; reflective practice; team cohesion; time man- agement; training structure; team goal setting; team problem solving; and, professionalism. Within these themes, the most frequently
  • 262.
    suggested recommendations were to:organize more team socials for all academy players and staff to attend, integrate more regular team analysis of games, involving all academy players and coaching staff; incorporate varied training sessions involving the commitment of all academy players and staff; and, encourage communication between the players and all academy and senior team staff. These initiatives were con- sidered important due to the aforesaid stressors relating to poor com- munication between players and members of the organization, high training intensities, fatigue, the existence of academy hierarchies, and, cliques in the playing squad. The need to address these stressors was supported by a series of survey recommendations (see Table 4). In particular, team building was suggested by many of the academy players (n = 39, 98%) and supported by some staff (n = 3, 42%). Moreover, building confidence was cited by players (n = 32, 81%) and staff (n = 4, 61%) as a program that they believed academy players would all benefit from and participate in as an academy. Problem sol- ving at a group and individual-level was also suggested by players (n = 30, 76%), with 4 out of 7 staff believing that players would benefit from this program.
  • 263.
    Individual-level recommendations. Individual-level interventions aretypically developed to enable individuals to better appraise, re- spond and cope with organizational stressors (Dewe et al., 2010). The seven higher-order themes within this dimension were: senior first team exposure; mentoring; coping; goal setting; trust; coach feedback; and, par- ental education. Within these higher-order themes, the most commonly cited lower-order recommendations were to: modify negative appraisals for first and second year players, encourage problem solving and de- cision making to first year players, raise coach awareness of providing Table 4 Survey recommendations for organizational stress management. I feel I would personally benefit from … I would personally participate in … I feel that the academy would benefit from … I would recommend the academy to use … Team building 38P, 2S 40P, 4S 40P, 3S 39P, 4S
  • 264.
    Building confidence 28P,3S 34P, 4S 34P, 5S 34P, 5S Coping with pressures 26P, 1S 32P, 4S 35P, 5S 31P, 5S Problem solving 28P, 4S 28P, 5S 33P, 4S 32P, 4S Relaxation training 29P, 3S 32P, 4S 32P, 4S 26P, 4S Team performance appraisals 29P, 1S 28P, 5S 33P, 4S 28P, 4S Time management 26P, 1S 29P, 4S 32P, 4S 28P, 4S Assertiveness training 25P, 3S 28P, 4S 33P, 3S 28P, 3S Managing emotions positively 24P, 4S 29P, 5S 30P, 4S 24P, 3S Psychology rehabilitation for injured players 25P, 2S 29P, 3S 30P, 4S 26P, 4S Challenging stressful thinking 24P, 3S 28P, 5S 31P, 3S 25P, 3S Self-regulating teams 25P, 1S 28P, 3S 28P, 2S 25P, 2S Improved social support 21P, 1S 23P, 4S 30P, 2S 25P, 3S Resolving conflict 18P, 3S 24P, 4S 26P, 3S 23P, 3S Note. N = 47, P = the number of recommendations from academy players (n = 40); S = the number of recommendations from academy staff (n = 7). J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 35 varying methods of feedback to players, and optimize confidence for first year players. The education of coping efficacy for less experienced players was deemed particularly important. This was explained in so far that first year players, who are making an amateur to
  • 265.
    professional sport transition, oftenperceive their environment to be intimidating. More- over, it was suggested that players struggle to cope with high training intensities and receiving negative feedback. The survey data also in- dicated that players (78%) and staff (100%) believed that players would benefit from coping education. One noticeable incongruence between the interview and survey recommendations obtained was players' need for improved social sup- port. From the survey data, 24 out of 40 players (60%) and 2 out of 7 staff (29%) felt that players would benefit from improved social support. However, the interview and focus group data suggested that some players already seek and receive different forms of support from teammates and staff. A recommendation from staff suggested improving social support could be achieved by raising coach awareness of feed- back methods and educating parents on methods of support. Conversely, one member of staff (Staff 5) argued the following: “This academy is like no other academy in the country in the different levels of support provided to players”. From the interviews and survey re- sponses it was also apparent that staff were keen to support the design and delivery of stress management programs for their players,
  • 266.
    but were less interestedin participating in any of these programs alongside the players. This is an important applied consideration for the development of organizational programs, since the effectiveness of such initiatives Fig. 1. Organizational- and individual-level stress management recommendations. J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 36 may be largely dependent on the evidence of key decision makers' readiness for change, support for and engagement in the programs (Nielsen, 2013). 4. General discussion The primary purpose of this study was to undertake a mixed method organizational stress audit of competitive performers who operate in a sport organization. A secondary purpose was to identify future stress management recommendations to maximize performers' well- being and performance development. Informed by a transactional stress approach
  • 267.
    (Dewe et al.,2010; Lazarus, 1991, 1999), the findings reveal a number of common organizational stressors encountered by sport performers who operate in this sport institution. These findings support the iden- tification of themes identified in sport performers across a range of competitive levels (Arnold & Fletcher, 2012; Kristiansen et al., 2012; Nicholls et al., 2009). In this organizational context, many stressors (e.g., training demands) were often a by-product of encountering other demands (e.g., academy transitions). Moreover, a culture of intimida- tion and a negative motivational climate were linked to commonly developed appraisals and coping behaviors. In line with stress theory (Lazarus, 1999), these player appraisals and coping behaviors were related to emotional, intrapersonal and performance outcomes. A wide range of stress management recommendations were also identified for specific groups in this organization, with the aim of di- rectly or indirectly helping sport performers to better manage their experiences of organizational stress in the future. An overarching message was that players, and to some degree staff, would take part in individual- and organizational-level stress management programs. At an individual-level, player coping efficacy is important, as the
  • 268.
    behaviors used to achievecoping functions may be adaptive for well-being in specific contexts, but maladaptive in others (Daniels et al., 2013; Skinner et al., 2003). This is sensible given the mission of the current organization, which is to retain academy players who demonstrate an ability to cope with professional sport and its demands. At an organi- zational-level, it was perceived that the institution should integrate initiatives to enhance team cohesion and communication channels, vary training stimulus, and to incorporate reviews of competitive games. Such organizational-level programs are believed to be the most proac- tive solution to managing stress (Dewe et al., 2010), as they aim to prevent player strain from occurring by modifying structures and en- vironmental conditions (cf. Briner & Reynolds, 1999). Although support for their efficacy has been equivocal (Richardson & Rothstein, 2008), participatory stress audits are arguably a prerequisite for effective in- terventions, as the sport performers who may benefit from such pro- grams are also those recommending their creation (cf. Nielsen et al., 2010). A strength of the current stress audit was the sample size (N =
  • 269.
    47) and sampling ofvarying organizational members. This was important to illustrate how players' stress experience may also be perceived by staff and jointly developed by common player attitudes, cultural norms, contagion, and managed by a range of coping resources. Despite these strengths, the sample sizes for some of the focus groups (i.e., n = 15) was considered a limitation, which could have compromised an ap- propriate level of participant contribution. Further, the data yielded from large focus group samples may not have enabled individuals to represent their views as clearly as individual interviews might. Although we were mindful of adhering to focus group guidelines for organizational research (Bachiochi & Weiner, 2004), the specific con- text determined that we had to complete interviews at times that were most convenient to the organization. It is possible that the development of steering groups comprising a mixture of sport performers and staff could have been applied to identify clearly agreed motives for tackling sport performers' experiences of organizational stress. However, given the identification of potentially threatening cultural norms, steering groups may have been counterproductive. In the current study,
  • 270.
    con- ducting focus groupswith player sub-groups was necessary for deli- miting future interventions to groups who may be most at risk of strain (Bradley & Sutherland, 1994). We acknowledge that the analysis of group experiences makes it problematic to assess the coping effective- ness of particular stressors for specific performers. We therefore re- commend mixed-method assessments to further inform intervention development and refinement. The findings from this study suggest that organizational stress management in sport is an area worthy of future research. While at- tempting to advance the conceptual framework and methods used to understand organizational stress, we concur that “research should give more attention to developing techniques used to diagnose the need for stress interventions” (Bowling et al., 2012, p. 79). As the current study indicates, not all stressors are maladaptive for sport performers' well- being and performance. Researchers considering a mixed method ap- proach to stress auditing could consider a longitudinal examination, using a combination of regular steering group meetings, interviews, diaries, observations, and surveys. A blend of these approaches will
  • 271.
    likely result ingreater exposure to the organizational environment and may capture an accurate reality of day-to-day functioning. Compre- hensive audits such as the aforesaid may be more time consuming for organizations. Yet, the benefits of conducting a detailed, participative, and proactive approach to stress management are likely to outweigh the time taken and the relatively minimal cost that could be incurred to improve the well-being and performance of sport performers (cf. Briner & Reynolds, 1999). There are a number of practical challenges when conducting applied research in sport organizations. In conducting stress audits that are theoretically founded (e.g., Lazarus, 1991), psychologists should identify the stress processes and common issues that need solving for those individuals (e.g., players) and groups (e.g., sub- group teams) who need the most support (Bowling et al., 2012; Nielsen et al., 2010). This is vital for prioritizing whether organi- zational-, individual-level interventions, or an amalgamation of the two is necessary (Giga, Cooper, & Faragher, 2003). Organizational- level programs may be the priority for modifying organizational stressors, such as cultural norms. Where stressors cannot be removed or reduced, individual-level programs such as modifying
  • 272.
    cognitive appraisals are alsoappropriate for facilitating well-being (Richardson & Rothstein, 2008). In reality, studying sport perfor- mers' organizational experiences and recommendations for inter- vention development in context is not straightforward, particularly when there may be incongruence between performers and key sta- keholders as to the main issues that need prioritizing. In this regard, sport psychologists have a challenging but important role in en- couraging stakeholders to provide support for the necessary inter- ventions to be designed and implemented. Without such commit- ment, it is likely that sport performers will perceive a lack of interest on the part of stakeholders in their well-being. This may subse- quently lead to negative performer perceptions of the organizational climate in which they operate (cf. Dewe et al., 2010). In conclusion, this stress audit makes a conceptual contribution by unearthing contextual (e.g., non-normative transitions) and cultural complexities (e.g., political hierarchies) that are not explicitly evident in the organizational psychology models used to inform interventions. Organizational interventions which aim to modify the stressors en- countered, or reduce their impact on performers' well-being, are more
  • 273.
    likely to beeffective if a stress audit is rigorously adopted and in- tegrated in an organization's overall management strategy. Although some challenges exist for undertaking an audit, the prevention and management of stress should be a joint responsibility between sport performers and stakeholders (Dewe et al., 2010; Fletcher et al., 2006); one that may hold great promise for optimizing well-being, perfor- mance, and organizational productivity. J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 37 References Arnold, R., & Fletcher, D. (2012). A research synthesis and taxonomic classification of the organizational stressors encountered by sport performers. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 34, 397–429. Arnold, R., & Fletcher, D. (2015). Confirmatory factor analysis of the sport emotion questionnaire in organizational environments. Journal of Sports Sciences, 33, 169–179. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2014955520. Arnold, R., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2017). Organisational
  • 274.
    stressors, coping, andout- comes in competitive sport. Journal of Sports Sciences, 35(7), 694–703. http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299. Bachiochi, P. D., & Weiner, S. P. (2004). Qualitative data collection and analysis. In S. G. Rogelberg (Ed.). Handbook of research methods in industrial and organizational psy- chology (pp. 161–183). Malden, MA: Blackwell publishing. Bergman, M. M. (2011). The good, the bad and the ugly in mixed methods research and design. Journal of Mixed Methods, 5, 271–275. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/ 1558689811433236. Biron, C., Ivers, H., Brun, J.-P., & Cooper, C. L. (2006). Risk assessment of occupational stress: Extensions of the Clarke and Cooper approach. Health, Risk & Society, 8, 417–429. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13698570601008222. Bowling, N. A., Beehr, T. A., & Grebner, S. (2012). Combating stress in organizations. In G. P. Hodgkinson, & J. K. Ford (Eds.). International review of industrial and organiza- tional psychology (pp. 65–87). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Bradley, J. R., & Sutherland, V. (1994). Stress management in the workplace: Taking employee's views into account. Employee Counselling Today, 6, 4–9. Briner, R. B., & Reynolds, S. (1999). The costs, benefits, and
  • 275.
    limitations of organizational levelstress interventions. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 20, 647–664. Cohen, S., Sherrod, D. R., & Clark, M. S. (1986). Social skills and the stress-protective role of social support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 963–973. Creswell, J. W., & Piano Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and conducting mixed methods re- search. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Daniels, K., Beesley, N., Wimalasiri, V., & Cheyne, A. (2013). Problem solving and well- being: Exploring the instrumental role of job control and social support. Journal of Management, 39, 1016–1043. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0149206311430262. Daniels, K., Gedikli, C., Watson, D., Semkina, A., & Vaughn, O. (2017). Job design, em- ployment practices and well-being: A systematic review of intervention studies. Ergonomics, 60, 1177–1196. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2017.1303085. Daniels, K., Harris, C., & Briner, R. B. (2004). Linking work conditions to unpleasant affect: Cognition, categorisation and goals. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 77, 343–364. http://dx.doi.org/10.1348/0963179041752628. Dewe, P. J., O'Driscoll, M. P., & Cooper, C. L. (2010). Coping with work stress: A review and
  • 276.
    critique. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. Didymus,F. F., & Fletcher, D. (2012). Getting to the heart of the matter: A diary study of swimmers' appraisals of organizational stressors. Journal of Sports Sciences, 30, 1375–1385. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.709263. Didymus, F. F., & Fletcher, D. (2014). Swimmers' experiences of organizational stress: Exploring the role of cognitive appraisal and coping strategies. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 8, 159–183. Duong, D., Tuckey, M. R., Hayward, R. M., & Boyd, C. M. (2015). Work-family conflict: The importance of differentiating between different facets of job characteristics. Work & Stress, 29, 230–245. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2015.1074629. Elo, A. L., Ervasti, J., Kuosma, E., & Mattila, P. (2008). Evaluation of an organizational stress management program in a municipal public works organization. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 13, 10–23. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13. 1.10. Fletcher, D., & Arnold, R. (2017). Stress in sport: The role of the organizational en- vironment. In C. R. D. Wagstaff (Ed.). An organizational psychology of sport: Key issues and practical applications (pp. 83–100). London, UK: Routledge.
  • 277.
    Fletcher, D., Hanton,S., & Mellalieu, S. D. (2006). An organizational stress review: Conceptual and theoretical issues in competitive sport. In S. Hanton, & S. D. Mellalieu (Eds.). Literature reviews in sport psychology (pp. 321–373). Hauppauge, NY: Nova. Fletcher, D., Hanton, S., Mellalieu, S. D., & Neil, R. (2012a). A conceptual framework of organizational stressors in sport performers. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 22, 545–557. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010. 01242.x. Fletcher, D., Hanton, S., & Wagstaff, C. R. D. (2012b). Performers' responses to stressors encountered in sport organizations. Journal of Sports Sciences, 30, 349–358. http://dx. doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545. Giga, S. I., Cooper, C. L., & Faragher, B. (2003). The development of a framework for a comprehensive approach to stress management interventions at work. International Journal of Stress Management, 10, 280–296. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245. 10.4.280. Greene, J. C. (2008). Is mixed methods social inquiry a distinctive methodology? Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 2, 7–22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689807309969. Kohler, J. M., & Munz, D. C. (2006). Combining individual and
  • 278.
    organizational stress in- terventions:An organizational development approach. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 58, 1–12. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1065-9293.58.1.1. Kristiansen, E., Murphy, D., & Roberts, G. (2012). Organizational stress and coping in U.S. professional soccer. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 24, 207–223. http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319. Krueger, R. A., & Casey, M. A. (2009). Focus groups: A practical guide for applied research (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Psychological stress in the workplace. In P. L. Perrewé (Vol. Ed.), Handbook on job stress: Vol. 6, (pp. 1–13). [special issue]. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality. Lazarus, R. S. (1999). Stress and emotion: A new synthesis. New York, NY: Springer. Liamputtong, P. (2011). Focus group methodology: Principles and practice. London: Sage. Mazzola, J. J., Schonfeld, I. S., & Spector, P. E. (2011). What qualitative research has taught us about occupational stress. Stress and Health, 27, 93– 110. McGrath, J. E. (1976). Stress and behavior in organizations. In M. D. Dunnette (Ed.). Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology (pp. 1351–1395). Chicago: Rand
  • 279.
    McNally. Moran, A. P.,Matthews, J. J., & Kirby, K. (2011). Whatever happened to the third paradigm? Exploring mixed methods research designs in sport and exercise psy- chology. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 3, 362–369. http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843. Morgan, D. L. (1996). Focus groups. Annual Review of Sociology, 22, 129–152. Nicholls, A. R., Backhouse, S. H., Polman, R. C. J., & McKenna, J. (2009). Stressors and affective states among professional rugby union players. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 19, 121–128. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838. 2007.00757.x. Nielsen, K. (2013). Review article: How can we make organizational interventions work? Employees and line managers as actively crafting interventions. Human Relations, 66, 1029–1050. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726713477164. Nielsen, K., Abildgaard, J.,S., & Daniels, K. (2014). Putting context into organizational intervention design: Using tailored questionnaires to measure initiatives for worker well-being. Human Relations, 67, 1537–1560. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/ 0018726714525974. Nielsen, K., Randall, R., Holten, A., & Rial González, E.
  • 280.
    (2010). Conducting organiza- tional-leveloccupational health interventions: What works? Work & Stress, 24, 234–259. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2010.515393. Richardson, K. M., & Rothstein, H. R. (2008). Effects of occupational stress management intervention programs: A meta-analysis. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 13, 69–93. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.69. Rick, J., Briner, R. B., Daniels, K., Perryman, S., & Guppy, A. (2001). A critical review of psychosocial hazards measures. Norwich: HSE Books. Rumbold, J. L., Fletcher, D., & Daniels, K. (2012). A systematic review of stress man- agement interventions with sport performers. Sport, Exercise, & Performance Psychology, 1, 173–193. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0026628. Silverman, D. (2014). Interpreting qualitative data. London: Sage. Skinner, E. A., Edge, K., Altman, J., & Sherwood, H. (2003). Searching for the structure of coping: A review and critique of category systems for classifying ways of coping. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 216–269. Teddlie, C., & Tashakkori, A. (2009). Foundations of mixed methods research: Integrating quantitative and qualitative approaches in the social and behavioral sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
  • 281.
    Teddlie, C., &Tashakkori, A. (2011). Mixed methods research: Contemporary issues in an emerging field. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.). The SAGE handbook of quali- tative research (pp. 285–299). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Wagstaff, C. R. D., Fletcher, D., & Hanton, S. (2012). Exploring emotion abilities and regulation strategies in sport organizations. Sport, Exercise, and Performance Psychology, 1, 268–282. J.L. Rumbold et al. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 35 (2018) 27–38 38 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2014955520 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1184299 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689811433236 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689811433236 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13698570601008222 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref7 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref8 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref8 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref9 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref9
  • 282.
    http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref10 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref10 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref11 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref11 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0149206311430262 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2017.1303085 http://dx.doi.org/10.1348/0963179041752628 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref15 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref15 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.709263 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref17 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2015.1074629 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.10 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.10 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref20 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref21 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01242.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01242.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.633545 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.10.4.280 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1072-5245.10.4.280 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1558689807309969 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1065-9293.58.1.1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10413200.2011.614319 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref28 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref28 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29
  • 283.
    http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref29 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref30 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref31 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref32 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref32 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref33 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2011.607843 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref35 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2007.00757.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2007.00757.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726713477164 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726714525974 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0018726714525974 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02678373.2010.515393 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/1076-8998.13.1.69 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref41 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref41 http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0026628 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref43 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref44 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref45 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref46 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47 http://refhub.elsevier.com/S1469-0292(17)30152-8/sref47Using a mixed methodaudit to inform organizational stress management interventions in sportIntroductionMethodResearch
  • 284.
    designParticipants and procedureDataanalysisResearch quality and rigorResults and discussionOrganizational stressorsCognitive appraisals and coping behaviorsOrganizational stressor outcomesStress management recommendationsGeneral discussionReferences Editorial Reward Management Linking Employee Motivation and Organizational Performance Conny H. Antoni,1 Xavier Baeten,2 Stephen J. Perkins,3 Jason D. Shaw,4 and Matti Vartiainen5 1 Work and Organizational Psychology, Department of Psychology, University of Trier, Germany 2 Department Entrepreneurship, Governance and Strategy Area, Vlerick Business School, Belgium 3 Global Policy Institute, London Metropolitan University, UK 4 Faculty of Business, Department of Management and Marketing, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China 5 Work Psychology and Leadership, Department of Industrial Engineering and Management, School of Science, Aalto University, Finland Companies invest enormous financial resources in reward systems and practices to attract, retain, and motivate employees and thereby ensure and improve individual, team, and organizational effectiveness. Organizational
  • 285.
    rewards comprise financialand nonfinancial rewards, such as appreciation, job security, and promotion. Financial rewards, also called tangible rewards, include direct forms (such as fixed and variable pay and share ownership) as well as indirect and/or deferred forms (such as benefits and perquisites). Fixed or base pay refers to the amount of money one receives in return for fulfilling one’s job requirements, the job’s grade, or the skill or competence level required to perform the tasks. Variable pay (such as cash bonuses and commissions as forms of short-term incentives, or stocks or stock options as forms of long-term incentives) depends, for example, on individual, team, and/or company performance or outcomes, and is based on quantitative and/or qualitative criteria. Benefits (such as pension plans or health programs) and perquisites (such as onsite fitness centers, medical care or health facilities, and company cars), among other forms, are indirect finan- cial rewards (Milkovich, Newman, & Gerhart, 2016). Both qualitative reviews (Gerhart & Fang, 2014; Shaw & Gupta, 2015) and meta-analytic studies (Cerasoli, Nicklin, & Ford, 2014; Garbers & Konradt, 2014; Jenkins, Mitra, Gupta, & Shaw, 1998) have shown that extrinsic rewards (such as financial incentives) can improve employee motivation and performance and shape employee health (Giles, Robalino, McColl, Sniehotta, & Adams, 2014) and safety behavior (Mattson, Torbiörn, & Hellgren, 2014). However, empirical evidence regarding under which conditions particular rewards are most effective or lead to unintended consequences is still scarce. In short, compensation and incentive systems remain one of the most under-researched areas in personnel psychology and human resource management (Gupta & Shaw, 2015). This state of affairs poses risks. Reward management approaches may waste both money and effort, and may
  • 286.
    be ineffective inattracting, retaining, and motivating target personnel, if not grounded in a base of evidence. Added to this, in the face of the recent financial crisis and of serious cases of employee and company unethical behavior, company’s financial incentives, especially bonus and pay- for-performance (pfp) systems, have been widely criticized for their detrimental effects on individuals, companies, and society (Larcker, Ormazabal, Tayan, & Taylor, 2014). These examples of the dark sides of incentives highlight the importance of reward management research, not only from a human resources management (HRM) but also from a societal perspective. They also illustrate the need to understand the underlying mediating and moderating mechanisms linking reward systems and practices to indi- vidual, team, and organizational behavior and outcomes. This special issue contributes to the research on reward management by focusing on the contextual effects of financial rewards on employee motivation, behavior, and performance, and by analyzing the mediating mechanisms of different types of financial and nonfinancial rewards. The four studies included in this special issue address different issues of reward management research and take different theoretical perspectives. The first two studies analyze the interaction effects of financial incentives and � 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 DOI: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000187 Th is d oc
  • 287.
    um en t i s c op yr ig ht ed b y th eA m er ic an P sy ch ol og ic al
  • 288.
  • 289.
  • 290.
  • 291.
    . individual factors, suchas employee perceptions of dis- tributive justice, and then how individual competitiveness moderates the effects of pay-for-performance (pfp) on employee motivation, behavior, and performance. These studies show which and how intended or unintended conse- quences of pfp occur. The other two studies differentiate the effects of tangible and intangible rewards on employee turnover and risk taking; they disentangle underlying mediating and moderating mechanisms by comparing the effects of benefits and perquisites, and of esteem, security, and promotion as nonfinancial rewards. In the following passages, we present a short overview of these four papers before we discuss their contribution and their implications for further research. One of the most discussed unintended consequences of financial rewards has been the assumed erosion of intrinsic motivation, also called the crowding-out or undermining effect of extrinsic incentives. This effect is suggested by proponents of the cognitive evaluation theory and is primarily based on findings in nonwork settings or with child samples, or in situations where rewards have been suspended without explanation (e.g., Deci, Koestner, & Ryan, 1999; Weibel, Rost, & Osterloh, 2010). In contrast, the findings of primary and meta-analytic studies typically do not show a crowding-out effect of extrinsic incentives (Gerhart & Fang, 2014), and rather demonstrate that intrin- sic motivation increases in the presence of financial incen- tives (Giles et al., 2014). As a consequence, research has started to reconcile these conflicting findings with the assumptions of cognitive evaluation and self-determination theories. Thibault Landry and colleagues (2017) contribute
  • 292.
    to this researchby analyzing whether financial incentive systems can satisfy employees’ need for autonomy and com- petence (when bonuses are fairly distributed, thus strength- ening autonomy and motivation) and finally improve work performance. They conducted three field studies: one cross-sectional field study in Greece using a diverse sample of professions, and two longitudinal studies in Canada with samples of high-tech workers and financial advisors who received performance-contingent annual bonuses. Findings of all three studies show that distributive justice moderates the relationship between financial incentives and autonomy need satisfaction. In two of the three studies, distributive justice also moderated the relation between financial incen- tives and competence need satisfaction. Enhancing and buffering effects of distributive justice on the relation between financial incentives and need satisfaction vary across studies depending on the positive or negative relationship between financial incentives and competence and autonomy need satisfaction. By and large, study find- ings support the hypothesis that financial incentive sys- tems can satisfy employees’ need for autonomy and competence, when bonuses are fairly distributed. In these cases, bonuses strengthen autonomous motivation and ultimately improve work performance. Thus, compensation plans using financial incentives such as annual bonuses can be effective, when rewards are distributed fairly. However, the varying positive or negative relation between financial incentives and need satisfaction across studies also indicates that other variables might influence how financial incentives are perceived. Another often discussed potential unintended effect of financial incentives has been that individual pfp decreases cooperation and might even increase deviant behavior, such as harming others or sabotage (Gerhart & Fang,
  • 293.
    2014). Gläser, vanGils, and Van Quaquebeke (2017) contribute to this debate and show, with varying study designs, that the degree of individual trait and state com- petitiveness can influence how employees perceive pfp and react to it with deviant behavior. Their results are based on three studies. In the first cross-sectional study, employees from different German organizations receiving performance-contingent annual lump-sum bonuses partici- pated online. Then, two online experiments were done with participants from digital panel studies and Amazon Mechanical Turk taking part in competitive dice games, where in one study only the winner was rewarded, while in the other study every player was able to win the bonus. Their findings indicate that pfp programs can increase employees’ interpersonal deviance, that is, active harming behavior toward coworkers, when employees are high in individual competitiveness, that is, have a strong desire for interpersonal comparison and wish to be better than others. No significant relationship between pfp size and interpersonal deviance was found for participants low in trait or state competitiveness. While the first two studies in this issue focus on moderating effects of pfp, the following two studies address the differential effects and mediating mechanisms of indi- rect forms of pay and of nonfinancial incentives on turnover and risk taking. Particularly in highly competitive labor markets, such as the information and communications technology (ICT) sector, companies not only offer attractive salaries, but also benefits (such as pension and private medical insurance plans) and, more recently, even perqui- sites (such as an onsite fitness center, medical care facili- ties, or paid meals) to make employees feel that they are valued. In turn, this is assumed to lead to better retention of key employees and a reduction in unwanted turnover (Fortune, 2016). These indirect forms of pay can be quite
  • 294.
    costly and researchon the comparative effects of benefits and perquisites on turnover is still scarce. Renaud, Morin, and Béchard (2017) contribute to this topic by comparing the longitudinal impact of perquisites and traditional bene- fit packages on the intention to stay and by analyzing the mediating role of affective organizational commitment. 58 Editorial Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 � 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Th is d oc um en t i s c op yr ig ht ed b y th
  • 295.
  • 296.
  • 297.
    r t he p er so na l u se o ft he in di vi du al u se r a nd is n ot to
  • 298.
    b e di ss em in at ed b ro ad ly . In a longitudinalonline study with three points of measure- ment (after 6, 12, and 18 months of participants being with the company), new employees of a Canadian company in the ICT sector reported their satisfaction with the provided perquisites and benefits, their affective organizational commitment, and their intention to stay as an indicator of employee turnover. Study findings indicate that satisfaction with traditional benefits has a stronger direct impact on intention to stay than satisfaction with perquisites. Furthermore, when benefits and perquisites are analyzed separately, affective organizational commitment partially mediates the effect of satisfaction with traditional benefits on the intention to stay, while it fully mediates the effect of satisfaction with perquisites on the intention to stay.
  • 299.
    Business scandals (e.g.,the Enron scandal and bankruptcy in 2001, and the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers in 2008, which triggered the global financial crisis) have moved the ethical and financial risk taking of employees and managers as well as the effects of incentives to the fore in both academic and public debates. Risk management research has shown that age and financial and ethical risk taking are related. Ceschi, Costantini, Dickert, and Sartori (2017) contribute to this by analyzing whether perceived nonfinancial rewards moderate and mediate this relationship. They compare the moderating effects of esteem, security, and promotion rewards on the relationship between age and financial and ethical risk taking among managers of Italian companies. They show that age and risk taking are negatively related, that is, young managers report taking more financial and ethical risks than senior managers. Moderation analyses indicate an interac- tion effect of job promotion rewards and age: Low chances for job promotion seem to be a key factor for young managers’ decisions to take financial risks, whereas no rela- tion between age and risk taking was found when high chances of job promotion were perceived. Findings also indicate that job security and promotions partially mediate the relationship between age and ethical risk taking. In sum, the findings presented in this special issue provide at least four contributions to our understanding of the moderating conditions and mediating processes of the impact of financial and nonfinancial rewards on employee motivation, behavior, and performance. First, distributive justice perceptions can moderate the effects of financial rewards. When performance-contingent annual bonuses are perceived as distributed fairly, they can satisfy employ- ees’ need for autonomy and competence, and thus strengthen autonomous motivation and, in turn, work
  • 300.
    performance. Identifying thesemoderating and mediating processes adds to our understanding of why crowding-out effects of extrinsic rewards do not occur. It also clarifies the validity of the assumptions of cognitive evaluation and self-determination theories. Second, competitiveness as an individual characteristic can influence how employees perceive and react to pfp with deviant behavior. When employees have a strong desire for interpersonal compar- ison and wish to be better than others, that is, are highly competitive, pfp programs can increase employees’ interpersonal deviance, that is, active harming behavior toward coworkers. Third, companies can achieve a stronger effect on inten- tion to stay with offering benefits (e.g., private medical insurance plans) than perquisites (e.g., onsite medical care facilities). Employees’ satisfaction with benefits seems to increase their intention to stay both directly and indirectly via enhancing affective organizational commitment, whereas satisfaction with perquisites seems to have only an indirect effect via commitment. Fourth, young managers report more financial and ethical risk taking than senior managers. Young managers’ financial risk taking seems to depend on their perceived chances of job promotion, as no relation between age and risk taking was found when high chances of job promotion were perceived. We hope that this special issue stimulates further longitu- dinal, mixed-methods, and multilevel research to compare the effects of specific reward types and practices on employeemotivation and on individual, team, and organiza- tional outcomes. There is a need to analyze the underlying mediating mechanisms and to identify individual, team, or organizational level variables moderating these relation- ships. The four studies in this issue address only a few of
  • 301.
    the open researchquestions highlighted in our call for papers, and other issues could be added. Furthermore, the studies in this issue focus only on the individual level of analysis. Questions on how team or organizational level variables, such as work structure, leadership behavior, organizational culture, and corporate strategy, influence the relationship between specific reward types or combina- tions of different reward types and reward outcomes are open to further investigation. Thus, future research has the challenge to address multi- and cross-level effects of organizational rewards and individual, team, and organiza- tional level contingencies. Until now, empirically-basedmul- tilevel rewardmanagement research has been the exception (e.g., Trevor &Wazeter, 2006). However, recent conceptual papers on multilevel approaches to the effects of pay variation (Conroy, Gupta, Shaw, & Park, 2014) or team pay-for-performance (Conroy & Gupta, 2016) offer promis- ing models to guide subsequent empirical investigations. References Cerasoli, C. P., Nicklin, J. M., & Ford, M. T. (2014). Intrinsic motivation and extrinsic incentives jointly predict perfor- mance: A 40-year meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 140, 980–1008. doi: 10.1037/a0035661 Editorial 59 � 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 Th is d oc
  • 302.
    um en t i s c op yr ig ht ed b y th eA m er ic an P sy ch ol og ic al
  • 303.
  • 304.
  • 305.
  • 306.
    . Ceschi, A., Costantini,A., Dickert, S., & Sartori, R. (2017). The impact of occupational rewards on risk taking among managers. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16, 105–112. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000184 Conroy, S. A., & Gupta, N. (2016). Team pay-for-performance: The devil is in the details. Group & Organization Management, 41, 32–65. doi: 10.1177/1059601115607746 Conroy, S. A., Gupta, N., Shaw, J. D., & Park, T. Y. (2014). A multilevel approach to the effects of pay variation. Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management, 32, 1–64. doi: 10.1108/S0742-730120140000032001 Deci, E. L., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. M. (1999). A meta- analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 627–668. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.125.6.627 Fortune. (2016). 100 best companies to work for. Retrieved from http://fortune.com/best-companies/google-alphabet-1/ Garbers, Y., & Konradt, U. (2014). The effect of financial incentives on performance: A quantitative review of individual and team- based financial incentives. Journal of Occupational and Orga- nizational Psychology, 87, 102–137. doi: 10.1111/joop.12039
  • 307.
    Gerhart, B., &Fang, M. (2014). Pay for (individual) performance: Issues, claims, evidence and the role of sorting effects. Human Resource Management Review, 24, 41–52. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr. 2013.08.010 Giles, E. L., Robalino, S., McColl, E., Sniehotta, F. F., & Adams, J. (2014). The effectiveness of financial incentives for health behaviour change: Systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One, 9, e90347. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0090347 Gläser, D., van Gils, S., & Van Quaquebeke, N. (2017). Pay- for- performance and interpersonal deviance: Competitiveness as the match that lights the fire. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16, 78–91. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000181 Gupta, N., & Shaw, J. D. (2015). Employee compensation: The neglected area of HRM research. Human Resource Manage- ment Review, 24, 1–4. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr.2013.08.007 Jenkins, G. D. Jr., Mitra, A., Gupta, N., & Shaw, J. D. (1998). Are financial incentives related to performance? A meta-analytic review of empirical research. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83, 777–787. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.83.5.777 Larcker, D. F., Ormazabal, G., Tayan, B., & Taylor, D. J. (2014, September). Follow the money: Compensation, risk, and the financial crisis. Rock Center for Corporate Governance at Stanford University. Closer Look Series: Topics, Issues and Controversies in Corporate Governance No. CGRP-43; Stanford
  • 308.
    University Graduate Schoolof Business Research Paper No. 14-34. Retrieved from https://ssrn.com/abstract=2493398. doi: 10.2139/ssrn.2493398 Mattson, M., Torbiörn, I., & Hellgren, J. (2014). Effects of staff bonus systems on safety behaviors. Human Resource Manage- ment Review, 24, 17–30. doi: 10.1016/j.hrmr.2013.08.012 Milkovich, G., Newman, J., & Gerhart, B. (2016). Compensation (12th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill. Renaud, S., Morin, L., & Béchard, A. (2017). Traditional benefits versus perquisites: A longitudinal test of their differential impact on employee turnover. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16, 92–104. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000180 Shaw, J. D., & Gupta, N. (2015). Let the evidence speak again! Financial incentives are more effective than we thought. Human Resource Management Journal, 25, 281–293. doi: 10.1111/1748-8583.12080 Thibault Landry, A., Gagné, M., Forest, J., Guerrero, S., Séguin, M., & Papachristopoulos, K. (2017). The relation between financial incentives, motivation, and performance: An integrative SDT- based investigation. Journal of Personnel Psychology, 16, 61–77. doi: 10.1027/1866-5888/a000182 Trevor, C. O., & Wazeter, D. L. (2006). A contingent view of reactions to objective pay conditions: Interdependence among pay structure characteristics and pay relative to internal and external referents. Journal of Applied Psychology, 91, 1260–1275. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.91.6.1260
  • 309.
    Weibel, A., Rost,K., & Osterloh, M. (2010). Pay for performance in the public sector – Benefits and (hidden) costs. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 20, 387–412. doi: 10.1093/jopart/mup009 Published online June 29, 2017 Conny H. Antoni Work and Organizational Psychology Department of Psychology University of Trier 54286 Trier Germany [email protected] 60 Editorial Journal of Personnel Psychology (2017), 16(2), 57–60 � 2017 Hogrefe Publishing Th is d oc um en t i s c op yr ig
  • 310.
  • 311.
  • 312.
    ed so le ly fo r t he p er so na l u se o ft he in di vi du al u se r a
  • 313.